Seymour Pacific Safety Manual

Transcription

Health & Safety Policy
The purpose of this Health & Safety Policy manual is to provide Seymour Pacific Developments
Ltd. and Employees with information on the Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. Health & Safety
Management System. The information found herein is intended to meet current Occupational
Health & Safety Standards as found within each province that Seymour Pacific Developments
Ltd. operates in.
Although completed, we recognize that this manual is an ongoing evolution of education, with
the goal of keeping Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. at the top of the industry’s standards
and practices. Management will be reviewing all policies and manuals at least annually and on a
regular basis.
SPD Health & Safety Policy Manual Revised – Feb 1, 2015
i
ii
Amendment Record
Amend
Amend Date
1 Additional Chapter 21 –
Subcontractor
Sept 9, 2015
2 Removed Subcontractor
Responsibilities from Page 24
Sept 9, 2015
3 Change to Injury Flow Chart
– Page 15-11 and 15-12
Sept 9, 2015
Date Entered
Entered By: (Initial)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SPD Health & Safety Policy Manual Revised – Sept 9, 2015
i
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Company Safety Policy ............................................................................ 1-1
Chapter 2 Assignment for Responsibility ................................................................ 2-1
Responsibility for Safety ................................................................. 2-1
Director of Occupational Health and Safety’s Responsibilities ..................... 2-1
Safety Manager’s Responsibilities ...................................................... 2-1
Senior Safety Officer’s Responsibilities................................................ 2-2
Site Safety Officer’s Responsibilities .................................................. 2-3
Trainee’s Responsibilities ............................................................... 2-4
First Aid Personnel’s Responsibilities .................................................. 2-4
Subcontractor’s Responsibilities ....................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
Summary ................................................................................... 2-5
Safety Program Reviews ................................................................. 2-5
Chapter 3 Young or New Workers Program ............................................................. 3-1
Chapter 4 Safety Policy for On-Site Personnel ........................................................ 4-1
Safety Policy for On-Site Employees ................................................... 4-1
Safety Policy for On-Site Visitors ....................................................... 4-1
General Rules.............................................................................. 4-2
Mandatory Requirements .................................................................................... 4-2
Personal Conduct ................................................................................................ 4-2
Non-Compliance Policy................................................................... 4-2
Working Alone ............................................................................. 4-3
Personal Protective Equipment Procedure ............................................ 4-4
Types of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)................................................... 4-4
Eye and Face Protection ..................................................................................... 4-4
Foot Protection .................................................................................................... 4-5
Head Protection................................................................................................... 4-6
Chapter 5 Orientations .............................................................................................. 5-1
Health & Safety Requirements for SPD Employees & Sub-Contractors ............ 5-1
Chapter 6 Meetings & Records of Training .............................................................. 6-1
Record of Instruction, Training and Supervision ..................................... 6-1
Training Records ................................................................................................. 6-1
Weekly Toolbox Meeting ................................................................. 6-2
Monthly Safety Meeting .................................................................. 6-2
Occupational Health & Safety Committee Meeting .................................. 6-3
Chapter 7 Emergency Response Plan ...................................................................... 7-1
Responsibilities ............................................................................ 7-1
Chapter 8 Fall Protection Plan .................................................................................. 8-1
Policy Statement .......................................................................... 8-1
Responsibilities ............................................................................ 8-1
Training of Workers....................................................................... 8-2
iii
Definitions ................................................................................. 8-2
Fall Protection Systems .................................................................. 8-3
Safety Monitor’s Duties and Responsibilities .......................................... 8-4
Fall Protection Work Plan ............................................................... 8-5
Chapter 9 Safe Work Practices/Procedures ............................................................. 9-1
Aerial Lift .................................................................................. 9-5
Agress/Egress .............................................................................. 9-9
Air Nailer .................................................................................. 9-11
Air Stapler ................................................................................ 9-15
Angle Grinder/ Bench Grinder ......................................................... 9-17
Batteries Charging and Servicing ...................................................... 9-19
Belt Sander ............................................................................... 9-21
Bodily Fluid/Substance Clean Up ...................................................... 9-23
Chain Saw ................................................................................. 9-25
Chop Saw .................................................................................. 9-29
Circular Saw .............................................................................. 9-31
Compactor - Tamper/Packer ........................................................... 9-33
Concrete Foundation .................................................................... 9-35
Confined Space – Hazardous ............................................................ 9-37
Confined Space – Restricted/Non-Hazardous ........................................ 9-39
Defective Tools........................................................................... 9-41
Electrical Safety ......................................................................... 9-43
Elevated Work Platforms ............................................................... 9-45
Elevator and Elevator Shafts ........................................................... 9-47
Evacuating Persons with Disabilities .................................................. 9-49
Excavate Right-of-Way .................................................................. 9-53
Excavation ................................................................................ 9-55
Extension Cords .......................................................................... 9-67
Extension Ladders ....................................................................... 9-69
Fire and Fire Extinguishers ............................................................. 9-71
Folding Ladders .......................................................................... 9-73
Forklift .................................................................................... 9-75
Garbage Handling ........................................................................ 9-79
Grass Trimmers .......................................................................... 9-81
Guardrails and Removal................................................................. 9-83
Hand Drills ................................................................................ 9-85
Hoarding .................................................................................. 9-87
Hoisting & Rigging ....................................................................... 9-89
Hot Work .................................................................................. 9-93
Housekeeping ............................................................................. 9-95
Impact Drill ............................................................................... 9-97
Jackhammer .............................................................................. 9-99
Ladder Jack Scaffolds ................................................................. 9-101
Leaf Blowers ............................................................................ 9-103
Lockout/Tagout ........................................................................ 9-105
Manual Snow Removal ................................................................. 9-109
Manual Lifting and Moving ............................................................ 9-111
Metal Scaffold .......................................................................... 9-113
iv
Mitre Saw ...............................................................................
Mobile Equipment ......................................................................
Mount / Dismount Heavy Equipment ................................................
Office Safety ...........................................................................
Oven Cleaning ..........................................................................
Portable Ladders .......................................................................
Power and Hand Tools ................................................................
Power Lawn Mowers ...................................................................
Pressure Testing .......................................................................
Pressure Washers ......................................................................
Propane Cylinders .....................................................................
Propane / Butane Torch ..............................................................
Proper Lifting Techniques ............................................................
Public Protection ......................................................................
Radial Arm Saw.........................................................................
Reciprocating Saw (Saws-all /Jigsaws) .............................................
Rescue ...................................................................................
Respiratory Equipment ................................................................
Riding Lawn Mowers ...................................................................
Rough Terrain Forklift – Using a Spreader Bar .....................................
Routers – Hand Held ...................................................................
Skid Steer Bobcat ......................................................................
Snow Blowers ...........................................................................
Solvents and Flammables .............................................................
Spray Painting ..........................................................................
Starting Equipment ....................................................................
Step Ladders ............................................................................
Stilts .....................................................................................
Table Saw ...............................................................................
Thawing of Frozen Ground using artificial methods ..............................
Tiger Torch .............................................................................
Traffic Control .........................................................................
Training .................................................................................
Transportation of Flammable Liquids ...............................................
Trestle Scaffold ........................................................................
Truck Operators ........................................................................
Vehicles .................................................................................
Winter Driving ..........................................................................
Wood Scaffolds .........................................................................
Working at Heights ....................................................................
9-115
9-117
9-119
9-121
9-123
9-125
9-127
9-129
9-133
9-135
9-137
9-139
9-141
9-143
9-147
9-151
9-153
9-157
9-159
9-161
9-165
9-167
9-171
9-175
9-177
9-179
9-181
9-183
9-185
9-189
9-191
9-193
9-195
9-197
9-199
9-201
9-205
9-207
9-209
9-211
Chapter 10 Health Monitoring ................................................................................. 10-1
Health Monitoring ........................................................................ 10-1
Hearing Conservation Program ......................................................... 10-1
Exposure to Cold ......................................................................... 10-1
Heat Stress ................................................................................ 10-8
Breath Safer Policy .................................................................... 10-10
Noise Exposure ......................................................................... 10-12
Ergonomics .............................................................................. 10-16
v
Musculoskeletal Injury Prevention................................................... 10-17
Respirator Fit Testing ................................................................. 10-19
Chapter 11 Environmental Policy ........................................................................... 11-1
Spill Reporting Regulation .............................................................. 11-2
Fuel Handling - Safe Fueling and Gasoline Handling Practices .................... 11-5
Gasoline Properties and Health Effect ................................................ 11-5
Practice for Fueling Vehicles ........................................................... 11-5
Practice for use of Portable Containers .............................................. 11-5
Emergency Spill Procedure ............................................................. 11-6
Natural Gas Incidents ................................................................... 11-7
Chapter 12 MSDS ..................................................................................................... 12-1
Chapter 13 Hazard Assessment & Control Program ............................................. 13-1
Site Hazard Assessments ................................................................ 13-3
Formal Hazard Assessment ............................................................. 13-4
Hazard Report Procedure ............................................................... 13-4
Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................ 13-5
Inspection Types ............................................................................................... 13-7
Monitor and Control Your Hazard Review Methods ................................. 13-8
Critical Tasks List ........................................................................ 13-9
Chapter 14 Inspection & Monitoring ....................................................................... 14-1
Purpose .................................................................................... 14-1
Company Policy for Inspections and Monitoring ..................................... 14-1
Responsibilities ........................................................................... 14-1
Inspection/Behavior Procedure ........................................................ 14-2
Inspection/Observation Practices ..................................................... 14-2
Chapter 15 Investigations........................................................................................ 15-1
Reporting Near Misses and Unsafe Acts ............................................... 15-1
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (British Columbia) ........................ 15-1
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (Alberta) ................................... 15-2
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (Saskatchewan) ........................... 15-2
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (Manitoba) ................................. 15-3
Worker’s Compensation Board (WCB) Links to Policy............................... 15-4
Incident Investigations .................................................................. 15-5
Incident Investigation Policy ........................................................... 15-6
Serious Injury/Fatality Notification Policy ........................................... 15-8
Conducting Investigations .............................................................. 15-9
Incident Investigation Checklist ..................................................... 15-10
Injury Flow Chart (Alberta) ........................................................... 15-11
Injury Flow Chart (All Other Provinces) ............................................ 15-12
Chapter 16 Return to Work / Light Duty ................................................................. 16-1
Intent of Policy ........................................................................... 16-1
Policy Statement ......................................................................... 16-1
Return to Work /Injury Management Program Procedure ......................... 16-2
vi
Chapter 17 First Aid Equipment & Records ........................................................... 17-1
First Aid Paper Work .................................................................... 17-1
First Aid Records ......................................................................... 17-1
First Aid Procedure ...................................................................... 17-1
Chapter 18 Right to Refuse Unsafe Work............................................................... 18-1
Work Safe Regulation – Refusal of Unsafe Work Flow Chart ....................... 18-3
Chapter 19 Preventative Maintenance .................................................................... 19-1
Preventative Maintenance and Repair Policy ........................................ 19-1
Company Equipment Use Policy ....................................................... 19-1
Employee Use of Company Vehicle Policy ............................................ 19-1
Equipment Pre-Trip Policy .............................................................. 19-2
Vehicle Log and Vehicle Inspection Policy ........................................... 19-2
Drivers Abstract Policy .................................................................. 19-2
Motor Vehicle Act Regulations ......................................................... 19-3
Chapter 20 Workplace Harassment Prevention ..................................................... 20-1
Policy Statement: ........................................................................ 20-1
Definitions: ............................................................................... 20-2
Policy Guidelines ......................................................................... 20-4
Procedures: ............................................................................... 20-4
Reporting Procedures:....................................................................................... 20-4
Roles in Maintaining A Positive Work Environment: ................................ 20-7
Appeal Process: .......................................................................... 20-8
Chapter 21 Subcontractors ..................................................................................... 21-1
Subcontractor Responsibilities ......................................................... 21-1
Subcontractor Discipline Process ...................................................... 21-2
Low Risk Violations - Worker ............................................................................. 21-2
High Risk Violations .......................................................................................... 21-3
The Five Safety Absolutes ................................................................................. 21-3
WCB Coverage ................................................................................................. 21-3
Form 044, .......................................................................................................... 21-3
Sign in and out sheets ....................................................................................... 21-3
Company Violations - Canada Wide .................................................................. 21-4
Worker Infractions – Site Specific ...................................................................... 21-4
Re-instatement Process .................................................................................... 21-5
Subcontractors Audit Guidelines....................................................... 21-5
vii
viii
Chapter 1 Company Safety Policy
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. And Broadstreet Properties Ltd. are committed to the
protection and safety of all of its resources.
In fulfilling this commitment to protect both people and property, management will provide and
maintain a safe work environment that meets industry standards and complies with legislative
requirements. The company is dedicated to the prevention of hazards that may result in
property damage, accidents and/or personal injury/illness.
All employees will be equally responsible for minimizing accidents within our facilities and at all
job sites. Safe work practices and procedures will be clearly defined in the Safety Manual for all
employees to refer to.
Accidental loss will be controlled through good management in combination with active
employee involvement. Safety is the direct responsibility of all managers, supervisors and
employees.
Management will comply with company safety requirements as they relate to planning,
operation and maintenance of job site facilities and equipment. All employees will perform their
jobs properly in accordance with established procedures and safe work practices.
Management will organize monitoring, auditing, and reporting mechanisms that will work to
evaluate the effectiveness of the safety program on a regular basis.
Management recognized that all workers have the right to work in a safe and healthy
environment, consistent with the Occupational Health & Safety Act, The Regulations for
Construction Projects and any other applicable legislation.
The safety program applies to all personnel employed by Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd.,
Broadstreet Properties Ltd., its subcontractors, and suppliers.
The company’s philosophy is to create and maintain a safe and healthy work environment.
Note: The safety information in this policy does not take precedence over Occupational Health
& Safety (OH&S) Regulations. All employees should be familiar with the OH&S. Act and
Regulations as they pertain to Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd., Broadstreet Properties Ltd.,
themselves, and other workers.
____________________________________
CEO Signature
_____________________________
Date
1-1
1-2
Chapter 2 Assignment for Responsibility
Responsibility for Safety
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. (SPD) is responsible for providing a safe work place. SPD
will develop, implement, and administer a safety program which includes but is not limited to:
Safety Policies, General and Specific Safety Rules, and Safe Work Procedures.
Director of Occupational Health and Safety’s Responsibilities
The Director is responsible for the overall arrangements and for ensuring that the company’s
operations are executed at all times in such a manner as to ensure, so far as is reasonably
practicable, the health, safety and welfare of all employees and others who may be affected by
its operations.
In particular the Director will:
1. Ensure there is an effective company policy for health and safety and that all
employees, contractors and temporary workers are made aware of their individual
responsibility
2. To understand and ensure, through the appointment of competent persons, that the
company’s responsibilities as employers under the Health and Safety at Work and any
relevant Acts are met.
3. To appoint a Manager responsible for safety.
4. To ensure that all Managers understand and full fill their responsibilities with regard to
health and safety.
5. Arrange for funds and facilities to meet the requirements of company policy and
legislation.
6. Make provision for adequate and appropriate training to be given to all employees.
7. To ensure that notification and reporting procedures to the relevant statutory authorities
are carried out.
8. Set a personal example on all matters of health and safety.
Safety Manager’s Responsibilities
1. Provide a policy statement relating to the Safety Program. The statement should portray
a strong commitment to the adherence of the Safety Program and its policies and
procedures.
2. Maintain overall direction and control of the Safety and Loss Prevention Program.
3. Ensure all established Safety policies are administered and enforced on every job site.
4. Ensure that the highest standards of performance are being met with respect to the
Safety Program. Manager is also accountable for the safe performance of personnel and
equipment on their job sites.
5. Implement a site specific Safety Program and develop a clear understanding of Safety
responsibilities and specific duties. The Manager must be responsible for complying
with all safety regulations, laws and codes.
2-1
6. Hold a monthly Safety Meeting with all senior staff to review Safety conditions and
general Safety policies.
7. Arrange for the recording and distribution of minutes taken at the Safety committee
meetings.
8. Document any safety related issues and observations that occur on the job site(s) each
week.
9. Ensure that the Site Safety Officer is available to accompany the WorkSafe BC Officers
during the project inspection. If not available, assign another supervisor to the
inspection.
Senior Safety Officer’s Responsibilities
The primary role of the Senior Safety Officer is to advise the Safety Manager and site
Supervisor on all health and safety matters to ensure the Company complies with its statutory
obligations.
The Senior Safety Officers is designated responsibility by the Safety Manager responsible for
health and safety to control and update this Safety Manual and to ensure that all Departments
operate to the procedures and instructions contained in this manual.
In particular the Senior Safety Officers will:
1. Understand the application of the Health and Safety at Work,enforce Worksafe Act and
other legislation relevant to the Companies business.
2. Keep up to date with changes in current legislation and to bring to the attention of the
Manager responsible for Health and Safety any relevant new legislation.
3. Attend such courses/seminars run by external sources to enable accurate interpretation
of legislation to enable implementation within the organisation.
4. Ensure that all “assessments” as required by legislation are conducted and reviewed at
relevant intervals and to maintain records of the same.
5. To recommend control measures and advise on the standard of P.P.E. issued to
employees.
6. Conduct health and safety inspections and prepare bi weekly reports of all the
operational sites.
7. Immediately contact the Manager responsible for health and safety if situations are
found, that in the opinion of the Senior Safety Officer, require immediate rectification or
the stopping of any operation.
8. To notify the Manager responsible for health and safety if the corrective action agreed
after any workplace inspection is not implemented by the arranged date.
9. To make sure safety officers carry out investigations into all accidents and near-miss
incidents and record the findings on the relevant forms.
10. To make sure safety officer’s advice Head office of all incidents reportable.
11. To arrange Site first aid coverage as instructed and to meet the standards imposed by
Legislation.
12. To highlight areas where training/certification is required to meet the standards imposed
by Legislation.
13. To bring new techniques for improving health, safety to the attention of the Manger
responsible for health and safety.
2-2
14. To set a personal example by wearing appropriate personal protective
clothing/equipment and observing all safety requirements/procedures.
Site Safety Officer’s Responsibilities
1. Provide safe working conditions for all workers under their supervision.
2. Ensure implementation of and adherence to all established Safety policies.
3. Provide instructions to workers in safe work procedures. As part of the routine duties,
the MANAGERS AND FOREMAN shall require employees to use personal protective
equipment as appropriate, e.g. hard hats, vests, hearing protection, safety glasses, steel
toed boots or other items deemed necessary.
4. Correct physical conditions, which are liable to cause or have caused accidents.
5. Undertake the investigation of accidents, incidents or near misses to determine the
underlying causes. Complete the necessary forms to document these incidents
immediately.
6. Set a good example by always following all policies and procedures outlined by the
Safety Program.
7. Report any anticipated loss of work time to the Site Superintendent & Safety Manager as
soon as possible after an injury has occurred.
8. Conduct regular on-site hazard assessments. Identify hazards and unsafe work
practices and provide recommendations on how to eliminate these issues.
9. Work in cooperation with other project supervisory personnel to determine procedures
for dealing with safety violations. Also work to further develop safety policies and
procedures.
10. Provide each employee with information regarding hazards on the job site and how to
avoid them. Ensure Hazard Assessment is completed on all sites.
11. Maintain good housekeeping on all job sites. Assign specific housekeeping duties to
each employee.
12. Enforce all established safety regulations and safe work practices. Recommend
disciplinary action when necessary to ensure compliance with the rules.
13. Conduct weekly toolbox meetings with all employees.
14. Ensure trade workers are informed about and invited to weekly toolbox meetings.
15. Ensure that trade workers are oriented with the site and it’s safety regulations. Proof of
orientation must be documented.
16. Responsible for the daily administration of the Safety Program.
17. Post all Safety bulletins, Safety posters and Safety rules and regulations.
18. Ensure that pertinent safety reports are submitted as required.
19. Be aware of hazards that exist for short term, temporary and new hire workers who are
new to the industry and/or jobsite. Ensure that new hires receive a safety orientation
before they enter any job site. New employees should be assigned to work with other
employees who are familiar with the project and are aware of the specific safety rules
and regulations that exist.
20. Maintain an ongoing list of safety equipment purchased.
2-3
21. Keep copies of inspection reports on SPD equipment.
22. Keep copies of Field Safety Inspection checklists.
23. Ensure that corrective action is taken whenever deficiencies are identified.
24. Conduct safety seminars and training.
25. Keep up with current knowledge of safety literature, regulations and codes or practice.
26. Review accident reports to stay informed and up to date on safety issues at SPD.
27. Conduct monthly toolbox meetings with field personnel or assign a MANAGER or
SUPERVISOR to conduct the meeting.
Note: On projects where a Site Safety Officer has not been assigned, the duties described
above become the responsibility of the project’s FOREMAN.
Trainee’s Responsibilities
1. Carry out their work in a safe manner while being aware of their surroundings and any
potential hazards.
2. Assist in keeping the job site safe by following all safety policies and procedures.
3. Report any accidents, incidents, near misses and/or injuries immediately to their
supervisor.
4. Report any anticipated loss of work time to his/her supervisor as soon as possible after
an injury.
5. Participate in Hazard Assessments for each dispatch.
First Aid Personnel’s Responsibilities
1. All personnel must possess an appropriate Certificate in First Aid in accordance with the
relevant Occupational Health and Safety Regulations and must be available at all times
to administer first aid. Duties include:
a. Administer first aid as required.
b. Maintain a first aid log.
c. NOTIFY the Site Safety Officer of ANY FIRST AID SUPPLY SHORTAGES.
d. Coordinate the transportation of injured employees to a physician's office or
hospital.
2-4
Summary
SITE SAFETY OFFICER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Establish a safety policy.
Provide a safe workplace.
Maintain a safety program.
Ensure proper training of workers.
Ensure PPE are available.
Ensure regular inspections are done.
Correct unsafe conditions.
Provide first aid.
9. Investigate all accidents.
10. Report injuries to WCB.
11. Ensure compliance with regulations.
12. Set a good example.
13. Safety planning of new projects and
work activities.
14. Pre-project meeting.
15. Housekeeping
MANAGERS & FOREMAN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Promote safety awareness.
Establish safe work procedures.
Instruct workers.
Correct unsafe practices.
Detect troubled employee.
Enforce safety rules.
Inspect for hazards.
9. Investigate all accidents.
10. Ensure proper maintenance.
11. Comply with regulations.
13. Safety planning of new projects and
work activities.
14. Pre-project safety meeting.
15. Housekeeping
HELPER/TRAINEE & WORKERS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use safe work procedure.
Report unsafe conditions.
Report unsafe acts.
Report any injury.
Comply with rules and regulations.
7. Make safety suggestions.
9. To know and understand company
safety polices, practices and
procedures
Safety Program Reviews
On an annual basis, the OH&S Manager will conduct a review of the SPD Occupational Health
& Safety Program. A meeting will be held to review the overall performance of the program and
to discuss the implementation of the recommendations made.
Refer to the Site Safety Officer Guide on the Company Intranet, Safety Zone
2-5
2-2
Chapter 3 Young or New Workers Program
“YOUNG AND NEW WORKERS HAVE FIVE TO SEVEN TIMES THE RISK OF SUSTAINING A
WORKPLACE INJURY DURINGTHEIR FIRST MONTH ON THE JOB” -
“New Worker” Means any worker who is:
 New to the workplace.
 Returning to a workplace where the Hazards in that workplace have changed during the
worker’s absence.
 Affected by a change in the hazards of a workplace.
 Or relocated to a new workplace if the hazards in that workplace are different from the
hazards in the worker’s previous workplace.
“Young Worker” Means any worker under the age of 25 yrs. of age
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will ensure that before a young or new worker begins work
in a work place, the worker is given a Health & Safety orientation and training specific to that
worker’s workplace.
The following topics must be included in the young or new worker’s orientation and training:
1.
Name and contact of the worker’s supervisor.
2.
The employer’s and worker’s rights and responsibilities under the Workers
Compensation Act and the Occupational Health & Safety regulations.
3.
Work Safe Health & Safety rules.
4.
Hazards to which the worker may be exposed to.
5.
Working Alone or in Isolation.
6.
Violence in the workplace.
7.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
8.
Location of first aid facilities, and means of summoning first aid and reporting illness
and injuries.
9.
Emergency procedures.
10.
Instruction and demonstration worker’s work task or work process.
11.
WHMIS information requirements, as applicable to the worker’s workplace.
12.
The means of contacting the Occupational Health & Safety committee, or worker
Health & Safety rep, as applicable to the workplace.
Refer to the SPD Full Site Orientation and/or 058-Subcontractor New Employee Site
Specific Orientation on the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Orientations tab
057 – Sub-Contractor New Employee Orientation Quiz
058 – Sub-Contractor New Employee Site Specific Orientation
059 – Sub-Contractor New Employee Orientation Form
060 – Site Orientation Refresher Form (to be completed by all SPD & SUBs who have had
a full or full refresher orientation in the last 12 months)
3-1
3-2
Chapter 4 Safety Policy for On-Site Personnel
Safety Policy for On-Site Employees
Anyone working on a company job-site, for any reason, will comply with all regulatory company
and/or site safety requirements. The company Supervisor/Site Safety Officer will ensure that the
employee/sub-contractors working on site:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Wears the required PPE, as required, including:
a. Safety Boots
b. Safety Glasses
c. Hi-Visibility Vest
d. Hard Hat
Is provided with and given instructions for the use of any special PPE, including:
a. Fall Protection
b. Respiratory Protection
c. Hearing Protection
Is indoctrinated with the general safety rules to the degree necessary to ensure the
prevention of accident or injury for the duration of the work.
Is supervised to the degree necessary to ensure the prevention of accident or injury for
the duration of the visit.
Safety Policy for On-Site Visitors
Anyone visiting a company job-site will comply with all regulatory company and/or site safety
requirements. Employees will ensure that the visitor, if required by the site:
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE:
Wears the required PPE, as required, including:
a. Safety Boots
b. Safety Glasses
c. Hi-Visibility Vest
d. Hard Hat
Is provided with and given instructions for the use of any special PPE, including:
a. Fall Protection
b. Respiratory Protection
c. Hearing Protection
Is indoctrinated with the general safety rules to the degree necessary to ensure the
prevention of accident or injury for the duration of the visit.
Is supervised to the degree necessary to ensure the prevention of accident or injury for
the duration of the visit.
These safety requirements do not apply if the visitor/employee is restricted to
offices, meeting rooms or lunchrooms only.
4-1
General Rules
Mandatory Requirements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Wear safety boots, hard hats, and safety vests at all times in all work areas. Wear
safety glasses etc. when required by job site regulations.
Report to your supervisor all unsafe acts, unsafe conditions and near miss incidents.
Report all injuries, damage and accidents immediately.
Perform all work in accordance with safe work practices, procedures and your
supervisor's direction.
Maintain good housekeeping in your work area.
Operate all vehicles and mobile equipment in accordance with site rules and highway
regulations.
Must have eye contact and acknowledgement from operator of forklift, excavator,
etc. when working around / avoid pinch points.
Must have permission and training to operate equipment. If equipment is found faulty
or damaged, it must be tagged out and reported immediately to supervisor.
Personal Conduct
The following are prohibited at all times on all company property and all company job-sites:
1.
Possession or consumption of alcohol or illegal or non-medicinal drugs;
2.
Possession of firearms;
3.
Fighting, horseplay, practical jokes;
4.
Theft, vandalism;
5.
Damaging, disabling or interfering with safety, firefighting or first aid equipment;
6.
Arriving for work or remaining at work when ability to perform the job safely is
impaired;
7.
Do not interfere with or distract other workers;
8.
Emergency equipment shall not be tampered with.
For further information see the appropriate current Occupational Health & Safety Regulation
Non-Compliance Policy
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. Non-Safety Compliance Policy is structured as so:
1.
1st warning is verbal and will be documented.
2.
2nd warning is written and as well documented.
3.
3rd infraction will result in consequences; this will be left up to the Site
Superintendent & Safety Officer, depending on the severity of the incident.
For required forms refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms
All documentation is to be signed by the employee’s supervisor, as well as the accused.
A copy is to be emailed to [email protected]
4-2
Working Alone
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. and Broadstreet Properties Ltd. will assess the
workplace and, so far as is reasonably practicable, take steps to eliminate or reduce the
identified risks to workers working alone or working in isolation Seymour Pacific Developments
Ltd. and Broadstreet Properties Ltd. will ensure employees who work alone have a means of
communication with individuals who can respond to an emergency situation. Seymour Pacific
Developments Ltd. and Broadstreet Properties Ltd. is committed to implementing a system to
support the safety and security of employees working alone. Each project supervisor must
conduct a hazard assessment and eliminate or control the hazards of working alone. The
hazard assessment must be reviewed not less than every three years or when work processes
are introduced and signed off by the Director.
Definitions
Hazard :
Working
Alone:
Work Site:
Means a situation, condition, or thing that may be dangerous to the safety or
health of the employees.
This policy applies if a worker is working alone at a work site where assistance
is not readily available if there is an emergency or the worker is ill or injured.
Any location where Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. or BroadStreet
Properties Ltd. business is performed is considered part of the work site,
including traditional office and plant environments, field locations, collaborative
sites, vehicles, or other off-site work locations. This does not include the home
office.
Management will:





Conduct hazard assessments to identify existing or potential working alone hazards.
Take measures to eliminate or control the hazards of working alone at.
Ensure that affected workers are informed of the hazards and methods used to control
or eliminate them.
Provide an effective system for communication between any worker who works alone
and persons capable of assisting the worker.
Ensure incidents are reported, investigated and documented.
Employees will:
Report all incidents of work site incidents immediately to their supervisor as required.
Participate in work site hazard assessments and the implementing of procedures to eliminate or
control hazards of working alone.
Note: The safety information in this policy does not take precedence over The Health
and Safety (OH&S) Regulations. All employees should be familiar with the OH&S Act
and Regulations as they pertain to Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd., themselves, and
other workers.
4-3
Personal Protective Equipment Procedure
Personal protective equipment (PPE) is the last means of protecting workers from injury. PPE is
only employed when administrative and engineering controls are ineffective or insufficient.
Hazards should be minimized by ensuring that all jobs are well planned, workers are properly
trained, and safe work practices and SAFE WORK PROCEDUREs are followed. PPE provides
an additional degree of protection from injury.
Types of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
PPE in our safety program generally falls into two categories.
1.
Basic – The PPE that should be worn at all times by all personnel in the work place.
This includes hard hats, safety glasses, safety footwear, and appropriate clothing.
2.
Specialized – Covers PPE which is used only for specific jobs or for protection from
specific hazards. This includes gloves, goggles, respiratory protective equipment, fall
arresting equipment and special clothing.
Eye and Face Protection
This PPE is designed to protect the worker from such hazards as:

Flying objects and particles,

Splashing liquids,
There are two types of eye and face protection:
1. Basic Eye Protection includes:
 Eye cup goggles,
 Mono frame goggles and spectacles with side shields.
2. Face Protection includes:
 Metal mesh face shields for radiant heat or hot and humid conditions,
 Chemical and impact resistant (plastic) face shields,
 Filter plates and lenses.
Hardened glass prescription lens and sport glasses are not an acceptable substitute for proper,
required industrial safety eye protection.
Comfort and fit are very important in the selection of safety eye wear. Lens coatings, venting or
fittings may be needed to prevent fogging.
Contact lenses should NOT be worn at the work site. Contact lenses may trap or absorb
particles or gases causing eye irritation or blindness. Hard contact lenses may injure the eye
when hit.
Basic eye protection should be worn with face shields. Face shields alone often are not enough
to fully protect the eyes from work hazards. When eye and face protection is required, advice
from special specialists, information on Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for various
chemicals, or your supplier will help you select such protection.
4-4
Do
1.
2.
3.
4.
Ensure your eye protection fits properly (close to the face);
Clean safety glasses daily, or more often if needed;
Store safety glasses in a safe, clean, dry place when not in use;
Replace pitted, scratched, bent and poorly fitted PPE. (Damages to face/eye protection
interfere with vision and will not provide the protection it is designed to deliver.)
Do Not
1. Modify eye/face protection;
2. Use eye/face protection which does not have a proper certification. (Various markings
or the safety stamp for safety glasses are usually on the frame inside the temple near
the hinges of the glasses.)
For more information, refer to:
 Occupational Health & Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects
 CSA Standard CAN/CSA-Z94.3-92: Industrial Eye and Face Protectors
Foot Protection
Safety footwear is designed to protect against foot hazards in the workplace. Safety footwear
protects against compression, puncture injuries, and impact.
Safety footwear is divided into three grades, which are indicated by colored tags and symbols:


The tag color tells the amount of resistance the toe will supply to different weights
dropped from different heights.
The symbol indicates the strength of the sole. For example, a triangle means a puncture
resistant sole able to withstand 135 kg (300 ft. lbs) of pressure without being punctured
by a 5cm (2 inch) nail.
In construction, it is recommended that only the green triangle grade of footwear is used, which
also gives ankle support.
Your choice of protective footwear should always overprotect, not under protect.
Do
1.
2.
3.
4.
Choose footwear according to the job hazard and approved standards;
Lace up boot and tie laces securely (boots do not protect if they are a tripping hazard
or fall off);
Use a protective boot dressing to help the boot last longer and provide greater water
resistance (wet boots conduct current);
Choose a high-cut boot to provide ankle support (fewer injuries).
Do Not
1. Wear defective safety footwear (i.e., exposed steel toe caps);
2. Under protect your feet;
3. Modify safety footwear.
 CSA Standard CAN/CSA-Z195-M.92: Protective Footwear
4-5
Head Protection
Safety headwear is designed to protect the head from impact from falling objects, bumps,
splashes from chemicals or harmful substances, and contact with energized objects and
equipment.
In construction, the recommended type of protective headwear is a hard hat which has the
required “dielectric strength”. There are many designs, but they all must meet CSA
requirements for Class G (General Usage) and Class E (Electrical trades).
Most head protection is made up of two parts:
 The shell (light and rigid to deflect blows)
 The suspension (to absorb and distribute the energy of the blow)
Both parts of the headwear must be compatible and maintained according to manufacturer's
instructions. If attachments are used with headwear, they must be designed specifically for use
with the specific headwear used. Bump caps or laceration hats are not considered safety
helmets.
Inspection and maintenance
Proper care is required for headgear to perform efficiently. Its service life is affected by many
factors, including temperature, chemicals, sunlight. The usual maintenance for headgear is
simply washing with a mild detergent and rinsing thoroughly.
Do
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Do Not
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace headgear that is pitted, holed, cracked or brittle;
Replace headgear that has been subjected to a blow even though damage cannot be
seen;
Remove from service any headgear if its serviceability is in doubt;
Replace headgear and components according to manufacturer's instruction;
Consult regulations or your supplier for information on headgear.
Drill, remove peaks, alter the shell or suspension in any way;
Use solvents or paints on the shell (makes the shell breakdown);
Put chin straps over the brims of certain classes of headgear;
Use any liner that contains metal or conductive material;
Carry anything in the hard hat while wearing the hard hat.
 CSA Standard CAN/CSA-Z94.1-92, CAN/CSA-Z94.1-1977, CAN/CSA-Z89.1-1986:
Industrial Protective Headwear
4-6
Chapter 5 Orientations
Health & Safety Requirements for SPD Employees & Sub-Contractors
All SPD employees and Subcontractors must complete a “SPD Full Orientation” when initially
hired. The “Site Specific Orientation” (Form 58) must be completed when an existing SPD
employee or Sub-contractor changes job sites, and when an existing SPD employee changes
positions. Sub-Contractor orientations must be completed annually. (Within the last 12 months)
Refer to these required Orientations and associated forms on the company intranet,
Safety zone orientations tab
**** - SPD Full Orientation (not numbered)
057 – Sub-Contractor & New Employee Orientation Quiz
058 – Sub-Contractor & New Employee Orientation V1.0 (to be customized for site)
059 – Sub-Contractor & New Employee Orientation Form V1.0
5-1
5-2
Chapter 6 Meetings & Records of Training
Record of Instruction, Training and Supervision
All workers shall receive an orientation prior to working on any site. (Refer to chapter 5
Orientations)
Training Records
Training in Occupational Health & Safety principles and procedures is one of the essential
elements for a safe working environment. At Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. we provide a
wide range of courses in all areas of Occupational Health & Safety policies. However, much of
the training in safe work procedures is often carried out at worksite level by the supervisors of
the workers needing training. For supervisors to demonstrate effectively that they have provided
comprehensive training in safe work procedures for the workers that they supervise. All training
that a worker receives must be recorded.
Record all training
The Training Record Form 063 is to be used to record worksite training. When a supervisor
provides training in a procedure or in the use of equipment, the completion of the training should
be recorded on the form.
Demonstrate competence
The worker being trained should be able to demonstrate competence in the task(s) before the
supervisor completes the record of training.
Describe training
A short description of the points covered in the training should also be kept in the folder for each
process, use of equipment manual/company procedure and practical exercises. This description
will act as both a reminder regarding the areas that should be covered in the training and as a
record of the areas covered in the training.
Safe work instructions
Safe work instructions (Manual) should be displayed near equipment or when a procedure is to
be followed hand out a copy to remind workers of key steps to use. Procedure for the
development of safe work instructions can be found in the Company Safety Manual or company
intranet.
LMS Training
LMS training consists of a PowerPoint or Video and a Quiz. Every employee is required to do at
least one LMS course. Staff should log into their account and onto the company web from there
they will click on the learning zone heading and the LMS tab. They will then search the required
course and follow the on screen instructions.
6-1
Weekly Toolbox Meeting







When? - Ideally, you want to have a short toolbox safety meeting the first thing in the
morning on the same day for each meeting day.
Where? - You need room for everyone to sit/stand comfortably and relax with as few
distractions as possible, and where you can be easily seen and heard.
How Long? - Try to limit the safety meeting to five or ten minutes. It may go longer if you
are discussing other Work Unit business. If the discussion goes on too long, it can be
continued at the next meeting.
What to Say? - "Say" is the key word. Don't grab a printed topic and read it. They're
meant to just be a guide not a cue card. Pick a topic relevant to what the employees
are, would or should be doing. Do some preparation so you can give the talk in your
own words. Don't try to 'pull the wool' over the eyes of your audience and don't preach
to or teach to them.
Talk about incidents or near misses that might have happened or what's been on the
news/grapevine that could happen on the job. Discuss an incident to help prevent
another similar one from happening rather than to identify the persons involved or to
place blame.
Get input from the staff about any concerns they may have or about topics that could be
discussed. Discuss any unsafe acts or conditions observed during the past week and
how they were corrected. Discuss new equipment on the job or upcoming activities.
Document your Toolbox Meeting.
Monthly Safety Meeting









Choose 2 or 3 recent investigations from the site for discussion
Review the investigations
Engage your crew in a critique of the investigations
Was the incident described accurately?
Were all the contributing factors captured?
Practice the Root Cause Analysis Technique
Do the recommendations address the contributing factors?
Can the recommendations be verified?
Are specific people assigned to follow up, and were they present at the investigation?
6-2
Occupational Health & Safety Committee Meeting
A joint worker-management team that assists the employer in creating and maintaining a safe
workplace.
Records
Safety records are produced, maintained and controlled by the various personnel that are
assigned the responsibility for them. Such records include but are not limited to:
 Training records
 Incident or Accident Investigation reports
 Hazard Assessment and Inspection reports
 Corrective actions
 Joint Safety Committee and Toolbox Meeting Minutes & Records
 Inventory and maintenance status records for emergency and personal protective
equipment.
Assigned responsibilities, locations, controls for safety records are detailed and documented in
the company’s procedures.
Samples of the forms involved in the Safety Program are located on the company intranet
Safety Zone Forms tab.
Statistics
Statistics regarding all aspects of the Safety Program are compiled, generated and reported to
at required intervals annually. The OH&S head office safety team is responsible for this function.
Please refer to the forms listed below when conducting a toolbox and/or Safety meeting.
These forms can be found on the company intranet, Safety Zone, Forms tab.
053-Monthly Site Safety Meeting
055-Toolbox Meeting Record
Provincial Government Committee Form
063-Training Record
6-3
6-4
Chapter 7 Emergency Response Plan
A site specific emergency response plan must be developed for each individual Seymour Pacific
Developments Ltd. site. It must be in place prior to the commencement of the work and
reviewed regularly to ensure the accuracy of information and relevance to the specific operation.
(See example below)
In the case of a serious response:
 First aid
 Fire/Evacuation
 Building collapse
 Or any other possibilities
The OH&S Director must be contacted immediately.
Emergency response plans should be tested annually. The Senior Safety Officer will provide
training for personnel and ensure the validity of the emergency response plan. The plan will be
updated based on regulatory and operational requirements along with information obtained from
these drills.
Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of every employee to know what the site emergency response plan is and
where the plan is located.
Additionally, Supervisors must ensure the following:
1. Site specific Emergency Response plans are up-to-date, with current contact Numbers and
Emergency information.
2. The specific plans must be reviewed with local government agencies (fire department,
emergency services, police and WCB).
Refer to the Emergency Manual on Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Safety Manual
tab, Emergency Manual
SPD Health & Safety Policy Manual Revised –Feb 1, 2015
7-1
7-2
Chapter 8 Fall Protection Plan
The purpose of this program is to ensure that ALL subcontractors and employees of Seymour
Pacific Developments Ltd. are provided with the correct information, procedures and training to
ensure personal safety for the duration of their employment.
All subcontractors and employees dealing with heights where a potential for injury exists
(regardless if it’s 10 feet or less, i.e. balconies), will meet with the Site Superintendent and/or
Site Safety Officer prior to commencement of work.
During this meeting, an effective fall protection plan will be designed and then signed by the
appropriate employees with a full understanding. All employees will demonstrate a proper
inspection and set up of their equipment which will be documented.
Policy Statement
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. has established a 100% FALL PROTECTION GOAL.
100% Fall Protection means NO EXPOSURE to any elevated fall hazard is permitted without
protection. It means CONTINUOUS PROTECTION.
Exposure will be prevented by:
1. Establishing walls, floors and/or guardrails;
2. Using work platforms and/or aerial lifts;
3. Restricting the travel of workers;
4. Use of Personal Fall Protection Systems.
No one will be required or permitted at any time to expose themselves to a potential fall without
some form of required protection.
Any person employed by Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. Or any subcontractor who
violates the Fall Protection Program requirements will be subject to disciplinary action.
Responsibilities
Management will:
 Actively participate in the support of the 100% Fall Protection Program.
 Display their interest at every opportunity.
 Establish initial and periodic training for all levels of personnel.
 Provide approved equipment suitable for the work being performed.
Supervisors will:
 Develop and implement a written Fall Protection Work Plan which includes each area of
the work place where a fall hazard of 3 meters (10 feet) or more exists.
 Ensure that all equipment supplied to or used by employees is suitable for the work
being performed and is used and maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions and the provisions of the Fall Protection Program.
8-1


Ensure that all workers have been trained in the recognition of fall hazards and
understand the components of the Fall Protection Plan.
Ensure that all workers required to work at heights are both physically and emotionally
fit to undertake the work.
Workers will:
 Follow the requirements of 100% Fall Protection with NO EXCEPTIONS.
 Participate in all training programs and safety meetings.
 Be responsible for all Fall Protection equipment assigned to or used by them.
 Not undertake any work for which they have not been trained or authorized to do.
Training of Workers
Prior to working at elevations greater than 10 feet above grade, every employee of Seymour
Pacific Developments Ltd. must successfully complete a training course on the Fall Protection
Program. Successful workers will have their training recorded.
Definitions
Fall Arrest System: means a system that will stop workers fall before the worker hits the
surface below.
Fall Protection System: means the use of any of the following components to protect workers
from falls:
a)
guardrails
b)
safety belts or full body harness with their related equipment
c)
life-lines and anchors
d)
safety nets
e)
control zones
f)
safety monitors
g)
other procedures acceptable to the Board
Fall Restraint System: means the use of a work positioning system to prevent workers from
falling from the position in which they are working, or the use of a travel restriction system such
as guardrails or personal fall protection system to prevent workers from traveling to an edge
from which they could fall.
Fall Roof Slope: means a roof having a slope ratio of less than 4 vertical to 12 horizontal.
Low Slope Roof: means a roof having a slop ratio of between 4-8 vertical to 12 horizontal.
Steep Slope Roof: means a roof having a slope ratio of greater than 8 vertical to 12 horizontal.
8-2
Fall Protection Systems
1. Guardrails
a. Where ever possible, workers working in excess of 3 meters (10 feet) above
grade will be protected by the installation of guardrails or barriers on all open
sides of structures, staging, scaffolds, holes, etc. Guardrails shall consist of a
top rail approximately 42” above the floor or platform level and a mid-rail
centered at approximately half the height of the top rail. Where tools and/or
equipment can fall through the guardrail, a toe-board shall also be installed.
2. Fall Restraint System
a. Where it is impractical to install guardrails or barriers workers working an excess
of 3 meters (10 feet) above grade (or less when working on other hazards) shall
be protected from falling by the use of a Fall Restraint System. The Fall
Restraint System shall consist of the following elements.
i. a fully body harness
ii. life-line
iii. rope grab
b. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will supply all workers required to wear a Fall
Restraint System with all the above hardware and will ensure that it is inspected
and properly maintained prior to issue. Each worker will be required to use the
above equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, their
training and the Fall Protection Program.
i. Prior to undertaking work requiring the use of a Fall Restraint System
each worker will successfully complete a Fall Protection training course.
ii. Prior to work each worker will be fit tested with the full body harness to
ensure a proper fit. Each worker shall only use the full body harness
assigned to him/her.
iii. Prior to each shift, the Fall Protection System components will be
inspected for damage and any necessary repairs will be undertaken prior
to use.
iv. Means of providing an anchor point which supplies 900 pounds safe
working load will be given.
v. Wherever possible, adequate alternate anchor points shall be provided by
securing the life-line to a permanent structure by way of a supplied wire
rope sling and carabineer.
vi. Life-lines shall reach within 10 feet of the ground landing below.
vii. On roof slopes of 8 vertical to 12 horizontal or greater, toe holds will be
provided.
3. Fall Arrest System
a. Where it is impracticable to protect workers working in excess of 3 Meters (10
feet) above grade with guardrails or barriers a Fall Restraint will be provided. In
such cases the supervisor will develop a specific Fall Protection Plan which will
specify the following:
i. The fall hazard expected in each area,
ii. The fall protection method to be used in each area,
iii. The anchor point(s) to be established (5000 pounds),
iv. The correct method to assemble, maintain, inspect, use and disassemble
the fall protection system,
8-3
v. The worker training required for the work, and
vi. The rescue procedures from elevated work areas.
b. A copy of the Fall Protection Plan will be left on the worksite for review by
workers.
4. Control Zones
a. Where it is impractical to protect worker in excess of 3 Meters (10 feet) above
with guardrails, barriers, a Fall Restrain System or a Fall Arrest System a Control
Zone will be put in use given the following:
i. the working surface does not have a slope in excess of 4 vertical to 12
horizontal,
ii. work is not taking place on a skeletal structure,
iii. work does not include scaffold erection or removal,
iv. a Safety Monitor is provided for all workers working within the Control
Zone.
b. The Control Zone must be at least 2 meters (6 ½ feet) wide from the edge of the
structure, hole etc. The Control Zone must be physically marked with stanchions
and rope flagging. The height of the flagging must be maintained at no more than
45” and no less than 40”.
Safety Monitor’s Duties and Responsibilities
The duty of the Safety Monitor is to ensure the work activity in the Control Zone is performed in
accordance with the Fall Protection Plan and in a manner that minimizes the potential for
workers to fall.
Safety Monitor must:
1. Be experienced in work overseen and trained in the role of Safety Monitor.
2. Be present at all times when a worker is in the Control Zone.
3. Have complete authority over the work as it relates to the prevention of falls.
4. Engage in no other duties while active as the Safety Monitor.
5. Be located as so to have a clear view of the work.
6. Be able to have normal voice communication with the workers being protected.
7. Wear a Hi-Vis vest at all times.
8. Ensure that only workers directly required for the work at hand may be inside the Control
Zone.
9. Watch over no more than 8 workers at one time.
10. All workers performing work in the Control Zone must know the Safety Monitor by name.
The Safety Monitor must know all workers that are being watched by name.
8-4
Fall Protection Work Plan
Supervisors must ensure workers review and sign off on this fall protection work plan prior to
starting work in area where a falling hazard exists. Workers must understand this plan and be
trained in fall protection and the systems and equipment that will be used. This plan must be
posted at the worksite for the duration of the work activities. This plan must be used in
conjunction with a comprehensive and effective Fall Protection Program. Add additional pages
as necessary.
8-5
8-6
Chapter 9 Safe Work Practices/Procedures
Safe Work Practices/Procedures
Development
Aerial Lift
Agress/Egress
Air Nailer
Air Stapler
Angle Grinder/ Bench Grinder
Date
Jun 10, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
By Whom
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Date
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
By Whom
LR
LR
LR
LR
LR
9-5
9-9
9-11
9-15
9-17
Batteries Charging & Servicing
Belt Sander
Bodily Fluid/Substance Clean Up
Chain Saw
Chop Saw
Circular Saw
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
LR
LR
LR
LR
LR
LR
9-19
9-21
9-23
9-25
9-29
9-31
Compactor Tamper/Packer
Concrete Foundation
Confined Space - Hazardous
Confined Space - Restricted/Non
Hazardous
Defective Tools
Electrical Safety
Elevated Work Platform
Elevator and Elevator Shaft
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 20, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
LR
MK
MK
9-33
9-35
9-37
Sept 2, 09
RWB
Jan 15, 15
MK
9-39
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Dec 22, 11
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
MK
MK
MK
MK
9-41
9-43
9-45
9-47
Evacuating Persons w/Disabilities
Excavate Right-of Way
Excavation
Extension Cords
Extension Ladder
Fire and Fire Extinguisher
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 12, 15
Jan 12, 15
Jan 15, 15
MK
MK
MK
JR
JR
MK
9-49
9-53
9-55
9-67
9-69
9-71
Folding Ladder
Forklift
Garbage Handling
Grass Trimmers
Guardrails & Removal
Hand Drills
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Jun 12, 12
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
TM
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 12, 15
Jun 15, 12
Jan 12, 15
Jan 12, 15
Jan 12, 15
Jan 12, 15
JR
TM
JR
JR
JR
JR
9-73
9-75
9-79
9-81
9-83
9-85
Hoarding
Hoisting and Rigging
Hot Work
Housekeeping
Impact Drill
Dec 22, 11
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 12, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
JR
MK
MK
DP
DP
9-87
9-89
9-93
9-95
9-97
Review
Page
9-1
Jackhammer
Ladder Jack Scaffold
Leaf Blowers
Lockout/Tagout
Development
Date
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
May 2, 12
By Whom
RWB
RWB
RWB
KM MK
Review
Date
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
May 02, 14
Manual Snow Removal
Manual Lifting & Moving
Metal Scaffold
Mitre Saw
Mobile Equipment
Mount/Dismount Equipment
By Whom
DP
DP
DP
MK
9-99
9-101
9-103
9-105
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 12, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
9-109
9-111
9-113
9-115
9-117
9-119
Office Safety
Oven Cleaning
Portable Ladder
Power and Hand Tools
Power Lawn Mower
Pressure Test
Sept 2, 09
Apr 25, 12
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
NM
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
9-121
9-123
9-125
9-127
9-129
9-133
Pressure Washer
Propane Cylinder
Propane/Butane Torch
Proper Lifting Techniques
Public Protection
Radial Arm Saw
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 16, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 21, 15
Jan 21, 15
Jan 21, 15
DP
MK
MK
LR
LR
LR
9-135
9-137
9-139
9-141
9-143
9-147
Reciprocating Saw (Saws-all/Jigsaws)
Rescue
Respiratory Equipment
Riding Lawn Mower
Rough Terrain Forklift Spreader Bar
Routers – Hand Held
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 21, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
Jan 20, 15
LR
MK
YC
YC
YC
YC
9-151
9-153
9-157
9-159
9-161
9-165
Skid Steer Bobcat
Snow Blowers
Solvents and Flammables
Spray Painting
Starting Equipment
Step Ladders
Jun 15, 12
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
TM
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 15, 15
Jan 21, 15
Jan 21, 15
Jan 21, 15
Jan 21, 15
Jan 21, 15
MK
YC
YC
YC
YC
YC
9-167
9-171
9-175
9-177
9-179
9-181
Stilts
Table Saw
Thawing Frozen Ground
Tiger Torch
Traffic Control
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
RWB JS
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 22, 15
Jan 22, 15
Jan 22, 15
Jan 22, 15
Jan 22, 15
YC
YC
YC
YC
YC
9-183
9-185
9-189
9-191
9-193
Page
9-2
Training
Transportation of Flammable Liquids
Trestle Scaffold
Truck Operators
Development
Date
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Vehicles
Winter Driving
Wood Scaffold
Working at Heights
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
Sept 2, 09
By Whom
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Review
Date
Jan 15, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Jan 16, 15
Page
By Whom
MK
DP
DP
DP
9-195
9-197
9-199
9-201
RWB
RWB
RWB
RWB
Jan 16, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
Jan 15, 15
DP
MK
MK
MK
9-205
9-207
9-209
9-211
9-3
9-4
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Aerial Lift
Before Operating an Aerial Lift
 Check operating and emergency controls, safety devices (such as outriggers and
guardrails), personal fall protection gear, wheels and tires, and other items specified by
the manufacturer.
 Look for possible leaks (air, hydraulic fluid, and fuel-system) and loose or missing parts.
 Check where the lift will be used. Look for a level surface that won’t shift. Check the
slope of the ground or floor; do not work on steep slopes that exceed slope limits listed
by the manufacturer.
 Look for hazards, such as, holes, drop-offs, bumps, and debris, and overhead power
lines and other obstructions.
 Set outriggers, brakes, and wheel chocks – even if working on a level slope.
You Should Know
 Many construction contractors rent aerial lifts instead of buying them. So, you may not
know which model you will be using, even though operator controls and other key
features differ on each model. Also, you may not know the maintenance history of the
lift.
The dealer or company renting out the lift should:
 Be sure the lift is properly inspected and serviced before rental.
 Provide operator and maintenance manuals and maintenance history.
 Make sure the operator controls are easy to reach and properly marked.
Employer should:
 Be sure an aerial lift is not modified without written permission of the manufacturer.
 Be sure an aerial lift is used only under conditions approved by the manufacturer.
 Be sure proper personal fall-protection is provided and used.
 Provide required manuals to operators and maintenance mechanics.
 Be sure operators and mechanics are trained by a qualified person experienced with the
model of aerial lift.*
For more information, contact your Sr. Safety Officer.
9-5
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Aerial Lift
Developed by: Rick Bates
Revised by: Lindsey Rutledge
Approved by: Rick Bates
Date: June 10, 2009
Date: January 20, 2015
Position: OH&S Director
Equipment Required: Aerial Lift, Cones, Signs
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Hart Hat, Gloves, Eye protections, Steel Toed Boots CSA
Approved
Job Steps:
1. Using An Aerial Lift
a. Always close lift platform chains or doors
b. Stand on the floor of the bucket or lift platform
c. Do not climb on or lean over guardrails
d. Do not exceed manufacturer’s load-capacity limits (including the weight of such
things as bucket liners and tools)
e. If working near traffic, set up work-zone warnings, like cones and signs
2. To prevent electrocutions:
a. Non-electrical workers must stay at least 10 feet away from overhead power
lines.
b. Electrical workers must de-energize/insulate power lines or use proper personal
protective equipment and tools.
c. Insulated buckets protect from electrocution due to electric current passing
through you and the boom to ground. An insulated bucket does not protect if
there’s another path to ground – for instance, if you touch another wire.
3. To prevent falls:
a. To help keep workers inside guardrails or in buckets, OSHA requires either a fullbody harness on bucket trucks or boom-supported lifts.
b. *OSHA says a qualified person...by extensive knowledge, training, and
experience can...solve...problems related to the subject matter.... A competent
person is...capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards...and has
authorization to take prompt measures to eliminate them.
4. To prevent tip overs:
a. Check the manufacturer’s instructions.
b. Do not drive with the lift platform elevated (unless the manufacturer says that’s
OK).
c. Do not exceed vertical or horizontal reach limits or the specified load-capacity of
the lift.
d. On an elevated scissor lift, avoid too much pushing or pulling.
9-6
5. Training
a. OSHA says a qualified person must train all users. The training must include:
i. Any electrical, fall, and falling-object hazards.
ii. Procedures for dealing with hazards.
iii. How to operate the lift correctly (including maximum intended load and
load capacity). The user must show he/she knows how to use the lift.
6. Manufacturer requirements.
a. If the hazards change, the type of aerial lift changes, or a worker is not operating
a lift properly, workers must be retrained.
7. Maintenance and Inspections
a. De-energize and lockout/tagout aerial lifts before any maintenance or repairs,
Lockout/Tagout Safety)
b. Each aerial lift must be inspected as the manufacturer requires – every 3 months
or after 150 hours of use whichever comes first. And the owner of a lift must do a
detailed yearly inspection, as required by the manufacturer.
9-7
9-8
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Agress/Egress







Areas of access and egress must be adequately lit.
If material may fall on a worker, overhead protection shall be provided.
Access to and egress from a work area located above or below ground level shall be by
stairs, runway, ramp or ladder.
Areas of access and egress shall be kept clear of obstructions.
Areas of access and egress shall be kept clear of snow, ice, or other slippery material.
Areas of access and egress shall be treated with sand or similar material when
necessary to ensure a firm footing.
Every shaft shall have a means of access and egress by stairway, ladder, or ladderway
for its full depth during construction and when it is completed.
9-9
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Agress/Egress
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment:
Job Steps:
1. Check for clear routes in/out of area.
2. Check vehicle movements
3. Check surfaces, taking in account the ground condition on the day before and after
rainfall
4. Proceed to enter/exit the area.
5. Report all hazards that may arise.
9-10
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Air Nailer
Air Nailers, if not used properly, can cause severe injury to eyes and limbs.
 Permit only trained and experienced workers to operate pneumatic nailers
 Always wear eye protection and make sure others in the area wear eye protection
too. Eye protectors must provide protection against flying particles both from the
front and sides
 Use only clean, dry, regulated (maximum 12 psi) compressed air. Never use
oxygen, combustible gases, or any other gases as a power source for the nailer
 Never point the nailer toward yourself or anyone else. Never engage in horseplay
with the nailer
 Never carry the nailer with a finger on the trigger. Always carry the nailer by the
handle only
 Always wear ear protection, to protect from loud noise
 Keep work area clean – cluttered areas invite injuries
 Never use the nailer in the presence of flammable liquids or gases such as
lacquer/paint thinners, gasoline, adhesive agents and other materials which are
combustible or explosive. The nailer produces sparks during operation
 Keep visitors away; do not allow them to handle the nailer
 Dress properly. Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry as they can be caught in the
moving parts. Ensure that long hair is contained
 Never use a non-relieving air coupler on the nailer. The nailer and air hose must
have a hose coupling such that all pressure is removed from the nailer when the
coupling joint is disconnected
 Keep all screws and covers tightly mounted. Never use the nailer if parts are
missing or damaged
 When loading fasteners into the nailer:
 Do not depress the trigger
 Do not depress the safety lever
 Keep the nailer pointed downward
 Keep hands and feet away from the firing head during use
 Never place your hands or fingers on a work piece directly opposite the firing head.
The nailer can drive the fastener through the piece and through your fingers.
 Place nailer properly on the work piece. Do not drive fasteners on top of other
fasteners or with the nailer at too steep an angle. The fasteners can ricochet and
hurt someone
 Take care of double fire due to recoil. In order to avoid double fire:
 Do not push the nailer on the work piece with strong force.
 Take the nailer completely away from the work piece using recoil, and keep the
safety lever away from the work piece until the next desirable shot
 Pull the trigger and release it QUICKLY when performing intermittent operation
(trigger fire)
 Do not drive fasteners into thin boards or near corners and edges of work piece. The
fasteners can be driven through or away from the work piece and hit someone
9-11


















Never drive fasteners from both sides of a wall at the same time. The fasteners can
be driven through the wall and hit a person on the other side
Never carry a nailer by the hose
Never use a nailer which is defective or operating abnormally
Do not disconnect air hose from the nailer while holding your finger on the trigger.
The nailer can fire when re-connected to an air supply
Always disconnect the air hose from the nailer when:
Doing maintenance and inspection
Clearing a jam
It is not in use
Leaving work area
Moving it to another location
Handing it to another person
Stay alert, watch what you are doing
Handle nailer carefully. Do not drop the nailer or strike it against a hard surface
Do not remove the dust cover. Fragments of wire collating fasteners can fly out
Keep nail guide closed during operation. If driving fasteners with the nail guide open,
the fasteners can be driven away from the work piece
Do not open magazine facing downward when loading fasteners. The fasteners can
fall down and result in personal injury
Keep the nailer clean and lubricated for better and safer performance
Never use the nailer for jobs it was not designed to do
9-12
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Air Nailer
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Date: Jan 23, 2015
Equipment Required: Air Nailer, Air Hose Line
Material Required: Nails, Air Compressor or CO2 Tank
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye protections, Steel Toed Boots CSA Approved
Job Steps:
1. Pre use inspection must be completed on the air nailer actuator and hose connections.
Using proper tool inspection policy.
2. Connect the nailer to the air supply. This can either be the air compressor or the CO2
tank.
3. Load the nails in the gun. If the nails are the barrel or rolled set, use a flip door on the
gun to load the first nail into a chamber. Close the flip door and secure it. Test fire into
a scrap section of wood. The stick type will clip to the side or front of the nail gun.
These are usually smaller nail guns. Test fire into a piece of scrap wood.
4. Place the gun on the surface of the wood where you are going to shoot the nail. Hold
the gun firmly and gently squeeze the trigger. It will kick. After you use it a few times,
you will become used to the kick and can develop a rhythm.
9-13
9-14
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Air Stapler


















Permit only trained and experienced workers to operate pneumatic stapling tools.
Always wear eye protection and make sure others in the area wear eye protection also.
Eye protection must provide protection against flying particles both from the front and
sides.
Use only clean dry, regulated (maximum 120 psi) compressed air. Never use oxygen,
combustible gases or any other gases as power source for the Stapler.
Never point the stapler toward yourself or anyone else. Never engage in horseplay with
the Stapler.
Never carry Stapler with your finger on the trigger. Always carry the stapler by the
handle only.
Away wear ear protectors to protect your ears from loud noise.
Keep work area clean. Cluttered areas invite injuries.
Keep visitors away. Do not let visitors handle the Stapler.
Never use a non-relieving air coupler on the Stapler. The Stapler and air hose must
have a hose coupling such that all pressure is removed from the Stapler when the
coupling joint is disconnected.
Check push (safety) lever before use. Make sure the safety lever works properly.
When loading staples into the Stapler:
o Do not depress the trigger.
o Do not depress the safety lever.
o Keep the Stapler pointed downward.
Place Stapler properly on the work piece. Do not drive staples on top of other staples or
with the Stapler at too steep an angle. The staples can ricochet and hurt someone.
Do not drive staples into thin boards or near corners and edges of work piece. The
staples can be driven through or away from the work piece and hit someone.
Never carry the Stapler by the hose.
Never use a Stapler which is defective or operating abnormally.
Do not disconnect air hose from the Stapler while holding your finger on the trigger. The
Stapler can fire when re-connected to an air supply.
Always disconnect the air hose from the Stapler when:
Doing maintenance and inspection.
o Clearing a jam.
o It is not in use.
o Leaving work area.
o Moving it to another location
o Handing it to another person.
9-15
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Air (Pneumatic) Stapler
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Stapler, Compressor or CO2 tank
Material Required:
Staples
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Hearing Protection
Job Steps:
1. Connect the stapler to the air supply. This can either be an air compressor or CO2 tank.
2. Load the staples into the stapler. Release the safety mechanism on the bottom end of
the stapler will allow you to load the staples in the bottom of the handle. Press the
mechanism back into the stapler making it click. Test fire the staple onto a scrap piece.
3. Place the stapler on the surface of the item where you are going to use the stapler. Hold
the stapler firmly and gently squeeze the trigger.
9-16
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Angle Grinder/ Bench Grinder










Check the tool rest for the correct distance from the abrasive wheel, maximum 1/8” or 3
mm.
Replace the grindstone when adjustment of the rest cannot provide 1/8” or 3 mm
clearance.
If the wheel has been abused and ground to an angle or grooved, reface the wheel with
the appropriate surfacing tool or replace the wheel.
Protect your eyes with goggles or a face shield at all times when grinding.
Each time a grinding wheel is replaced, check the maximum approved speed (stamped
on the wheel bladder) against the shaft rotation speed of the machine to ensure the safe
speed is not exceeded.
A grinding wheel must not be operated at speeds exceeding the manufacturer's
recommendation.
The flanges supporting the grinding wheel should be a maximum of 1/3 the diameter of
the wheel, and must fit the shaft rotating speed according to the manufacturer’s
recommendation.
Bench grinders are designed for peripheral grinding. Do not grind on the side of the
wheel.
Do not stand directly in front of the grinding wheel when it is first started.
Wear CSA-approved hearing protection.
9-17
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Angle Grinder/ Bench Grinder
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Angle/Bench Grinder
Material Required:
Power Outlet
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye Protection, Hearing Protection, Face Shield
Job Steps:
1. Read all of the literature that comes with it and familiarize yourself with all of its features
and safety guidelines.
2. The angle grinder has a side handle which takes two hands to operate and an adjustable
safety guard.
3. Know what the angle grinder is used for. Only use the tool for intended purposes.
4. Match the right disc to the right job. Discs come in many materials, grits and degrees of
hardness and each one is suited to particular work. Some of them must be kept
lubricated with water for safe use.
5. Choose an angle grinder by the size of the disc, the type of power source they use and
the amount of power you want in the motor. Discs run in size from four to seven inches.
6. Only use this when you are alert, awake and able to give it your full attention.
9-18
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Batteries Charging and Servicing












Ensure charger is off before attaching or removing clamp connection.
Attach clamps to the battery in proper polarity (i.e.: negative to negative)
Ensure proper ventilation is in place where batteries are charged.
Inspect for defective cables, loose connections, corrosion, cracked cases or covers,
loose hold downs and deformed or loose terminal posts.
Replace worn or unserviceable parts.
Tighten cable clamp nuts with proper size wrench.
Utilize a cable puller to remove a cable clamp from the battery terminal.
Remove corrosion on the terminal posts, hold tray and hold down parts.
Use a tapered brush to clean battery terminals and the cable clamps.
Clean dirt from the battery with baking soda solution.
Utilize a battery carrier to lift a battery
Ensure battery cells are not filled above the level in the indicator.
9-19
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Charging a battery
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Battery cables, Battery
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, eye protection.
Job Steps:
Charging a battery
1. Park a vehicle close enough to yours so that the jumper cables will comfortably reach
both batteries. Open the hoods on both vehicles and secure them with prop rods. The
vehicle that is providing the jump should be shut off, not running.
2. Clamp one end of the jumper cables onto the battery of the vehicle providing the jump.
Connect the positive (or red) clamp to the positive (or red) battery post first. Make sure
the other ends of the cables are not touching each other. Connect the negative (or black)
clamp to the negative (or black) post of the battery.
3. Connect the other end of the cables to your vehicles battery by installing the positive
clamp onto the positive post of the dead battery. Again, make sure the clamps do not
touch each other. Connect the negative clamp to a clean ground on the engine of the
dead vehicle or directly onto the negative battery post. Connecting the black clamp onto
the engine will reduce the possibility of a spark around the dead battery.
4. Start the vehicle that is doing the charging and let it charge your dead battery for 5 to 10
minutes. Then shut off its engine.
5. Turn your key in the ignition to make sure you can start your vehicle.
6. Remove the negative clamp from the car providing the jump. Do not allow the clamps to
touch. Remove the positive clamp from the same car.
7. Take the cables off of the car receiving the charge in the same order, negative followed
by positive.
9-20
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Belt Sander

















Wear safety glasses or a face shield.
Wear a dust respirator for dusty operations.
Make sure the sander is switched "OFF" before connecting the power supply.
Disconnect power supply before changing a sanding belt, making adjustments, or
emptying dust collector.
Inspect sanding belts before using them. Replace those belts worn or frayed.
Install sanding belts that are the same widths as the pulley drum.
Adjust sanding belt tension to keep the belt running true and at the same speed as
pulley drum.
Secure the sanding belt in the direction shown on the belt and the machine.
Keep hands away from a sanding belt.
Use two hands to operate sanders - one on a trigger switch and the other on a front
handle knob.
Keep all cords clear of sanding area during use.
Clean dust from the motor and vents at regular intervals.
Do not use a sander without an exhaust system or a dust collector present that is in
good working order. Empty the collector when 1/4 full. The dust created when sanding
can be a fire and explosion hazard. Proper ventilation is essential.
Do not exert excessive pressure on a moving sander. The weight of the sander supplies
adequate pressure for the job.
Do not work on unsecured stock unless it is heavy enough to stay in place. Clamp the
stock into place or use a "stop block" to prevent movement.
Do not overreach. Always keep proper footing and balance.
Do not cover the air vents of the sander.
9-21
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Belt Sander
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Belt Sander
Material Required: Belts and Power outlet
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye Protection, Gloves, Hard hat, Protective Footwear.
Job Steps:
1. Install a new belt into your belt sander by releasing the lever that slackens the front
roller. Install the belt with the arrow on the backing pointing in the clockwise direction,
and then tighten the lever.
2. Move the belt sander in line with the grain of the wood, forward and back, avoiding
rounding the edges. When you get to the end, pick up the sander and begin again,
overlapping the previous pass by half.
3. Don't apply pressure when using a belt sander. The weight of the sander is sufficient
pressure to get the job done correctly.
4. Empty the dust bag supplied with the sander regularly to prevent the motor from
overheating.
9-22
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Bodily Fluid/Substance Clean Up








Ensure your supervisor or Site Safety Officer has trained you on how to use the spill kit
and procedures
All bodily fluids should ALWAYS be handled as if they are infected
Always use cold water
o Hot water will make blood stick to the surface it is on.
Ensure you use the spill kit provided at the worksite (available from the first aid room)
Contact you Site Safety Officer and supervisor immediately
Complete the incident report and submit to your Site Safety Officer
Ensure you protect yourself at all times using the personal Protective Equipment
provided
o Household rubber or disposable latex gloves (elbow length)
o Eye Protection (safety glasses, contact lenses will not protect eye from exposure)
o Disposable towels (paper towels)
o Spray Bottle containing 10 parts water to 1 part bleach
o Leak proof garbage bags
o Disposable Coveralls
o Safety boots
o Dust masks
o Duct tape
o Disposable shoe covers
What to use to clean and disinfect contaminated areas.
o When laundering clothes that have small amounts of patient’s blood on them,
ensure the hottest water and the longest washing cycle is used. No other clothes
are to be laundered at the same time. Use solution of 100 parts water to 1 part
bleach in addition to laundry soap.
o Caution: Do not mix cleaning chemicals such as bleach and ammonia.
9-23
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Bodily Fluid/Substance Clean Up
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Spill Kit, Optisorb
Material Required: Spill Kit, Optisorb
Personal Protective Equipment: Face Shield, Safety glasses, Disposable Coveralls,
Disposable shoe covers, Steel Toed Boots, Rubber Gloves
Job Steps:
1. Restrict access to the area
2. Put on your Personal Protective Equipment
3. Spray bleach solution on the contaminated area and leave on for 20 minutes
4. Pour Optisorb on the area and leave for 5 minutes
5. Double up garbage bags
6. Scoop up as much Optisorb as possible and put into garbage bags
7. Wipe the area with disposable towels and put contaminated towels into doubled up
garbage bags
8. Remove your Personal Protective Equipment but leave your safety glasses on
9. Put remaining Personal Protective Equipment into garbage bags
10. Secure the bags with duct tape
11. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water following glove removal and removal of
garbage bags.
12. Clean your work area as necessary.
9-24
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Chain Saw































Only use chain saws that you have been trained to use properly and safely.
Read the owner's manual carefully.
Make sure you understand instructions before attempting to use any chain saw.
Operate the chain saw in well-ventilated areas only.
Wear personal protective equipment and clothing.
Ask questions if you have any doubts about doing the work safely.
Do not use a chain saw in trees unless you have received specific training to do so.
Use only chain saws that have been manufactured and maintained according to
standards like the CSA Standard Z62.1-95 "Chain Saws” and that are equipped with a
safety chain and chain brake. Check legislation in your jurisdiction for other
requirements.
Know how to use the controls before starting a chain saw.
Ensure that the guide bar is tight and chain fits snugly without binding; adjust the chain
tension, if required.
Inspect the saw chain to ensure it is properly lubricated and is sharp. Sharpen and
lubricate, as needed.
Check the air filter and clean when needed.
Inspect the chain catcher - it helps reduce the risk of injury when a chain breaks or
comes off the guide bar.
Ensure that chain is clear of obstructions before starting.
Engage the chain brake before starting the chain saw.
Ensure that you have secure footing and that your stance is well balanced.
Warm up the saw prior to cutting. The saw should idle without the chain turning. If the
chain continues to turn after the throttle switch is released, stop the saw. Then adjust the
idle as shown in the owner's manual.
Check that the throttle trigger, throttle trigger interlock, master control lever, etc. are
operating properly.
Do not use a saw if it has damaged loose or missing parts.
Do not "drop start" (starting a saw in hands) or when a chain saw is touching your body.
This method leaves only one hand to control a running saw and can result in leg cuts.
Do not start a saw unless it is at least 3 meters (10 feet) from any approved fuel safety
containers.
Do not make adjustments to the chain or guide bar when the motor is running.
Follow manufacturer's directions for oil/gas mixture to be used.
Do not refuel a running or hot saw.
Use funnel or spout for pouring. Wipe off any spills.
Mix fuel in a well-ventilated area. Keep a well-maintained fire extinguisher nearby.
Do not smoke or allow any ignition sources while refueling.
Plan each job before you start. Arrange to have help.
Carry the chain saw by its front handle, with the muffler away from your body and the
guard bar pointing behind you.
Know the location of the persons working with you at all times.
Use the correct saw. The weight, power, and bar length should all be suitable for the job.
9-25










Operate the chain saw in a firm two-handed grip with fingers and thumb surrounding the
handles. Keep both feet firmly positioned when operating a chain saw.
Maintain full power throughout each cut.
Ensure that the chain does not move when the chain saw is idling.
Turn off the chain saw before refueling or doing any maintenance.
Keep your saw clean -- free of sawdust, dirt and oil.
Wear safety gloves or mitts when sharpening the chain.
Do not leave a saw running unattended.
Do not carry chain saws while it is running.
Avoid contact with the muffler. Serious skin burns may result.
Do not cut alone.
9-26
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Chain Saw
Date: September 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Chain Saw
Material Required: Gasoline
Personal Protective Equipment: Ear and eye protection, gloves, foot protection, hard hat
Job Steps:
1. You can start the chainsaw by pulling the starter cord. While doing this, place the
equipment on the ground, and place your foot on it, to hold it in place. In order to trigger
the ignition process the cord should rub against the starter housing and break, and
hence the cord should be pulled straight up.
2. Make sure that the cord doesn't touch anything while you pull it to start the equipment.
3. During the cutting process, you should hold the saw close to your body. When you use
the chainsaw to cut trees or branches, make sure that you cut at a point below your
shoulder height. This will allow you to keep your elbows locked, and thus restrict the
wayward movement of the equipment.
4. When cutting a trunk at a point higher than your reach, climb the tree and suspend
yourself against it using a harness.
5. As a mechanical reaction, the chain can pull you into the work, when you use the bottom
of the blade, or push you outwards, when you use the tip of the blade. Therefore make
sure that you use the perfect stance, and have a proper grip of the equipment, as well as
your foothold. More of such kickbacks can happen, when the machine abruptly comes to
a halt, or when cutting a hard piece of wood using a relatively blunt blade.
9-27
9-28
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Chop Saw
Chop Saws use abrasive wheels which can cause severe injury.
























Work at a comfortable level
Bolt to work bench to ensure stable and level working platform
Do not use saw on the floor
Do not cut small pieces as they may catch in blade
Keep cords clear as they may be a tripping hazard
Operators should always wear safety glasses under a full face shield.
Gloves, loose clothing, jewelry, or any dangling objects including long hair should not be
worn as they may catch in the rotating parts of the saw.
Use only the recommended RPM and sizes of blades.
Regularly check and tighten the blade and the blade-attachment mechanism.
Use ring test for blade continuity
o If it rings clear then blade is free of cracks
All guards must be in place and operating.
Unplug power when making repairs.
Clean the lower guard frequently to help visibility and movement.
Always wear proper ear protection, especially when cutting metal, as it is very loud
Metal also makes a lot of sparks so proper arm protection is needed
Check cutting stock for nails and impurities
Nails may damage blade
Impurities may cause stock to splinter or shatter
Hold or clamp all material securely against the fence when cutting.
Do not perform operations freehand.
Long material should be supported at the same height as the saw table.
Never place hands or fingers in the path of the blade or reach in back of the fence.
NEVER CROSS HANDS!!!
Do not hold short end of cutting stock
9-29
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Chop Saw
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Chop Saw
Material Required:
Power outlet
Job Steps:
1. Position your chop saw on a level, sturdy work surface or chop/miter saw stand. Clamp
or bolt the saw in place to give it added stability. Set up any side braces you may need
to hold heavy materials in the correct position to be cut with the chop saw. Arrange the
saw so that the power cord will reach the wall socket, or use an approved power strip
with a circuit breaker to avoid overheating extension cords.
2. Install the proper blade for the material being cut. For metal pieces, use an abrasive disk
or carbide-tipped, bi-metal blade. For hardwoods, use a coarse-toothed wood blade, and
for plywood and other wood composites, use a fine-tooth wood blade. Wear hearing and
eye protection at all times when operating your chop saw. Clear all sawdust and other
flammable materials away from the saw area when cutting metal to avoid sparks lighting
the dust on fire.
3. Measure and mark your pieces carefully. Set your piece on the saw table, firmly against
the fence at the back and the table on the bottom. Position the piece to be cut so that the
piece you wish to keep is on the left side of the saw if you are right handed and the right
side of the saw if you are left handed. Line the edge of the blade with the outside of the
mark on your material.
4. Hold the material with your non-dominant hand clear of the blade area. This leaves your
dominant hand free to operate the saw. Double check that all materials are lined up with
the blade and all foreign matter is clear of the blade. Pull the trigger and allow the blade
to come to speed before putting it in contact with the material. Pull the blade down and
apply steady pressure to make the cut in one movement. Do not force the blade, which
can cause the saw to draw additional current and overheat your electrical circuits. Allow
the blade to come to a complete stop before letting the blade back up.
9-30
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Circular Saw




























Wear safety glasses or a face shield.
Wear an approved respirator or dust mask when exposed to harmful or nuisance dusts.
Use appropriate hearing protection equipment in noisy areas.
Check the retracting lower blade guard to make certain it works freely.
Ensure that the blade that you have selected is sharp enough to do the job. Sharp
blades work better and are safer.
Check the saw for proper blade rotation.
Set the depth of the blade, while the saw is unplugged, and lock it at a depth so that the
lowest tooth does not extend more than about 0.3 cm or 1/8" beneath the wood.
Keep all cords clear of cutting area.
Circular saws are designed for right-hand operation; left-handed operation will demand
more care to operate safely.
Check the retracting lower blade guard frequently to make certain it works freely. It
should enclose the teeth as completely as possible, and cover the unused portion of the
blade when cutting.
Check that the retracting lower blade guard has returned to its starting position before
laying down the saw.
Keep upper and retracting lower blade guard clean and free of sawdust.
Disconnect power supply before adjusting or changing the blade.
Allow the saw to reach full power before starting to cut
Use two hands to operate saws - one on a trigger switch and the other on a front knob
handle.
Keep motor free from accumulation of dust and chips.
Select the correct blade for stock being cut and allow it to cut steadily. Do not force it.
Secure stock being cut to avoid movement.
Do not hold or force the retracting lower guard in the open position.
Do not place hand under the shoe or guard of the saw.
Do not over tighten the blade-locking nut.
Do not twist the saw to change, cut or check alignment.
Do not use a saw that vibrates or appears unsafe in any way.
Do not force the saw during cutting.
Do not cut materials without first checking for obstructions or other objects such as nails
and screws.
Do not carry the saw with a finger on the trigger switch.
Do not overreach. Keep proper footing and balance.
Do not rip stock without using a wedge or guide clamped or nailed to the stock.
9-31
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Circular Saw
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Circular Saw
Material Required: Power outlet or battery
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, ear, eye and foot protection
Job Steps:
1. Make sure you are using the correct blade and that it's properly seated and tightened.
Always use a sharp blade. Dull blades bind and overheat.
2. Check the blade guard. Is it in good shape and functioning properly?
3. Set the depth of the blade to no more than 1/4 inch more than the thickness of the wood
to be cut. The work piece is more likely to kick back if you have too much blade
exposed.
4. Support the work on both sides. Clamp it on one side if you have to.
5. Look for knots and nails before you begin. Avoid them if possible; if they cannot be
avoided, be cautious when approaching them.
6. Start the blade before it meets the work.
7. Stand to the side when you saw in case the wood is kicked back, and don't over-reach.
You should always have both feet planted firmly on the floor.
8. Don't push the saw; just guide it with a little pressure.
9. Let go of the trigger if the blade binds, and stick a wooden shim in the cut to release it.
10. Wait for the blade to stop before removing it from the wood.
9-32
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Compactor - Tamper/Packer





Ensure vibration suppression material is applicable. (not cement)
Ensure work site has barricades and warning signs in place.
Be competent in operating this piece of equipment.
Know the work limits associated with equipment, including levels of sensitivity,
numbness of stiffness.
Ensure proper PPE is utilized for task, including hearing protection and vibration gloves.
9-33
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Compactor – Tamper/Packer
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Power Compactor
Material Required: Gasoline
Personal Protective Equipment: Ear and Eye Protection, Gloves and Steel Toed Boots
Job Steps:
1. Prepare your site for gravel compacting. Smooth out gravel with a rake to evenly
distribute the gravel. Remove any large stones that may cause uneven compacting.
2. Fill your powered compactor with gasoline. Place the compactor at the corner of your
work site. Turn the compactor on.
3. Run the compactor over the entire area, first going north to south, and then east to west.
In this way you cover the entire area twice in all directions to get the smoothest surface
possible.
4. Remove the compactor from the site, and turn off the power.
5. Check your site for pitch and level measurements. If necessary, run the compactor over
the site again until you achieve the desired measurements.
6. Run the compactor over the site after each layer of material is laid down. If you are
placing paving stones or other material over the layer of gravel, run the compactor over
the top surface to achieve a smooth, level surface.
9-34
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Concrete Foundation







Ensure barricades and warning signs are in place.
Ensure Rebar Protection is in place (end caps).
Ensure excavation is of proper design.
Endure the concrete forms are secured from movement.
Ensure you are conversant with concrete pour procedures.
Ensure you are visible to the concrete pump operator.
Ensure equipment is in good working order.
9-35
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Concrete Foundation
Developed by: Rick Bates Date: Sept 2, 2009
Revised by: Mike Keogh
Approved by: Rick Bates Position: OH&S Director Date: January 23, 2015
Equipment Required: Concrete Forms
Material Required: Concrete
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye Protection, Gloves and Steel Toed Boots
Job Steps:
1. Run a vibrating compactor machine over the soil three times to stabilize the ground.
2. Determine what height the forms should be and what the top measurements of the
concrete will be.
3. Install forms as per manufactures/engineers specifications.
4. Ensure rebar is in place using the Rebar Procedures.
5. Ensure position of Concrete truck/pump is in proper place and adequately trained
personnel are operating equipment.
6. Tilt the mixer to pour the concrete into the framed expanse. Begin at the closest point to
the house and work your way down the grade. Use a hoe to push the concrete into
corners and spread it evenly. Continue to pour until the frame is filled. If possible, have a
helper spread the concrete while you pour.
7. Drag a straightedge across the frame to smooth and level the concrete and scrape off
excess with a trowel. Use floaters to further level and smooth the surface until water
begins to rise to the top.
8. Cure the concrete and hoard if necessary using Hoarding Procedures.
9-36
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Confined Space – Hazardous
Site Safety Officer
Site Safety Officer shall, before work begins:
 Identify confined space locations and work areas and identify confined space work
procedures required
 Provide confined spaces training for direct-hire employees
 Conduct or arrange for gas testing and monitoring of the confined space atmosphere.
Supervisors
The supervisor shall, before work begins:
 Obtain “Confined Space Work Permit” from Site Safety Officer and follow the confined
space work procedures appropriate for the worksite
 Provide necessary ventilation, safety staff and rescue equipment.
Workers
All workers shall:
 Test equipment before use.
 Work according to their training
Subcontractors
All subcontractors shall:
 Take responsibility for any confined space equipment and training for their employees.
 Must be competent in confined space entry to identify the work procedures required to
enter the confined space.
 Ensure there is a reasonable means exit from all parts of the confined space.
 Ensure that ventilation is established and allows acceptable air levels to be achieved
and maintained.
 Established method of communication to allow immediate contact with necessary
personnel if rescue or assistance is required, confirm alarm system.
 Before entry, the vessel or confined space must be tested by a competent worker for
oxygen content, combustible gas (L.E.L.) and hydrogen sulfide and CO.
 Continuous monitoring may be required of the vessel or confined space atmosphere.
 Must be conversant with Rescue Procedures.
9-37
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Confined Space – Hazardous
Equipment Required: Gas Testing Monitor, Rescue Equipment
Material Required: Entry Log, Safety Watch
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard Hat, Gloves, Eye Protection, Communication device
Job Steps:
1. When starting a new job or process assess the hazards in the area and the hazards for
the job task.
2. Use Form 002 to do a daily bump check on your gas monitor.
3. Test the air at the entrance of the possible confined space.
4. Fill out the confined space hazard assessment form if the space is not classified as a
confined space please see the restricted/non-hazardous space SAFE WORK
PROCEDURE.
5. Have a qualified person complete the confined space work permit.
6. Ensure all workers know what they are required to do in the case of an emergency if
required contact local rescue and have them on standby.
7. Ensure that all major hazards are controlled before and person enters a confined space.
8. Inspect all safety equipment and ensure that it is working correctly.
9. Put on any required safety equipment and ensure that it is correctly fit.
10. When workers are ready to enter the confined space and it is safe to do so have the
safety watch record anyone who is entering the confined space.
11. If workers must exit and enter multiple times the safety watch should ensure that a
correct record is kept.
12. Only when all workers have exited is the safety watch able to leave.
13. Once the work has been completed ensure that there are no risks left for other workers.
(Open holes or fall danger)
When confined space work is complete all rescue equipment should be placed back into
storage and gas monitors should have their memory cleared and be charged.
For all confined space forms, please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms,
Confined Space.
9-38
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Confined Space – Restricted/Non-Hazardous
Site Safety Officer
Site Safety Officer shall, before work begins:
 Identify confined space locations and work areas and identify confined space work
procedures required
 Provide confined spaces training for direct-hire employees
Supervisors
The supervisor shall, before work begins:
 Provide necessary ventilation, safety staff and rescue equipment.
Workers
All workers shall:
 Test any equipment before use.
Subcontractors
All subcontractors shall:
 Take responsibility for any confined space equipment and training for their employees.
 Must be competent in confined space entry to identify the work procedures required to
enter the confined space.
 Ensure there is a reasonable means exit from all parts of the confined space.
 Ensure that ventilation is established and allows acceptable air levels to be achieved
and maintained.
 Established method of communication to allow immediate contact with necessary
personnel if rescue or assistance is required, confirm alarm system.
 Continuous monitoring may be required of the vessel or confined space atmosphere.
 Must be conversant with Rescue Procedures.
9-39
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Confined Space Restricted/Non-Hazardous
Equipment Required: Communication devices
Material Required: Work Permit, Sign in/out, Safety Watch
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Vise vest, Steel toed boots
Job Steps:
1. When starting a new job or process assess the hazards in the area and the hazards for
the job task.
2. Fill out the Confined-Restricted Space (Non-Hazardous) Assessment form. If the space
is not classified as a Restricted/Non-Hazardous Space (refer to Hazardous/NonHazardous Confined/Restricted Space Characteristics, please see the Confined Space
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE.
3. Ensure all workers know what they are required to do in the case of an emergency if
required contact local rescue and have them on standby.
4. Ensure that all major hazards are controlled before and person enters a confined space.
5. Inspect all safety equipment and ensure that it is working correctly.
6. Put on any required safety equipment and ensure that it is correctly fit.
7. When workers are ready to enter the confined space and it is safe to do so have the
safety watch record anyone who is entering the confined space.
8. If workers must exit and enter multiple times the safety watch should ensure that a
correct record is kept.
9. Only when all workers have exited is the safety watch able to leave.
10. Once the work has been completed ensure that there are no risks left for other workers.
(open holes or fall danger)
11. When confined space work is complete all rescue equipment should be placed back into
storage.
For all Confined Space forms, please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms,
Confined Space
9-40
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Defective Tools
Defective tools can cause serious injuries.
If a tool is defective in some way, DO NOT USE IT.
Be aware of problems like:
 Chisels and wedges with mushroomed heads.
 Split or cracked handles.
 Faulty electrical equipment or extension cords.
 Wrenches with worn out jaws.
 Tools, which are not complete, such as files without handles.
To ensure safe use of hand tools, remember:
 Never use a defective tool;
 Double check all tools prior to use; and
 Ensure defective tools are repaired.
Air, gasoline and electric power tools require skill and complete attention on the part of the user
even when they are in good condition. Don't use power tools when they are defective in any
way.
Watch for problems like:
 Broken or inoperative guards or guards that have been wedged back.
 Insufficient or improper grounding due to damage on double insulated tools.
 No ground wire (on plug) or cords of standards tools.
 The on/off switch not in good working order.
 Tool blade is cracked.
 The wrong grinder wheel is being used.
Remove all defective tools from the work area and mark,
Using lockout procedure
9-41
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Defective Tools
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Defective tool
Material Required: Lockout tag
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, gloves, eye and foot protection.
Job Steps:
1. Determine the defectiveness of tool.
2. Tag with lockout tag. Sign and date the item.
3. Forward to competent person/s to be fixed or replaced.
9-42
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Electrical Safety















Know the equipment and potential hazards - Define the scope of work.
Use barricades or other means to prevent unqualified persons crossing approach
boundaries.
Personnel shall employ insulating barriers to prevent themselves and others from
leaning into or falling into live parts and to prevent live parts that might become loose
from contacting personnel.
Personnel shall not wear metallic personal items (e.g., jewelry, glasses, watches) while
working on or near live parts.
Personnel shall use non-conducting ladders when needed.
Always assume a conductor is energized until proven otherwise.
Personnel shall use only personal protective equipment that is designed [approved.
certified] for the hazard.
Personnel shall use only insulated tools when working on or near live parts.
Personnel shall not bypass interlocks or safety devices that protect persons against
electrical shock.
Whenever possible, do not work alone.
When operating circuit breakers or fused switches. ALWAYS stand to the side NEVER
directly in front of the device being operated.
Personnel should inspect electrical equipment for defective parts, faulty insulation,
improper grounding, loose connections, ground faults, and unguarded live parts and
should take appropriate remedial action before working on or near live parts.
Personnel should work only where there is adequate clearance.
Personnel should not work on or near live parts that are in a hazardous location (e.g., in
wet or damp areas, where there are corrosive or flammable atmospheres).
Restrict non-participants from the work area.
9-43
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Electrical Safety
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Safety Glasses, gloves
Job Steps:
Cords
1. Check to see if any of the power cords are worn. If so, replace them with heavy duty
cords because worn cords can be hazardous.
2. Replace an open front plug with a dead front plug or plug cover to reduce the chance of
accidental shock.
3. Avoid tripping over cords while using electrical devices.
4. Wrap the cords up when you are finished using them. Do not tie them in a tight knot, as
this can cause short circuits.
Tools
1. Check if your tools are damp or wet. If they are, dry them because wet tools are a power
hazard. Be sure to store them in a dry area.
2. Switch the tool off before connecting its cord to a power outlet.
3. Disconnect the tool from its power source before making any adjustments.
4. Turn the tool off before unplugging it.
Circuits
1. Check the limits your workshop's circuits can take and do not exceed them to avoid
short-circuiting your electrical system.
2. Handle your cords gently to avoid ripping them while in use. Minnesota Power says
"never yank, kink, or bend cords. Unwind them fully before use, and store loosely coiled
in a dry place."
3. Plug in cords to outlets so that outlets are not overloaded. Do not try to plug too many
cords into one outlet, as this can cause short circuiting.
Floor and Grounding
1. Check if there are any puddles or damp spots on the floor of your workshop. If so, this
could cause an electrical hazard.
2. Ensure that any electrical devices that need secure grounding are securely attached to
the floor before use.
3. Do not turn on outlets on the ground until a device is plugged into them.
4. Switch off the power to the ground outlet before unplugging the device's cord.
9-44
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Elevated Work Platforms












All employees must be TRAINED to operate equipment.
First of all, don’t overload platforms with people or tools. Stay within the limits described
on the load rating plate.
Don’t work on a platform if the floor is covered with snow, ice, or other slippery material.
Don’t carry flammable liquids on platforms under any circumstance. A flammable liquid
fire could injure you and co-workers as well as damage platform components and cause
the platform to fall.
Don’t operate platforms in bad weather conditions such as high winds, snowstorms,
thunderstorms, or other dangerous conditions.
Do protect platforms, wire ropes, and lifelines from corrosives or heat-producing
processes. Once exposed to heat-producing processes, the platform and platform
components are considered permanently damaged and cannot be used. Corrosives
must be neutralized and washed down.
Remember; don’t operate platforms in bad weather conditions, such as high winds,
snowstorms, thunderstorms, or other dangerous conditions. Refer to Inclement Weather
Emergency Response Plan.
Also, be sure to mount a wind-measuring anemometer outside platform installations. If
the wind is 25 miles per hour or more, do not use the platform except to move it from an
operating position to storage.
Don’t let tools, materials, and debris accumulate on the platform and become tripping
hazards. Also, items are more likely to be accidentally kicked over the edge of the toe
board if they have accumulated on top of one another.
Make sure the stabilizer ties that connect your suspension rope to the building anchor
won’t get tangled in platform machinery or get in your way when you walk across the
platform.
Stay in voice communication with someone inside the building while you’re on the
platform.
And finally, lock the power disconnect switch to the “on” position so that no one can turn
off your power while you’re suspended on the platform.
9-45
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Elevated Work Platform
Equipment Required: Elevated Work Platform,
Material Required:
Rescue/Fall Protection Plan
Personal Protective Equipment: Fall Arrest Harness, Lanyard, Shock absorber
Job Steps:
1. Pre-Trip Inspections must be completed, after walk around and engine checks.
2. Make sure the platform is in safe operating condition.
3. Check emergency controls, by raising and lowering devices.
4. Set up on firm, flat, level ground.
a. Plan the lift
b. Check the safe working load
5. Check area for hazards and put in hazard control measures.
a. Overhead hazards
b. Surrounding hazards
c. Ground hazards - traffic/pedestrians
6. Fall Arrest Harness – attached to a lanyard with a shock absorber must be worn. The
person must be trained in how to inspect and use the harness correctly.
7. Rescue Plan / Emergency Response Plan in place.
8. Perform task – operating as per manufactures instructions.
9. Don’t overload the elevating work platform. Always operate within its parameters.
10. Plan your work. Think about the task at all times.
For all related Working at Heights forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety
Zone, Forms
9-46
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Elevator and Elevator Shafts





Do not attempt to manually open doors without lockout procedure in place.
Ensure that supervisor/manager is made aware of entry.
Ensure elevator door is not left open or unattended at any time.
Ensure all hazards are eliminated or proper procedures in place prior to opening of
elevator door.
Ensure all company policy and procedures are in place for scope of work.
Training




Staff should be trained by a competent person on lockout before opening the elevator
doors manually.
Fill out and submit a training record.
Only workers trained in lockout are allowed in elevator shafts.
If access is needed in the elevator shaft for any reason workers are obligated to contact
the site supervisor before entering
9-47
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Elevator and Elevator Shafts
Developed by: Rick Bates Date: December 22, 2011
Equipment Required: Lockout devices
Material Required: “Do Not Use” sign, Lockout procedure
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Eye and Foot Protection and Fall Arrest if needed
Job Steps:
*Attach a Do Not Use Elevator or Not in Use sign to door of Elevator on each floor.
To open the door manually
1. Use proper lockout procedures to shut down and lockout the power to the elevator from
the elevator room.
2. Insert Elevator tool into small hole located on the door and turn.
3. You will hear a click
4. Slide the panel of the door opened.
To retrieve objects or clean under or enter into the elevator shaft
1. Send the elevator to the fourth floor by pressing the number “4” button inside the
elevator.
2. Before entering the elevator shaft the workers and supervisor must lockout the elevator
by placing a lock on the disconnect switch. The work must retain the key for the lock
while the lock is in place. The worker must also fill out the lock lockout paperwork
showing that the lockout was completed.
3. Worker must place elevator breaker switch to the off position and attach lock.
4. Follow steps “To open the door manually”.
5. Do not enter the elevator shaft for any reason until lockout is completed.
6. If possible use something to fish out the object. (Magnet or a hook on a string or pole)
To restoring the elevator
1. Ensure the surrounding areas are safe.
2. Remove lockout device.
3. Flip the elevator breaker back on.
4. Return to the elevator door and press and hold the “CALL” until you hear a beep.
5. The elevator should realign itself and return to the first floor.
6. If the elevator does not return to normal you may have to manually restore it.
7. Physically enter the elevator and put the elevator into service by use the service key.
8. Press and hold “1” and “>l<” or “CLOSE” simultaneously until the door is completely
closed. Once the door is closed it should return to the first floor.
9-48
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Evacuating Persons with Disabilities
Purpose:
To protect workers from injuries and assist persons with disabilities, during an evacuation
Evacuating Blind or Low Vision Persons:
 Tell the person the nature of the emergency. Offer to guide them by offering your elbow.
Do not grab the person’s arm.
 Be sure the person brings with them all mobility aides, such as white canes. The
individual may have a guide dog that may be disoriented. Ask the advice of the person
who is blind regarding your level of assistance.
 Give verbal directions to advise about the safest routes. As you walk, describe where
you are and advise of any obstacles such as overhanging objects, curbs, etc.
 When you have reached a safe location, orient the person to where they are and ask if
any further assistance is required.
Evacuating Deaf or Hard of Hearing Persons:
 Write a note stating the emergency and the evacuation route (Fire – go out the rear door
to parking lot).
 Turn the room lights on and off (if safe to do so) to gain attention. Indicate through hand
gestures what is happening and what to do.
Evacuating Persons with Limited Mobility (crutches, canes or walkers):
 For evacuation purposes, such persons should be treated as if they are injured.
 Carrying options include two-person options, or one person pack-strap carry
Evacuating Persons who are Non-Ambulatory:
 When evacuating, always ask what method of assistance the person prefers.
 Not all persons can be removed from their wheelchairs and carried safely. The person
may have a physical condition that lifting could aggravate such as heart problems or
severe back problems.
9-49
Transferring a Person:
 Check that the individual is not at risk when transferred or carried.
 Lifting techniques:
a. Pack-strap carry –semi-ambulatory person may lean against assistant’s back
while assistant holds both person’s arms over assistant’s shoulders. The
assistant leans forward slightly to take most of the person’s weight.
b. Two person carry – two assistants carry person by extremities. One assistant
stands behind and wraps arms around person’s chest under person’s arms.
Second assistant stands facing away from the person between their legs and lifts
a person’s legs under knees with each arm; or can cross person’s legs over and
carry them to one side – thus freeing one hand to open doors, etc.
c. Two handed seat – two assistants link arms to form a backrest and grip wrists to
form a seat.
Moving a Person in a Wheelchair Up or Down a Flight of Stairs:
As in any situation involving the evacuation of a person with disabilities, if there is no imminent
emergency, the person should be “sheltered in place” until emergency personnel can assist. In
an imminent emergency, consideration should be given for immediate evacuation. In that
circumstance, it is recommended that the person be removed from the wheelchair and
evacuated using the lifts/carries described above. However, if the decision is made to move the
person in a wheelchair down or up a flight of stairs, follow these guidelines:
 If the person is to be moved in their wheelchair, it is desirable to have a minimum of two
assisting persons.
 Secure the wheelchair seatbelt.
 The wheelchair battery should be removed, if possible.
 Wheelchairs have many moveable weak parts which were not constructed to withstand
the stress of lifting. The strongest person should grip the chair handles at the back. The
other assistant will grip the front seat frame or non-removable leg rests.
 Always keep wheelchairs facing away from the stairs.
 ROLL wheelchairs up or down the stairs. DO NOT carry as this may cause back trouble
for the assistant. Let the wheelchair carry the weight.
 Keep the wheelchair slightly tilted back to keep the wheelchair user secure. Tilting too
far could cause the assistant to lose balance and pitch forward.
9-50
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Evacuating Persons with Disabilities
Equipment Required: Equipment as necessary
Material Required: Material as necessary
Personal Protective Equipment: PPE as necessary
Job Steps:
1. Tell the person the nature of the emergency verbally or written.
2. Always ask the person which method of assistance they would prefer.
3. Make sure the individual isn’t at risk of an injury when being carried or transferred from a
wheelchair.
4. Use proper lifting techniques
5. Use two people if moving a person in a wheelchair up or down stairs.
9-51
9-52
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Excavate Right-of-Way
Standards for Traffic Control:
Traffic control equipment, arrangements, and procedures must meet the requirements of the
latest laws issued by the MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION.
Supervision:
 The employer must ensure that whenever traffic control is required, all of the following
requirements are implemented:
 The traffic control arrangements and procedures for the work are made to all the people
involved in the work.
 The required traffic control devices and procedures are in place before the start of work
and are removed when they are no longer needed.
 Any person assigned to be a Traffic Control Person (TCP) is adequately trained in a
manner acceptable to the board.
 A TCP is positioned in a safe location clear of potential environmental hazards such as a
slide or avalanche
 If 2 or more TCPs are required to work as a team on the work site, responsibility for
coordination of changes in traffic flow is assigned.
Operations during day time:
 Each TCP must be provided with, and must use all of the following:
o A traffic control paddle which meets all of the requirements
o High visibility apparel meeting PPE standards
o Wrist and lower leg bands fitted with a minimum 5cm (2in) wide fluorescent retro
reflective strip about their entire circumference. (Not required for a traffic control
person performing this function on an emergency or a temporary basis and not
as part of their regular duties.)
o Safety headgear of a high visibility color with a strip of retro reflective tape across
the top from front to back and on the sides
o An effective means of communication when TCPs are not visible to each other
(i.e. radio).
Operations during night time or poor visibility:
 During the hours of darkness, or in other conditions of poor visibility, each TCP must be
provided with and use a flash light with a red signal wand and also must have immediate
access to spare batteries.
9-53
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Excavate Right-of-ways
Equipment Required: Traffic Control Devices
Material Required: Communication Devices
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard Hat, Hi-Vis Vests, Foot Protection
Job Steps:
1. Obtain necessary excavation permit from the jurisdictional authority.
2. Ensure Traffic Plan is in place.
3. Examine the nature of the traffic at the work site to fully understand the consequences of
the proposed interruption.
4. Review time restrictions for closing or diverting traffic.
5. Taking into consideration weather conditions and hours of work, place appropriate signs,
cones, flashers, and barricades. (See handbook for details.)
6. Review the set-up to ensure a safe movement of vehicular traffic and pedestrians.
7. Assign Traffic Control Person to their duties.
8. Bring in equipment and manpower as necessary.
9-54
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Excavation
Purpose
To protect the health and safety of company personnel and subcontractors while excavating
through existing horizontal surfaces and working near or in an excavation, and to protect
Site/contractor equipment and infrastructure (e.g.: pipes, water lines, electrical cables) from
damage during excavation through horizontal surfaces.
Scope
This procedure applies to excavations through horizontal surfaces performed on company sites.
An excavation is defined by WorkSafe as “any cut, cavity, trench or depression in the earth’s
surface resulting from rock or soil removal”.
A penetration is defined as breaking through existing vertical or horizontal manmade structures,
such as walls, ceiling, chests, etc. either by coring, cutting or other mechanical means.
1. If the excavation is at a Worksite – review worksite policy and get appropriate approvals
ahead of time.
2. The person in charge of the excavation work must check with: gas companies,
electrical companies (or their designate).
3. The supervisor will:
a. check all records and drawings
b. will provide accurate drawings, or determine the need to further investigate
c. sign off on the Excavation Permit (if not included in the Building Permit)
d. list any further requirements prior to the excavation commencing.
4. The location of underground services must be determined using ground penetrating
radar unless it is technically unfeasible or unsafe to do so. In addition, other non-invasive
means of detecting underground services such as exploratory holes dug by hand are
required to establish beyond doubt the location of services. The locations are then to be
staked or marked accordingly.
5. A copy of the signed Excavation Permit will be kept at the excavation site and must be
kept by the department for a period of one year
6. Before excavation begins, the person in charge must provide the equipment operator
(workers or contractor) with detailed instructions on where to excavate and how
deep. A drawing showing the locations of known / suspected services, along with the
excavation permit will be attached to the work order for the equipment operator/crew to
review.
7. Excavation work commences only with an approved excavation permit.
8. The person in charge or their designate (qualified spotter) must be present during all
earth excavations, not just in the area where underground services are known to be
located, except during hand excavation. A qualified spotter is someone who has
reviewed the Excavation Permit and understands hazards associated with excavations.
9. If unidentified underground or embedded services are inadvertently discovered or
damaged during excavation or are discovered in a different location than on site
9-55
drawings, immediately stop work and notify the Area supervisor and permit
signatories. The Area supervisor will then determine further action including updating
drawings.






Prior to commencement of any excavation ensure that all underground and/or overhead
lines have been identified, exposed and well-marked/flagged.
Control traffic near roads or busy access ways.
Use traffic controllers/flaggers.
Set up barricades.
Provide ladders in immediate area for access/egress of trenches, excavations.
Where the cut back method is not possible, provide timber shoring.
9-56
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Excavation
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Excavation devices
Material Required: Proper Barricades
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, foot and eye protection, Hi-Vis vests.
Job Steps:
Work Standards
1. Excavation work must be in accordance with the written instructions of a professional
engineer if:
a. the excavation is more than 6 m (20 ft.) deep,
b. support structures other than as specified in section 20.81 are used in the
excavation,
c. an improvement or structure is adjacent to the excavation,
d. the excavation is subject to vibration or hydrostatic pressure likely to result in
ground movement that is hazardous to workers, or
e. the ground slopes away from the edge of the excavation at an angle steeper than
3 horizontal to 1 vertical.
2. The written instructions required in subsection (1) must:
a. be certified by a professional engineer,
b. be available at the site, and
c. specify the support and sloping requirements, and also the subsurface conditions
expected to be encountered.
9-57
Underground Utilities
1. Before excavating or drilling with power tools and equipment, the location of all
underground utility services in the area must be accurately determined, and any danger
to workers from the services must be controlled.
2. Excavation or drilling work in proximity to an underground service must be undertaken in
conformity with the requirements of the owner of the service.
3. Pointed tools must not be used to probe for underground gas and electrical services.
4. Powered equipment used for excavating must be operated so as to avoid damage to
underground utility services.
Removing Nearby Hazards
1. Trees, utility poles, rocks and similar objects adjacent to an area to be excavated must
be removed or secured so that they do not endanger workers.
Sloping and Shoring Requirements
1. Before a worker enters any excavation over 1.2 m (4 ft.) in depth or, while in the
excavation, approaches closer to the side or bank than a distance equal to the depth of
the excavation, the employer must ensure that the excavation sides are sloped or
supported as specified by a professional engineer, or that the sides of the excavation
are:
a. sloped at angles, dependent on soil conditions, which will ensure stable faces,
however in no case may the slope or combination of vertical cut and sloping
exceed that shown in Figure 20-1,
b. benched as shown in Figure 20-2,
c. supported in accordance with the minimum requirements of section 20.85, or
d. supported by manufactured or prefabricated trench boxes or shoring cages, or
other effective means.
2. If the end of a trench over 1.2 m (4 ft.) in depth is not adequately sloped, end shoring
must be installed unless:
a. a worker in the trench is not required to approach closer to the end of the trench
than a distance equal to the depth of the trench at that end,
b. where, for the prevailing soil conditions at the end of the trench, the permissible
spacing of uprights equals or exceeds the width of the trench, or
c. otherwise authorized in writing by a professional engineer.
3. If end shoring is required, the walers for the end shoring must be installed to bear
against the walers that extend along the sides of the trench, or in a manner that will
provide equivalent structural restraint.
4. End shoring must be designed by a professional engineer if the end shoring waler length
exceeds 1.8 m (6 ft.).
5. Shoring must extend from at least 30 cm (1 ft.) above ground level to as close to the
bottom of the trench as the material being installed will allow, but in no case more than
60 cm (2 ft.) from the bottom.
6. Shoring need not extend above ground level where traffic crossing plates need to be
used, provided that other measures are taken to prevent excavated or other material
from entering the excavation.
9-58
Timber Shoring and Grades
1. Timber shoring materials must be lumber graded Number 2 or better from the following
species groups: Douglas fir-larch, hemlock-fir, spruce-pine-fir or coast-Sitka-spruce.
2. All lumber must be graded to the National Lumber Grades Authority Standard Grading
Rules for Canadian Lumber.
Safe shoring procedures
1. Shoring materials must be installed from the top down and removed in reverse order.
2. Workers must not enter an excavation to remove shoring materials if ground conditions
have deteriorated so as to make entry for shoring removal unsafe.
3. Shoring or manufactured or prefabricated support systems must be installed in firm
contact with the faces of the excavation, and in a manner which ensures no loss of soil
from behind or below the bottom of the shield or shoring while the excavation is open.
4. Unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer or a professional engineer, in writing,
voids between the shoring and the excavation face must be backfilled or blocked.
Trench support structures
1. Trench support structures, other than those designed by a professional engineer, must
comply with Table 20-1 for the following relevant soil conditions:
2. If Table 20-1 is to be used for a combination of supporting and sloping, the selection of
shoring elements must be based on the overall depth of the excavation, and the
arrangement must conform to Figure 20-3.
3. Cross braces and trench jacks must be installed in a horizontal position and must be
secured against dislodgment.
4. The minimum number of cross braces at each cross bracing location is determined by
the trench depth as follows:
Depth at location
Number of braces
up to 2.4 m (8 ft.)
2
2.4 m to 3.7 m (8 ft. to 12 ft.)
3
3.7 m to 4.6 m (12 ft. to 15 ft.) 4
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
4.6 m to 6 m (15 ft. to 20 ft.) 5
At each cross bracing location the cross braces must be less than 1.2 m (4 ft.) apart, and
the uppermost cross brace must be within 60 cm (2 ft.) of ground level.
Repealed. [B.C. Reg. 312/2003, effective October 29, 2003.]
Hydraulic or pneumatic trench jacks must have a means of ensuring that they will not
collapse in the event of loss of internal pressure.
Uprights must not spread outwards more than 15 degrees from the vertical when viewed
along the trench.
Plywood may be substituted for two inch thick shoring elements provided that:
a. the plywood is not less than 19 mm (3/4 in) thick,
b. the trench is not over 2.7 m (9 ft.) in depth,
c. uprights are installed at not over 60 cm (2 ft.) centers,
d. cross braces do not bear directly on plywood, and
e. cross braces bearing on uprights or walers are located at all joints in plywood
sheathing.
9-59
Spoil piles
If the average depth of a spoil pile which is adjacent to a supported excavation exceeds 60 cm
(2 ft.), the selection of the shoring or shielding must take into account the resulting increase in
lateral soil pressure.
Note: Table 20-1 includes an allowance for 60 cm (2 ft.) of spoil pile adjacent to the excavation.
In such cases shoring or shielding will be deemed acceptable if rated adequate for a tabulated
depth equal to the depth of the excavation plus the average depth of the spoil pile minus 60 cm
(2 ft.). For other systems consult the manufacturer's instructions.
Entry and exit
1. Safe means of entry and exit must be provided for an excavation a worker enters.
2. If workers are required to enter a trench over 1.2 m (4 ft.) deep, the safe point of entry
and exit must be located within 8 m (25 ft.) of the workers and the excavation must be
safely supported or sloped to the entry and exit location.
3. Walkways must be secured to prevent dislodgment.
4. The open side of an access route into an excavation used by mobile equipment must
have a curb.
Guarding
If an excavation is a hazard to workers, it must be effectively covered or guarded.
Excavation crossings
A walkway across an excavation must be at least 50 cm (20 in) wide, and if crossing an
excavation over 1.2 m (4 ft.) deep, be equipped with guardrails, meeting the requirements of
Part 4 (General Conditions), on both sides.
Excavated materials
1. Excavated material must be kept back a minimum distance of 60 cm (2 ft.) from the edge
of a trench excavation and 1.2 m (4 ft.) from any other excavation.
2. Under no circumstances may excavated material be piled so that it endangers workers.
Use of skips or buckets
If a skip or bucket is used to remove material from an excavation, horizontal shoring members
must be shielded from dislodgment with vertical planking.
Scaling and trimming
The sides of an excavation must be scaled and trimmed or otherwise stabilized to prevent slides
of material or falls of rock which could endanger workers.
Height limitations
In pits, quarries and similar excavations the height of unstable faces must not exceed the
maximum safe reach of the excavating equipment being used.
Positioning equipment
Whenever possible, power machines excavating banks must be positioned so that the operator
is on the side away from the bank and with the boom positioned closest to the side of the
excavation.
9-60
Water accumulation
1. Water must not be allowed to accumulate in an excavation if it might affect the stability of
the excavation or might endanger workers.
2. Erosion of slopes by surface water must be prevented if workers may be endangered.
Table 20-1: Trench support structures
Size and spacing of members1 (metric figures)
UPRIGHTS
Trench
Minimum
depth (m) dimensions
(mm)2
WALERS
Maximum
Minimum
spacing (m) dimensions
(mm)2
CROSS BRACES
Maximum
vertical
spacing (m)
width of trench (m) Maximum
Up to 1.8
spacing
1.8-3.7
(m)
Minimum
dimensions
(mm)2
Vertical Horizontal
Type A: Hard and solid soil
1.2-3 3
38 x 235
1.8
89 x 140
1.2
89 x 89 140 x 140 1.2
1.8
3-4.6
38 x 235
1.2
140 x 140
1.2
89 x
140
140 x 191 1.2
1.8
4.6-6
38 x 235
Close tight
140 x 140
1.2
140 x
191
191 x 191 1.2
1.8
Type B: Soil likely to crack or crumble
1.2-3 3
38 x 235
1.2
89 x 140
1.2
89 x
140
140 x 140 1.2
1.8
3-4.6
38 x 235
0.9
140 x 191
1.2
140 x
140
140 x 191 1.2
1.8
4.6-6
38 x 235
Close tight
140 x 191
1.2
140 x
191
191 x 191 1.2
1.8
Type C: Soft, sandy, filled or loose soil
1.2-3 3
38 x 235
Close tight
140 x 191
1.2
140 x
140
140 x 191 1.2
1.8
3-4.6
38 x 235
Close tight
191 x 191
1.2
140 x
191
191 x 191 1.2
1.8
4.6-6
64 x 235
Close tight
191 x 241
1.2
140 x
191
191 x 241 1.2
1.8
9-61
Size and spacing of members1 (imperial figures)
UPRIGHT
Trench
depth
(feet)
WALERS
Minimum
dimensions
(inches)2
Maximum
spacing
(feet)
CROSS BRACES
Minimum
dimensions
(inches)2
Maximum
width of
vertical
trench
spacing (feet) (feet)
Up to 6
6-12
Minimum
dimensions
(inches)2
Maximum spacing
(feet)
Vertical Horizontal
Type A: Hard and solid soil
4-10 3
2 x 10
6
4x64
4
4x4 6x6
4
6
10-15
2 x 10
4
6x6
4
4x6 6x8
4
6
15-20
2 x 10
Close tight
6x6
4
6x8 8x8
4
6
Type B: Soil likely to crack or crumble
4-10 3
2 x 10
4
4x6
4
4x6 6x6
4
6
10-15
2 x 10
3
6x8
4
6x6 6x8
4
6
15-20
2 x 10
Close tight
6x8
4
6x8 8x8
4
6
Type C: Soft, sandy, filled or loose soil
4-10 3
2 x 10
Close tight
6x8
4
6x6 6x8
4
6
10-15
2 x 10
Close tight
8x8
4
6x8 8x8
4
6
15-20
3 x 10
Close tight
8 x 10
4
6 x 8 8 x 10 4
6
1
The dimensions shown are a minimum and must be increased if necessary to meet job
conditions.
2
The dimensions of members in millimeters are actual dimensions for surfaced dry materials.
The dimensions in inches are the nominal values for surfaced dry materials.
3
Trenches less than 1.2 m (4 ft.) deep must be shored when hazardous ground movement may
be expected, as in ground subject to hydrostatic pressure or vibration.
4
Waters may be omitted in trenches not exceeding 2.4 m (8 ft.) in depth provided that it has
been confirmed that the soil is sufficiently hard and solid to safely permit water deletion, and
provided that the trench is not in proximity to previously excavated ground.
9-62
Figure 20-1: Sloping in lieu of shoring
1. Case 1 (trench or bulk excavation) - maximum slope of excavated face, shown as line AB, in
hard and solid soil is 3 horizontal to 4 vertical.
2. Case 2 (trench or bulk excavation), maximum height of vertical portion, shown as line AB is 1.2
meters (4 feet).
a) For Case 2 (trench or bulk excavation), the maximum permissible slope of the excavated
face BC for the corresponding height of the lower vertical cut AB is as follows:
Height of line AB
Maximum slope of line BC
(in hard and solid soil)
centimeters
feet
up to 30
up to 1
1 horizontal (H) to 1 vertical (V)
30 to 60
1 to 2
3H to 2V
60 to 90
2 to 3
2H to 1V
90 to 120
3 to 4
3H to 1V
9-63
Figure 20-2: Benching in lieu of shoring
9-64
Figure 20-3: Combined supporting and sloping
9-65
9-66
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Extension Cords






All electrical extension cords must be designed for external use and CSA approved.
All extension cords will be inspected before use.
Extension cords are to be protected against damage.
All extension cords are to be placed in such a way that they will not be a tripping or
falling hazard.
All extension cords used in hazardous areas or in damp locations are to be protected by
approved ground fault protection.
All frayed, cut or spliced extension cords are to be tagged and removed from service.
9-67
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Extension Cords
Revised by: Jenn Ross
Equipment Required: Extension Cord
Material Required: Power Outlet
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves
Job Steps:
1. Plug it in. Plug the extension cord directly in to an outlet and then attach your appliance
to the extension cord. Make sure that the prongs of the plug are pushed all the way in on
both ends. This will protect you from getting shocked.
2. Check placement. Make sure you the cord isn't hanging over tables or in the path of foot
traffic. A cord in the wrong place may cause someone to trip over it and fall. You can
avoid this by pushing the cord up against the sides of your baseboards.
3. Unplug it. Use the appliance and then unplug the extension cord from the outlet. To do
this, get a good grip on to the plug and pull outward. Don't pull from the cord because
the prongs may bend, which would make it difficult to plug it in the next time you need it.
4. Wrap it up. You should wrap up the extension cord so that it does not get tangled. Do
this by holding the plug in your hand and bending your arm in an L shape. Wrap the cord
behind your elbow and around your hand. Repeat this until you get to the other end of
the extension cord. You can tie a shoelace around it so that it won't get entangled while
you store it away.
5. Check for defects. The extension cord should be checked for defects every time you use
it. You want to make sure there aren't any wires showing. If the extension cord is
beginning to look worn it should be replaced for safety reasons.
For the Lockout Checklist form please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone,
Forms.
9-68
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Extension Ladders













When setting up a ladder, secure the base and "walk" the ladder up into place.
The ladder should be set at the proper angle of one (1) horizontal to every four (4)
vertical.
When in position, the ladder should protrude one (1) meter or 3-5 rungs above the
intended landing point.
Two workers should be available to ensure that the ladder is secure; If only one worker
is available then the ladder must be secured and tied off properly.
Workers shall not work from the top two rungs of a ladder.
Don't overreach while on a ladder. It is easier and safer to climb down and move the
ladder over a few feet to a new position.
Always face the ladder when using it. Grip it firmly and use the three-point contact
method when moving up or down. (Bear Climb)
The minimum overlap on an extension ladder should be one (1) meter unless the
manufacturer specified the overlap.
Keep both metal and wood ladders away from electrical sources.
Whenever practical, tie off the top and bottom of extension ladders for security.
Ladders should never be used as scaffolding planks.
Ladders should not be placed in doorways, passageways, or other areas, where they
might interfere with other work activities.
Tools and materials must not be carried when climbing the ladders. Suitable hoisting
equipment must be used for this purpose.
9-69
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Extension Ladders
Equipment Required: Extension Ladder
Material Required:
N/A
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye and Foot Protection
Job Steps:
1. Extend the ladder at least 3 feet beyond the length needed for the job. Put the rung locks
in place so that the top part doesn't slide down as you're erecting it.
2. Lay the ladder on the ground and place the base firmly against the wall.
3. Go to the top of the ladder, lift it, get underneath and gradually raise it as you walk
toward the wall.
4. Lift the base of the ladder and move it away from the wall. The distance from the wall
should equal one-fourth of the extension ladder's height.
5. Use both hands, ideally, while climbing, but if you must carry something, face the ladder
and hold on with one hand.
6. Tie the ladder off securely if only one worker available.
For the all related forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms.
9-70
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Fire and Fire Extinguishers
Good housekeeping is essential in the prevention of fires. Fires can start anywhere and at any
time. This is why it is important to know the type of fire extinguisher to use and how to use it.
Always keep fire extinguishers visible with easy access. Fire extinguishers have to be properly
maintained. Where temperature is a factor, ensure that care is taken in selecting the right
extinguisher.
Workers must receive training before using fire extinguishing equipment.
Types of Fires
1. Class A: Wood, paper, rags, rubbish and other ordinary combustible materials.
a. Recommended Extinguishers: Water from a hose, pump type water can,
pressurized extinguisher, or soda acid.
b. Fighting the Fire: Soak the fire completely – even the smoking embers.
2. Class B: Flammable liquids, oil and grease.
a. Recommended Extinguishers: ABC units, dry chemical, foam and carbon
dioxide.
b. Fighting the Fire: Start at the base of the fire and use a swinging motion from
side to side, always keeping the fire in front of you.
3. Class C: Electrical equipment.
a. Recommended extinguishers: Carbon dioxide and dry chemical (ABC units).
b. Fighting the Fire: Use short bursts on the fire. When the electrical current is shut
off on a Class C fire, it can become a Class A fire if materials around the
electrical fire are ignited.
4. Class D: Electrical equipment.
a. Recommended extinguishers: Dry Powder
b. Fighting the Fire: The powder must be applied in sufficient depth to completely
cover the area that is burning to create a smothering blanket.
9-71
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Fire Extinguishers
Equipment Required: Fire Extinguisher
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, eye and foot protection
Job Steps:
1. Memorize the acronym for using an extinguisher: "PASS." It stands for "pull, aim,
squeeze, and sweep."
2. Make sure the fire extinguisher is upright.
3. Remove the plastic tie from the handle.
4. Pull the pin from the handle.
5. Aim the nozzle low, while keeping the extinguisher upright.
6. Squeeze the handle. The substance will be released.
7. Move in toward the fire, keeping the extinguisher focused on the base of the fire, when
you can see that it's being put out.
8. Sweep the extinguisher from side to side until the fire is out.
For the Fire Extinguisher forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone,
Forms.
9-72
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Folding Ladders










When setting up a ladder, secure the base and "walk" the ladder up into place.
The ladder should be set at the proper angle of one (1) horizontal to every four (4)
vertical.
When in position, the ladder should protrude one (1) meter or 3-5 rungs above the
intended landing point.
Workers shall not work from the top two rungs of a ladder.
Don't overreach while on a ladder. It is easier and safer to climb down and move the
ladder over a few feet to a new position.
Always face the ladder when using it. Grip it firmly and use the three-point contact
method when moving up or down. (Bear Climb)
Keep both metal and wood ladders away from electrical sources.
Ladders should never be used as scaffolding planks.
Ladders should not be placed in doorways, passageways, or other areas, where they
might interfere with other work activities.
Tools and materials must not be carried when climbing the ladders. Suitable hoisting
equipment must be used for this purpose.
9-73
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Folding Ladders
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Folding Ladder
Material Required: N/A
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Foot and Eye Protection
Job Steps:
1. Fully open a stepladder and lock the braces.
2. Make sure that the feet of the ladder are on a dry, even surface.
3. Climb only as high as the ladder is designed for. Never climb past the point where your
hips are even with the top of the ladder.
4. Hold on to the sides of the ladder as you climb. Store tools in back pockets or a tool belt.
5. Never allow more than one person on a ladder, and don't let anyone stand below you
where you can drop something on him or her.
6. Heed all warnings and cautions from the manufacturer. These can be found on yellow or
orange safety labels on the side of the ladder.
For the Ladder Inspection forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone,
Forms.
9-74
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Forklift
Only personnel certified and assigned to operation of the forklift shall operate the forklift.
Perform a pre-use inspection once per day prior to use, and complete an inspection checklist
which is handed in to the Supervisor or Site Safety Officer.
Do not operate a forklift that has a maintenance problem, or is not safe to operate. Remove the
key from the ignition switch and put an "Out of Service" tag on the forklift.
Regulations require all forklift operators to wear seat belts when forklift is in operation.
Starting
 Start the machine while seated inside the forklift
 Check all mechanical devices and gauges once the machine has warmed up
 Check the back-up alarm
 Check the area where material is to be picked up / stored:
o Clear of obstructions
o Level
o Sufficient clearance
o Unrestricted visibility
 Move and stack material in a safe manner. Use “common sense” while operating the
forklift
 Routinely check the brakes during operation of the forklift
 Never leave the forklift unattended while engine is running
 Mounting and dismounting of equipment shall be done using three (3) points of contact
at all times
Loading
 Check the rating capacity on the forklift nameplate.
 Determine if the load weight is within the capacity of the forklift. Note that for every one
inch further away from the carriage that the load is placed, there is a loss of
approximately 100 pounds carrying capacity.
 The forklift should be started with the forks down.
 Lift the forks to 3 inches.
 Never exceed the lifting capacity of the forklift at any time
Lifting a Palletized Load
 Drive to the pallet. This applies to either a pallet on a lower or upper shelf. Stop with the
fork 3 inches from the load.
 Level the mast. The mast must be at right angles to the load.
 Raise the forks to 1 inch below the slot on the pallet.
 Drive forward into the pallet.
 Lift forks 4 inches.
9-75





Tilt back load until secured for travel. If load will obscure vision drive the lift in reverse
taking care while turning as the extra swing may cause load instability.
Look back. Honk. Drive back so that load clears the pallets below.
Lower the load to 3 inches above ground. Do not drag forks on the ground.
Materials and equipment are to be loaded on the forklift in a manner that prevents any
movement of the load that could create a hazard to workers or others.
All loads that could be subject to shifting during transport are to be restrained if shifting
would result in the forklift becoming unstable.
Picking up Drums
 Place drums securely on a pallet. If there is any possibility of shifting of the drums, have
drums strapped together to minimize movement.
 Tilt mast forward, slide fork tips along floor to position forks under object, raise forks and
tilt back slightly to prevent shifting of the drums.
 If drums are filled with a liquid, be careful to drive slowly as the fluid in the drums may
cause shifting during transportation.
Traveling
 Do not drive with arms, head or legs outside the confines of the forklift
 Always wear your seatbelt while operating a forklift.
 Turn forklift only when the forks are lowered to a safe travelling height.
 Drive only on smooth surfaces such as cement or asphalt, this vehicle is not designed to
operate on rough terrain.
 Ensure that the operating (road) surface is free from ice. Use tire chains if required.
 Avoid operating forklift in high volumes of pedestrians. Wait for a quieter time to deliver
to busy congested areas.
 When operating in area of pedestrian traffic minimize risk to others by cordoning off
areas with signage and/or traffic cones to prevent walk through traffic.
 Use horn as a warning device for oncoming pedestrians.
 Drive to point of deposit. Position the forklift in front of deposit area.
Unloading Pallets
 Raise load 5-10 inches above the unloading point (space permitting).
 Drive forward stopping 3-4 inches in front of deposit point.
 Tilt mast forward to a right angle position so load is level.
 Drive forward until load is aligned with corners of the stack.
 Stop. Lower load to resting-place. Stack pallets loaded with cases, cartons straight and
square. Stagger the top tier to "tie-in place".
9-76
Unloading Round Objects
 Stack round objects together tight and straight.
 Hold securely in place with wedges.
 To nest round objects - place the bottom tier tightly together and secure with wedges.
Place wedges against each roll in the bottom for a more secure stack.
 Look behind you. Back up so that forks clear other pallets.
 Lower forks to 3 inches from the ground.
Parking
 Tilt the upright forward until the forks are level or flat on the floor.
 Apply the parking brake place transmission in neutral; chock the wheels if you have any
doubt about the forklift moving.
 Shut down the forklift after it has cooled sufficiently on idle and all attachments are
grounded
 Always park the forklift:
o On a level surface
o Parking brake applied with transmission in neutral
o Forks must be flat on the ground
o Shut fuel off / disconnect batteries (starter switch)
Operations on Grades and Ramps
 Never turn on an angled grade.
 Keep unloaded forks facing down grade.
 When driving a loaded forklift up a grade, ensure that forklift is driven forwards
 When driving a loaded forklift down a grade, the forklift must be driven in reverse.
Backing Up
 The operator must ensure that the operator and any vehicle and other workers are
protected from injury before moving the equipment by
 Doing a visual inspection on foot of the area into which the equipment will move,
 Following the directions of a traffic control or warning system,
 Getting directions from a designated signaller or other worker who has an unobstructed
view of the area into which the equipment will move, or
 Is stationed in a safe position in continuous view of the operator, or
 Ensuring all other workers and vehicles are removed from the area into which the
equipment will move.
9-77
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Forklift
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Forklift
Material Required:
N/A
Personal Protective Equipment: Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Vest
Job Steps:







Turn the key to power up the forklift. Get familiar with the levers to the right of the
steering wheel (see Step 2). These are what you will use to move an object from one
location to another and to maneuver the object where it needs to be placed.
Move the forks up and down by using the first lever. To move the fork up, pull the lever
towards you. To move the fork down, push the lever away from your body. Unless you
are unloading or loading an object, forks should be kept close to the ground.
Practice using the other two levers before picking up a load. The second lever tilts the
forks backwards and forwards. To tilt the forks back, pull the lever towards you. To tilt it
forwards, push the lever away from your body. The forks can tilt between 15 and 30
degrees.
Use the third lever to control the movement of the forks from left to right. They can move
between 6 inches to 12 inches, side to side. The levers move in the obvious direction of
where you want the forks placed.
Approach the load you want to pick up. Push the first lever away from you to lower the
forks. Drive forward slowly until the forks slide underneath the load. Lift the load slightly
by pulling the lever towards you. Be sure to tilt the forks backwards slightly if the load is
top-heavy.
Drive around corners slowly and honk the horn on the steering wheel to alert others of
the approaching forklift. Slowly approach the area where you will be unloading and use
the levers to maneuver the load to the final destination. Once this is complete, put the
gear in reverse and back up slowly.
Stop the forklift just as you do with a car. Slowly press on the brake, which is located to
the left of the accelerator. Shift the gear into "park." Check once more that the forks are
lowered to the ground before turning the key to "Off."
For the Forklift Pre-Use Inspection form please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety
Zone, Forms.
9-78
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Garbage Handling
Follow these steps to prevent contact with sharp objects (such as needles and broken glass)
and other items improperly discarded in garbage:






















Wear appropriate Personal protective equipment - safety footwear and punctureresistant and liquid- resistant gloves
Handle garbage as little as possible.
Use waterproof garbage bags.
Be alert. If possible, look for sharp or protruding objects sticking out of the bags.
Listen for broken glass when you move the bag.
Don’t compress garbage or reach into garbage containers with bare hands.
Don’t use bare hands to pick up garbage that has spilled out of an overflowing container.
Use other tools designed for picking up garbage.
Don’t let garbage bins get too full before having them emptied; empty bins may have to
be emptied more often to prevent them from getting too full.
Hold garbage bags by the top of the bag only; do not support bag against the body.
Use proper body mechanics to prevent a soft-tissue injury.
Pay particular attention and slow down when rolling a cart over uneven surfaces such as
thresholds and elevator gaps.
Whenever possible alternate your arms to reduce muscle fatigue.
Regularly rotate work tasks to change physical demands.
Ensure a garbage container has the appropriate capacity for the area.
Consider the size and weight of items that are commonly placed in it.
Do not overload a utility cart with too much garbage; make two trips if necessary.
Do not overfill a utility cart to the point that your view is obstructed; make two trips if
necessary.
Do not have items sticking out over the edge of the cart.
Do not pull a utility cart; always push it with both hands.
Do not use any broken or unsafe equipment, attach a warning tag, take it out-of-service
and advise your supervisor.
Avoid lifting garbage bags above your shoulder height.
9-79
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Garbage Handling
Developed by: Tina McMurdo
Date: June 12, 2012
Equipment Required: Tool designed for picking up garbage
Material Required: waterproof garbage bags
Personal Protective Equipment: puncture-resistant and liquid- resistant gloves, Foot and Eye
Protection
Job Steps:
1. Inspection and preparation
a. Ensure the utility cart is easy to roll. A cart in good working condition will require
less force to move it.
b. Warm up your muscles (do some light stretching) for a few minutes before doing
any manual lifting.
2. Picking up garbage
a. Check the weight of the garbage bag or container before lifting it by tilting it,
pushing it or give it a “test lift”. It may be overfilled.
b. Tie off the garbage bag.
c. Bend your knees and keep your back straight when picking up or lowering
garbage containers or bags.
d. Grip the garbage bag with your whole hand, not just your fingers. The palms of
your hands have the greatest gripping area and strength.
e. When lifting a garbage container grasp the lip around the rim; use two hands if
the container is heavy. Avoid bending your wrists.
f. Hold the bag or container close to your body.
g. Change/alternate your hands when picking up or lowering garbage containers or
bags.
h. Ask for assistance if a bag or container is overfilled or too heavy.
3. Taking garbage to the dumpster
a. Roll the utility cart as close as possible to the dumpster.
b. Open and secure the dumpster’s lid to allow two-handed handling of garbage
bags.
c. With your feet and body facing the dumpster, step closer and toss the bag
forward into the dumpster. Avoid twisting and tossing sideways.
d. Ask for assistance if a bag or container is overfilled or too heavy.
9-80
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Grass Trimmers
Purpose:
Protecting workers from injuries associated with use of grass trimmers. It is important to
read, understand and follow all safety practices in the manufacturer’s manual, before
starting and operating the unit. Ensure that the function of all controls is understood,
and know how to STOP in an emergency.
Guidelines:

















Operate the unit only when there is good visibility and light
Wear PPE, as per manufacturer’s specifications
Wear close-toed, non-slip shoes
Keep children away from the operating area
Clear area of operation of objects and debris. Thrown objects such as small branches
and rocks can cause injury or damage the machine
Ensure the string is installed correctly before starting. Direct string mechanism away
from yourself before starting
Replace bent, warped, damaged or dull cutting apparatus
Check that the throttle springs back to idle position
Ensure guards and protective devices are in place
Start and run the unit in an upright position
Adjust harness and hand grip to suit work positions; maintain good balance and secure
footing when operating
Shut off engine before cleaning out clogged or stuck blade area
Stop the engine before putting equipment down
Direct the debris away from people, animals, glass and solid objects that could cause
the debris to rebound or ricochet
Never add fuel to a running or hot engine
Do not leave running weed eater unattended
Secure trimmer to prevent fuel spillage and damage during transport. Keep the tool
covered with the carrying guard
9-81
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Grass Trimmers
Equipment Required: Grass Trimmer
Material Required: Fuel Container with gasoline
Personal Protective Equipment: Safety glasses, Steel Toed Shoes, High Vis Vest, Gloves,
Hearing Protection, PPE as necessary
Job Steps:
1. Put on your Personal Protective Equipment.
2. Always check the area to be trimmed for any hazards.
3. Check for any signs of gas or oil leaks.
4. Check for signs of damage.
5. Always stand so the wind directs any exhaust fumes away from the operator.
6. Press the fuel pump 8-10 times.
7. Set the choke lever to 1”
8. Place the machine on the ground and hold firmly with left hand on the trigger.
9. Pull the starter grip slowly with right hand until you feel it engage, then give it a brisk pull.
10. Do not pull the starter rope all the way out.
11. Guide the grip slowly back into the housing to rewind it.
12. Set the choke position at 2”
13. Hold the trigger and pull starter trip until the engine runs.
9-82
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Guardrails and Removal









Install guardrails no more than 30 cm from an open edge.
Ensure guardrail material is free of damage and defect.
Support posts should be no more than 2.4 metres (8 ft.) apart and securely anchored.
All guardrails must be complete:
o top rail 1 metre above platform;
o mid rail halfway between top rail and toe board; and
o toe board 100 mm high and secured to inner side of posts.
Posts and rails must be capable of withstanding a force of at least 900 N (200 lbs.)
applied at any point.
No work begins in the area until guardrails have been inspected by crew foreman.
Note that all work performed more than 3 metres above the nearest safe surface, or
above a surface or thing that could cause injury to a person upon contact, requires the
use of fall protection.
Before work starts, review the tasks to be completed and the fall protection system(s) to
be used.
Where traffic control is required, ensure that it is in place before work starts.
9-83
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Guardrails and Removal of Guardrails
Equipment Required: Nail Gun, Hammer, Nails, Screws
Material Required: 2x4 or 2x6 cut to length, measuring tape
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, foot and eye protection, Hi-Vis vests.
Job Steps:
1. Measure the length and width of your area and calculate whether the sides are divisible
by four, five or six---or at least close to one of those.
2. Use that information to decide how far apart to place posts. For instance, a 10 by 15-foot
area could have posts 5 feet apart and look balanced with all the posts spaced evenly.
3. Take a nail and a tape measure and make scratch marks at the center point of where
each post should be.
4. Make a second scratch at each point to show the exact distance from the area edge that
you want your posts to sit. Make two edge marks at each corner, since you will want
your posts to square with both of the adjacent edges.
5. Position the bottom end of the post inside the area marked and hold it as vertically level
as possible.
6. Secure post, adjust the post for vertical straightness as you place and tighten the screws
horizontally into the wood.
7. Repeat steps 6 through 8 for each post until they are all in place.
8. Horizontal rails are then secured into place at intervals no more than 12 inches apart.
Use a toe kick if required.
Removing Guardrails
1. Travel restraint system must be used prior to removing the guardrails, during the
receiving of material, and until the guardrails are replaced and secure.
2. Cordon off the area where guardrails will be removed using rope, chain or yellow caution
tape. Setting up the danger/warning signs outside of area.
3. Attach rope, chain or tape to the top of the perimeter guardrails, approximately 6 ft. from
where guardrails will be removed. Then attach to the first section of columns inside the
building. The cordoned off area must extend a minimum of 8 ft. from the edge. If there
are no columns, use 4ft.-high rubber cones.
4. Verbally warn workers in the vicinity about the upcoming work.
5. Workers inside the cordoned area must wear and use travel restraint system at all times.
6. Anchor points must be pre-selected by a competent person.
9-84
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Hand Drills
Purpose:
Protecting workers from injuries associated with use of hand drills. It is important to read,
understand and follow all safety practices in the manufacturer’s manual, before starting and
operating the unit. Ensure that the function of all controls is understood, and know how to
STOP in an emergency.
Guidelines:
 Operate the unit only when there is good ventilation, visibility and light
 Wear PPE, as per manufacturer’s specifications
 Keep drill vents clear to maintain adequate ventilation
 Keep drill bits well sharpened. Use only bits and attachments that turn true
 Remove bits from service if they are bent or damaged
 Inspect cord for damage before each use; keep cord clear of the cutting area during use
 Disconnect the power supply before changing or adjusting bit or attachments
 Select the bit or attachment suitable for the size of the drill and the work being done
 Tighten the chuck securely before use, remove chuck key before starting drill
 Use a clamp or vise to hold your work
 Slow the rate of feed just before breaking through the surface
 Drill a small “pilot” hole before drilling large holes
 Use the auxiliary handle for larger work or continuous operation
 Do not exceed the manufacturer’s specifications regarding maximum drilling capacities
 Do not use high speed steel bits without cooling or using lubrication
 Do not attempt to free a jammed bit by starting and stopping the drill. Unplug the drill
and then remove the bit from the work piece
 Always keep proper footing and balance
 Do not charge cordless drills in an environment where the temperature is less than 50
degrees F or more than 130 degrees F
 Use only the charging system that came with the drill to recharge the batteries
 Do not smoke while operating equipment
9-85
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Hand Drill
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Hand Drill
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and ear protection, steel toed boots, hard hat
Job Steps:
1. Select the direction of rotation that you need. The bit rotation is reversible and there is a
selector for it. Move the selector to the right of the trigger-like on/off switch to reverse the
bit. You'd use that for unscrewing. Move it to the left for standard drilling. The center is
an off position. You can use that as a backup off in addition to the trigger.
2. Rotate the chuck. Follow the markings on the chuck to unlock the chuck. Grasp it and
rotate it.
3. Insert a bit and rotate the chuck in the opposite direction to lock it. Tighten the chuck by
hand only.
4. Slide the switch to the preferred gear speed. There will be a slide switch marked Low
and High. Use the low speed for more power and torque. Use the high speed for fast
drilling and driving.
5. Select the mode. Look for a selector marked Drive, Hammer and Drill. Use the drive
setting for driving screws. Use the drill mode for precise drilling. And use the Hammer
mode for impact hammering into masonry and speed driving of screws, where speed is
more important than precision.
6. Adjust the torque adjustment ring, located behind the chuck. Looking at the snout of the
drill, turn the torque ring anti-clockwise to decrease torque and clockwise to increase it.
A rule of thumb is the smaller the screw, the lower the torque.
7. Turn the drill on by pressing the trigger-like switch.
9-86
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Hoarding









Construction workers must ensure that when building hoarding, the proper material is
used (e.g., lumber, plywood, scaffold frames, tarps)
All hoarding must be designed to sustain loads that it is likely to be subjected to such as
wind and snow loads and falling debris.
Hoarding must be constructed in accordance with all local regulatory requirements.
Light duty scaffold, although designed of sufficient strength to provide the minimum
building code or OH&S Code standard for an overhead protection system, the arch
frame has restricted width.
Heavy duty scaffold is the preferred system if a contractor is planning to utilize the space
on top of the hoarding for storage of materials. This system must be engineered to
comply with the building code and OH&S Code.
All walkways/hoarding must be installed and inspected as per local requirements.
When heating equipment is used within a hoarding, adequate fire protection must be
used. A minimum of a 20lb. ABC fire extinguisher must be placed outside the hoarding in
an easily accessible location in the vicinity of propane/gas heaters.
Adequate temporary lighting must be inside the hoarding and at all entry and exit points.
Adequate signage must be placed outside the hoarding warning of all hazards that may
exist.
Conduct daily inspections of hoarding for hazards such as puncture, snagging, adequate
lighting, trip or fire hazards.
9-87
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Hoarding
Date: December 22, 2011
Equipment Required: Frost Fighter with heat socks, Power or hand saw, Nail or power drill,
ladder or scaffold
Material Required: 2x4 or 2x6 boards, Tarps, Nails or screw approx. 3.5 inch, Plywood sheets,
Diesel Fuel/Kerosene
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard Hat, CSA Approved Steel Toed Boots, Gloves, Eye
Protection.
Job Steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Measure the area that needs hoarding.
Secure 2x4 or 2x6 on outer edge of area
Construct walls for sides of hoarding
Lift walls into place using proper lifting practices
Secure walls of hoarding to boards on outer frame
Set up ladders or scaffold around outer walls
Hoist tarps up for roof area, roll out for roof secure tarps to roof frame.
Secure tarps for side walls using strips of plywood to outer bottom walls.
Ensure to allow for access/egress, opening for heat sock for heat distribution and
maintain a clean area around the hoarding area.
9-88
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Hoisting & Rigging
















Workers will ensure that the maximum load rating of rigging components as
recommended by the manufacturer are not exceeded.
All rigging, hooks and components will be checked for excessive wear and damage prior
to use.
One member of the crew will act as the designated signalperson and will wear the
appropriate distinctive vest, armlets, etc.
The signalperson will review the signals to be used with the crane operator.
The signalperson is the only one to signal for a lift and must be careful not to order a
move until he has received the “all ready” signal from each member of the crew.
Be sure you are in the clear before you give an “all ready” to the signalperson.
Be sure your hand is clear of pinch points.
Watch out for the roll or swing of the load. Anticipate the direction of the swing or roll and
work away from it.
Never place yourself between material, equipment or any stationary object and the load
swing.
Stay away from stacked material that may be knocked over by a swinging load.
Never stand under the load, and keep from under the boom as much as possible.
Look over the location where the load is to be set. Remove unnecessary blocks or other
objects that might fly up if struck by the load.
When lowering or setting the load, be sure your feet and all other parts of your body are
out from under the load.
Set the load down easily and slowly so that if it rolls on the blocking, it will be a slow shift
that you can get away from.
Use tag lines to control the loads.
Damaged rigging must be clearly tagged “Out of Service”, removed from the work area
and either repaired or replaced.
9-89
Load Ratings for Cranes
Table I
Type of Crane
Crawler w/o outriggers
Crawler, outriggers fully extended
Wheel mounted w/o outriggers
Wheel mounted, outriggers fully extended
Recommended practice SAE J765a.
Maximum Load Rating
(Percent of Tipping Loads)
75
85
75
85
Table II
Minimum Safe Distance From Electric Power Lines
Voltage
Distance
up to 125,000
3m (10')
125,001 - 250,000
5m (15')
over 250,000
8m (25')
9-90
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Hoisting & Rigging
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Crane
Material Required:
Slings
Personal Protective Equipment: Hi-vise Vest, Hard Hat, Eye Protection, Gloves
Job Steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ensure all personnel involved in the lift understand the plan
Provide the task qualified supervision specified in the planning process
Vacate all non-essential personnel from the building or adjacent area (optional)
Ensure a signaler is assigned, if required
Identify the crane operator
Follow specific instructions/procedures for attachment of the rigging gear to the load. Use
proper rigging techniques. Examples include padding sharp corners; orientation of chocker
hitches for “rolls”, orientation of hooks, no binding of hoist rings, etc.
7. Slowly raise the crane to take the slack out of the rigging without actually lifting the item.
a) Allow the rigging gear to settle into place, checking for twists and binding.
b) Make sure that padding has remained in place and all slings are protected from sharp
edges.
c) Begin to raise the item to verify balance and check the braking system by watching that
the load does not sink.
d) If load is not balanced, lower the load and adjust.
e) Repeat as necessary until the load is evenly balanced.
8. Stop the job when any potentially unsafe condition is recognized
For the required forms refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms
9-91
9-92
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Hot Work




To plan and provide worksite preparation and equipment to prevent ignition of
combustible material or gasses during a “Hot Work” project.
To provide periodic inspection for four hours after the job is complete to ensure no fire
exists.
“Hot Work” is all work carried out such as:
o Electric Welding,
o Air Arcing,
o Grinding,
o Disc Cutting,
o High Temperature Heating,
o Open Flame’ Burning,
o Welding
o Hot Patch Roofing
The person authorizing the work, (Site Safety Officer or supervisor) shall be jointly
responsible for ensuring that the precautions outlined in this policy are carried out.
A fire watch is the process of putting a person or persons with appropriate training in place to
monitor the hot work, and to stop if it becomes unsafe. The fire watch monitors both hazards,
and actual fire development. If a small fire starts, it is the fire watch’s responsibility to quickly
extinguish it. A fire watcher should be trained in fire hazard awareness, the buildings emergency
procedures, and in fire extinguisher selection and use.
The fire watch must be provided during the hot works and for a period of not less than 60
minutes continuous after its completion. Inspection of the hot work area must be conducted
every hour after the 60 minutes with a final inspection 4 hours after the completion of work. At
least on portable fire extinguisher must be provided in the hot work area, and the fire watch
personnel must be trained in the use of fire extinguishing equipment. All previously covered
openings in walls, floors, and ceilings should be examined for ignition of combustible materials.
All hot work must be monitored for 4 hours after completion.
A fire watch log should be maintained and stored for 2 years after all hot work.
9-93
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Hot Work
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Fire extinguisher
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Foot and Eye Protection, Hi-Vis Vests, Gloves
Job Steps:
Site Safety Officer or site supervisor Responsibilities:
1. Ensures that the safe work procedures and necessary precautions have been taken
prior the work.
2. Coordinates cleanup requirements to prepare a safe worksite.
3. Supervisor will ensure the Site Safety Officer continues to check the area for a full half
hour past the completion of the job.
Sub trades Responsibilities
1. Must understand the necessary fire prevention measures before beginning the job.
2. Ensures the proper personal protective equipment is being worn and required fire
protection, (i.e., extinguishers) is available.
3. Ensures the Site Safety Officer is contacted by phone or radio as soon as reasonably
possible once any hot work has been completed.
4. Reports immediately any unforeseen circumstances to the Site Safety Officer or the site
supervisor.
5. Reports to the Site Safety Officer, any usage of emergency firefighting equipment; fire
extinguishers, etc.
6. Reports all fires to the Site Safety Officer or supervisor immediately.
Precautions against Fire
7. A thorough inspection of the work area must be made prior to commencement of ‘Hot
Work’. Inspection must include the following:
a. Proper clean up in the area before starting “Hot Work” is essential and must be
done. Sites needing “Hot Work” are responsible for the cleanup of the area.
b. Check area for combustibles. Inspect ceiling beams, ledges, floors below. If
possible, move combustibles at least 35 feet away from ‘Hot Work’ area. Cover
what cannot be moved with non-combustible covers. Inspect area for cracks and
holes in floor. Cover any openings to prevent sparks falling to area or equipment
below. Special care shall be given to protect electrical equipment from sparks.
For all Hot Work related forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms,
Hot Work.
9-94
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Housekeeping













Good housekeeping must be practiced at all times. Tripping hazards and slippery
conditions must be eliminated. Aisles and access ways must be kept clear of any
obstruction, and be well-lit and properly ventilated.
Scraps must be removed to disposal bin or designated disposal area.
Nails or sharp objects protruding from lumber or boards must be removed.
Daily job site cleanup is required and individual cleanup duties must be assigned to all
workers.
All materials must be segregated as to size, kind and length and placed in neat, safe and
orderly piles. This will ensure clear passageways in storerooms, warehouses and on
job/project sites creating a safe workplace for all employees.
Materials must be properly stored, stacked or piled away from power lines and to
prevent tipping/spilling.
Bagged or sacked material should be stacked or piled no more than ten high and should
be cross piled on skids so that in all cases, no one can be injured because the material
falls, rolls, overturns or breaks.
Skids of brick blocks or other such material should be stockpiled in such a manner as to
prevent tipping or collapsing.
Employees are not allowed to climb up, on or about around any such stacked
equipment, machinery, supplies, parts, products, etc.
Stockpiles should be blocked and interlocked ensuring that they are not too high or
obstruct any fire access, extinguishing or fire safety equipment (e.g. fire doors).
Proper tools, such as cutters or snips, must be used to break metal bands and extreme
caution should be taken when removing such objects.
Protruding nails in boards, planks, etc., must have the nails removed or bent over, and
the boards placed in an orderly fashion. When handling such material, the workers
should wear heavy gloves and safety footwear as prescribed.
Signs must be posted to warn workers of hazardous areas.
9-95
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Housekeeping
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Revised by: Dayton Powell
Equipment Required: Garbage bins, shovel/dustpan
Material Required: Garbage bags
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Foot and Eye Protection, Hi-Vis Vests, Gloves
Job Steps:
1. Immediately clean up any paint, grease, oil, water, etc. that has spilled on the floor.
Someone could slip causing serious injury.
2. Pick up any banding, scrap metal or other metal debris and put in scrap metal bins.
3. Pick up any scrap lumber, saw dust etc. and put into scrap lumber bins.
4. Put any scrap papers, boxes, etc., into the proper garbage containers or recycling bins.
5. Put cans into bins marked for cans.
6. Clean up debris and organize tables and work stations that you have been using, so that
the next person can start with a clean work area.
7. Clean any machine and surrounding area after use.
8. Return all hand tools to their proper places after use or at end of your shift.
9. Keep all walkways, aisles, roadways, and areas in front of fire extinguishers, electrical
panel boxes free of obstruction.
10. Keep your rest rooms and lunchrooms as clean and neat as possible. Put all garbage
into garbage cans, not beside them. Do not put paper towels in the toilets.
11. Keep your forklift cab area clean and do not transport or store items in cab.
12. Always put all brooms and shovels back to their proper areas and places after use.
9-96
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Impact Drill





9-97
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Impact Drill
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Position: OH&S Director Date: January 23, 2015
Equipment Required: Impact Drill
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and ear protection, steel toed boots, hard hat
Job Steps:
1. Select the direction of rotation that you need. The bit rotation is reversible and there is a
selector for it. Move the selector to the right of the trigger-like on/off switch to reverse the
bit. You'd use that for unscrewing. Move it to the left for standard drilling. The center is
an off position. You can use that as a backup off in addition to the trigger.
2. Rotate the chuck. Follow the markings on the chuck to unlock the chuck. Grasp it and
rotate it.
3. Insert a bit and rotate the chuck in the opposite direction to lock it. Tighten the chuck by
hand only.
4. Slide the switch to the preferred gear speed. There will be a slide switch marked Low
and High. Use the low speed for more power and torque. Use the high speed for fast
drilling and driving.
5. Select the mode. Look for a selector marked Drive, Hammer and Drill. Use the drive
setting for driving screws. Use the drill mode for precise drilling. And use the Hammer
mode for impact hammering into masonry and speed driving of screws, where speed is
more important than precision.
6. Adjust the torque adjustment ring, located behind the chuck. Looking at the snout of the
drill, turn the torque ring anti-clockwise to decrease torque and clockwise to increase it.
A rule of thumb is the smaller the screw, the lower the torque.
7. Turn the drill on by pressing the trigger-like switch.
9-98
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Jackhammer





9-99
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Jackhammer
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Jackhammer
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Ear, Eye and Foot Protection, Hard Hat, Hi Vis Vest.
Job Steps:
1. Don all protective gear before beginning work. The earmuffs are necessary to muffle the
sound and protect your eardrums.
2. Plug in the jack hammer.
3. Position the jack hammer over the surface to be broken. Make sure to place it at a slight
angle to the ground.
4. Press the "On" switch while holding the jack hammer steady.
5. Use a prying motion to force the concrete (or other material) upwards while the jack
hammer is cutting into it.
6. After the jack hammer loosens each large chunk of material, use the jack hammer to
break the chunk into smaller pieces. Then clear the pieces away. This will leave you with
a cleaner area to work with. It will also give the jack hammer and your arms some time
to rest. (Sustained vibration from the jack hammer can lead to Raynaud's Disease, so
this rest time is important.)
7. Turn off the jack hammer and unplug it when you finish
9-100
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Ladder Jack Scaffolds





Be of a manufactured type acceptable to the WCB
Be used only on heavy-duty ladders (with a maximum length of 6m or 30 feet), which
meet the requirements of the standards listed in the Occupational Health & Safety
Regulation manual.
Be used only for light-duty operations such as painting and siding installation where the
work period between changes of scaffold position is of a short duration.
Not be used by more than two workers on a single scaffold at any one time.
Have supporting ladders firmly secured against displacement.
Ladder-jack scaffold staging must:
 Be not less that 39mm x 235 mm (2 in. x 10 in nominal) dimensions, supported at
intervals not exceeding 3 m (10 ft.) if solid planks are used.
 Be not less than 300mm (12in) in width, supported at intervals not exceeding 7.3m (24
ft.) if manufactured staging is used.
 Not incorporate extension staging.
 Each worker working off a ladder-jack scaffold which is 3 m (10 ft.) or more above grade
must use a fall arrest system, such as a harness attached to firmly anchored lifeline.
The anchor must meet the requirement for fall arrest and be capable of supporting a
load 22kN (5,000 lb.).
9-101
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Ladder-Jack Scaffolds
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Extension Ladder, ladder jacks
Material Required:
Walkways or planks
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, eye and foot protection, Hi-Vis vest
Job Steps:
1. Set the extension ladder against the building in accordance with the ladder's
specifications for angle of incidence. All ladders come with a set of printed instructions
on the ladder for its particular extension size. Space the ladders in accordance with the
specifications of the approved platform. Typical spacing for a double 2-by-12 board is no
more than an 8-foot open span.
2. Install the ladder jacks onto the rungs of the extension ladders. Most modern jacks will
have slots at the bottom of the jack. The jacks can be leveled with each other once the
platform is installed. The jacks must be in line, on the same horizontal rungs, or close to
level with each other before the platform can be attached.
3. Place the platform onto the horizontal jack surface. Push the jack's locking mechanism
toward the platform. The ratchet-like mechanism will hold the boards or platform in
place.
4. Attach the safety lines in accordance with OSHA regulations to a secure site (see
Resources).
5. Wear the safety harness and attach a safety line by using an approved method. The
jacks can be adjusted in height by moving the jack platform assembly up the rungs of the
ladder. Various platform manufacturers might have different methods for minor
adjustments.
For the required forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms.
9-102
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Leaf Blowers
Purpose:
Protecting workers from injuries associated with use of leaf blowers. It is important to read,
Guidelines:
 Operate the unit only when there is good visibility and light
 Keep children away from the operating area
 Clear area of operation of objects and debris. Thrown objects such as small branches
and rocks can cause injury or damage the machine
 Start and run the unit in an upright position
 Direct the debris away from people, animals, glass and solid objects that could cause
 Never use the blower to spread or mist chemicals, fertilizers or other toxic substances
 Never use the blower from ladders, trees, rooftops or other unstable surfaces
 Never operate the blower without the tubing
9-103
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Leaf Blower
Revised by: Dayton Powell Date: January 16, 2015
Approved by: Rick Bates Position: OH&S Director
Equipment Required: Leaf Blower
Material Required: Fuel Container, Tarp and/or Garbage Bags
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and Hearing Protection, High Vis Vest, Steel Toed
Boots, PPE as necessary
Job Steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Put on your Personal Protective Equipment
Start the leaf blower as per manufacturer’s instructions
Leaf blowing should be done on a dry day and avoided on a windy day
Choose an area where you are going to pile the leaves and is accessible
Lay down a tarp or have bags ready for leaves to be piled into
Slowly blows the leaves towards the tarp and/or bags moving it slightly away when
reaching tarps and/or bags so you don’t disrupt the pile you have
7. Put leaves into garbage bags
8. Clean up your work area as necessary
9-104
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Lockout/Tagout









Never work on anything that has an uncontrolled hazardous energy source.
Never remove someone else’s lock.
Only trained personnel may lockout equipment.
Always check for multiple sources of energy before beginning work.
If a worker needs to leave the site and the work is not complete, they are required to
contact a Seymour Pacific Developments representative to replace the worker’s lock
with a SPD lock.
Always use an approved testing device to ensure hazardous energy has been isolated.
Always remove jewelry and store off of your body before working on any electrical
equipment.
Block off any moving parts with an approved safety device before bleeding hydraulic
lines.
Do not allow hydraulic fluid to touch your skin.
Lockout for Hydraulic and Mechanical Systems
Examples: (Bobcat skid steer, Forklifts, Scissor lifts Aerial lifts, Dump Truck Boxes and
Tailgates or any other similar situation).
Serious injury and death have resulted from entry between two pinch points.
Never work under a raised object, or between two objects that have potential energy to cause
injury or death, without first securely blocking the object in the elevated or separated position.
Workers should always follow instructions in the operator's manual for servicing hydraulic
systems.
Where appropriate, a properly qualified and certified mechanic should perform repairs and
maintenance.
Entry into pinch points, without first mechanically securing the movable portions is extremely
dangerous. Hydraulic and mechanical failure, or human error in the handling of controls, can
cause the pinch point to close very quickly, causing injury or death.
Methods of mechanical blocking may vary, depending upon the equipment type. Be sure to
consult the manufacturer of the equipment to ensure that the procedure used to block the
equipment is proper and adequate to support the elevated or separated objects.
9-105
Preferred method of blocking:
'Stiff legs' something permanently attached to the sub frame, which pivot and rest against or
between the objects.
Minimum requirements for blocking objects:


One block of timber at least 6" x 6" and as long as needed placed between the two pinch
points as near as possible to the objects hinge point.
Or: Two pieces of timber, at least 4" x 4" and as long as needed placed between the
two pinch points as near as possible to the objects hinge point.
All objects should be lowered onto or be resting against the blocking to neutralize hydraulic or
mechanical energy.
All pin locks provided by the manufacturer, to secure objects in elevated or separated position,
must be use.
All cables and controls should be locked and tagged out. This is to prevent intentional or
accidental operation by a worker, while under the truck or between the box and frame.
At all times, when servicing is required under a raised object or between two pinch points, the
objects must be secured mechanically to prevent its being lowered or moved.
After securing the object, entry should be made from the safest direction possible.
Placement of the body or limbs between the pinch points should be avoided wherever possible.
9-106
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Lockout/Tagout
Developed by: 1.Kim McDougall 2.Mike Keogh
Date: May 2, 2012
Revised by: 1.Kim McDougall 2.Mike Keogh
Date: May 2, 2014
Date: May 14, 2014
Equipment Required: Locks, Tags, Circuit Locks, Blinds, Blocks, Lockout Hasp
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Safety Glasses, Hard Hat, Gloves, High Viz Vest
Job Steps:
1. Check that the hazard assessment reflects the work being done.
2. Contact a Seymour Pacific Developments supervisor and inform them you will need a
hazardous energy source locked out.
3. SPD supervisor will then contact appropriate personnel to lockout the hazardous energy
source.
4. Appropriate personnel will isolate all energy sources.
5. Once isolation has been confirmed, the appropriate personnel will then lockout the
control means to ensure the hazardous energy remains isolated.
6. Appropriate personnel will then tag the locking device with the following information:
7. Why it is locked out?
a. Name and contact information of the person who ensured isolation.
b. Date the tag was applied.
8. All workers performing work on the hazardous energy circuit will apply their own lock.
9. Once a worker has completed their task, they will remove their lock.
10. Once the work is complete and all worker locks are removed, workers will contact the
SPD supervisor and inform them it is safe to reenergize.
11. SPD will contact appropriate personnel to ensure the circuit is safe.
12. Once the circuit has been confirmed safe the final lock may be removed and the circuit
reenergized.
13. When the circuit has been reenergized, an appropriate worker will check that the work
done did not create any new issues. (leaks and/or sparks)
9-107
9-108
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Manual Snow Removal













Before you begin warm up your muscles for10 minutes with light exercise or stretching
Dress in layers
Take small steps and walk slowly.
Always shovel a manageable amount of snow.
Shovel early and often newly fallen snow is lighter than heavily packed or partially
melted snow
Keep the shovel close to your body
Space your hands on the shovel to increase leverage
Always use your legs not your back when lifting snow and pivot your feet when placing in
the snow.
Do not reach- always move your feet.
Do not toss snow over your shoulder or to the side.
Pace yourself and don’t work to the point of exhaustion
Take frequent breaks
When surface is exposed, spread a good amount of ice melt throughout walking areas.
9-109
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Manual Snow Removal
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Shovel
Material Required: Ice Melt
Personal Protective Equipment: Long pants and a sweater or jacket, non-Slip footwear, high
visibility vest, gloves and a toque if needed.
Job Steps:
1. Crew Talk “Safety Reminder!”
2. Notify someone that you will be doing snow removal.
3. Put on PPE.
4. Warm up your muscles for 10 minutes with light exercise or stretching
5. Make sure you have a good snow shovel.
6. Carry shovel, spreader, ice melt etc. to work site and if necessary use cones to mark
work area.
7. Remove the snow from any walkways needed to get into and out of the dwellings. Don't
forget the areas around the mailbox, garbage cans and other places tenants need
access to.
8. Work toward the areas where you are depositing the snow so that you have less
distance to toss it as you tire.
9. Chip away any ice that you find under the snow and remove the chunks with the shovel.
10. Spread sand/salt over the cleared area to avoid icing.
11. Sand any areas that remain slippery.
Post Procedure/Take Down:
1. Clean off all equipment and return to appropriate storage area.
2. Close bag of ice melt
3. Inform supervisor of areas which you were able to complete
4. Check for safety signs
5. Fill out Snow Ice Log
9-110
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Manual Lifting and Moving







Ensure that you know your physical limitations and the approximate weight of materials.
The use of power equipment or mechanical lifting devices should be considered and
employed where practical.
Obtain assistance in lifting heavy objects.
Ensure a good grip before lifting and employ proper lifting technique.
Avoid reaching out.
Pipes, conduit, reinforcing rods and other conductive materials should not be carried on
the shoulder near exposed live electrical equipment or conductors.
Be aware of hazardous and unsafe conditions.
9-111
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Manual Lifting or Moving
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Plan ahead before lifting. Knowing what you’re doing and where you are going will
prevent making awkward movements while carrying something heavy.
2. Lift close to your body. Make sure you have a firm hold on the object you are lifting.
3. Feet shoulder width apart and taking shorter steps.
4. Bend your knees and keep your back straight.
5. Tighten your stomach muscles. It will help keep your spine straight.
6. Lift with your legs.
7. If you are straining than get help.
9-112
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Metal Scaffold

















The erection and dismantling of scaffolds must be carried out under the supervision of a
competent worker who is knowledgeable and experienced in such operations.
Workers erecting and dismantling a scaffold more than 2.4 metres (8 feet) high must be
tied off with a full body harness and lanyard equipped with a shock absorber.
Scaffolds must be erected with all braces, pins, screw jacks, base plates, and other
fittings installed, as required by the manufacturer.
Scaffolds must be adequately braced horizontally and vertically.
Scaffolds must be equipped with guardrails consisting of a top rail, mid-rail and toe
board.
Scaffold platforms must be at least 46 centimeters (18 inches) wide and if they are over
2.4 metres (8 feet) high they must be planked across their full width.
Scaffolds must be tied in to a building at vertical intervals not exceeding three times the
least lateral dimension, including the dimension of any outrigger stabilizing devices.
Where scaffolds cannot be tied in to a building, guy lines adequately secured should be
used to provide stability.
Scaffold frames must be properly pinned together where scaffolds are two frames or
more in height or where they are used as rolling scaffold towers.
Scaffolds must be erected, used and maintained in a reasonably plumb condition.
Scaffold planks must be securely fastened to prevent them from sliding.
Scaffold planks must be installed so that they overhang by at least 15 centimeters (6
inches) but no more than 30 centimeters (12 inches).
Scaffold planks must be: of good quality, free of defects, such as loose knots, splits or
rot, rough sawn, measuring 48mm X 248mm (1 7/8 " X 9-3/4") in cross section, and No.
1 spruce or better.
Scaffolds must be equipped with a proper ladder for access. Vertical ladders must be
equipped with 15 centimeter (6 inch) stand-off brackets and a ladder climbing fall
protection device or safety cage when they are more than 3 metres (10 feet) high.
Frame scaffolds over 15 metres (50 feet) high and tube-and-clamp scaffolds over 10
metres (30 feet) high must be designed by a professional engineer and constructed in
accordance with the design.
Remove ice, snow, oil, grease and other slippery material from the platform, and apply
sand to the surface.
Wheels or casters on rolling scaffolds must be equipped with braking devices and
securely pinned to the scaffold frame.
9-113
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Metal Scaffolding
Equipment Required: Scaffolding
Material Required:
Planks or walkways
Job Steps:
1. Inspect the area where scaffolding will be set up--it should be firm and stable. Use wide
wooden boards to support the screw jacks which are used for fine adjustment of rolling
and stationary scaffolding. Never use stacks of wood blocks or other materials as the
base for the screw jacks.
2. Slip the first level of frame sets over the screw jacks. Tie a string line on the bottom of
the frame to check to see if it is level. Use the screw jacks to adjust the level.
3. Nail the screw jacks to the wooden boards used as a base.
4. Install cross braces. These fit and lock the posts to each other with pins across the
length of the scaffolding.
5. Secure the posts to the building for every 16 feet of scaffolding height. Use special wall
tie in brackets that clamp onto the scaffolding and bolt into the studs in the wall.
6. Use plank-grade lumber or aluminum or plywood planks for the walkways.
7. Install guardrails placed 19 and 42 inches above the walkways. Use manufacturersupplied guardrails or 2 inch by 2 inch lumber securely tied with #18 tie-wire. Enclose
the open ends with guardrails that extend the width of the scaffolding and all the way to
the building.
8. Do not use the scaffolding as an access ladder. Place a ladder against the scaffolding
and secure with #18 tie-wire.
9. Train your helpers and yourself to inspect the scaffolding prior to using it each workday
and before using for the first time after assembly.
For the required forms please refer to the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms
9-114
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Mitre Saw























Work at a comfortable level
Bolt to work bench to ensure stable and level working platform
Do not use saw on the floor
Do not cut small pieces as they may catch in blade
Keep cords clear as they may be a tripping hazard
NEVER CROSS HANDS!!!
Do not hold short end of cutting stock
Reset miter if the angle requires
Hold or clamp all material securely against the fence when cutting.
Do not perform operations freehand.
Long material should be supported at the same height as the saw table.
Never place hands or fingers in the path of the blade or reach in back of the fence.
Always wear proper ear protection, especially when cutting metal, as it is very loud
Metal also makes a lot of sparks so proper arm protection is needed
Check cutting stock for nails and impurities
o Nails may damage blade
o Impurities may cause stock to splinter or shatter
All guards must be in place and operating.
Unplug power when making repairs.
Clean the lower guard frequently to help visibility and movement.
Use only the recommended RPM and sizes of blades.
Regularly check and tighten the blade and the blade-attachment mechanism.
Use ring test for blade continuity
o If it rings clear then blade is free of cracks
Operators should always wear safety glasses under a full face shield.
Gloves, loose clothing, jewelry, or any dangling objects including long hair should not be
worn as they may catch in the rotating parts of the saw.
9-115
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Mitre Saw
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Mitre Saw
Material Required: Power Outlet
Job Steps:
1.
Measure carefully the angle you'll need for the project, especially molding at corners.
Although it would be nice if all corners were right angles that seldom happens in
projects involving older houses.
2.
Put on your safety glasses and be sure you're not wearing any loose clothing that
could get caught in the saw. Protect your ears with ear plugs if you plan to do a lot of
cutting.
3.
Use the lower handle to rotate the saw table to the proper angle and lock it. Mark the
angle on a piece of scrap wood and hold it firmly against the guide, known as the
fence.
4.
Leave the power off and pull the miter saw down against the wood. See that the saw
touches the mark you've made on the wood. Make any needed adjustments if the
saw doesn't align with the mark.
5.
Ensure that safety guards are in place on the blade. Turn on the saw, let it power up,
and bring it down to cut through the stock.
6.
Cut the good piece of wood once you're sure the angle is correct.
9-116
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Mobile Equipment
Operators
 All operators must be trained and competent.
 Ensure that workers are clear of the equipment before operating it.
 When operating mobile equipment, carry the load no higher than necessary to avoid
limiting your vision.
 Avoid using cell phones while operating mobile equipment.
 Nearby workers
 Before starting work, ensure that you are aware of all mobile equipment operating in and
around the site.
 Wear high visibility apparel when working with or near mobile equipment.
 Do not take shortcuts across areas where mobile equipment is working.
 Keep in eye contact with the operator when working near moving machinery or
equipment.
 If you use a cell phone, be aware that it can distract your attention from hearing or
seeing mobile equipment as it moves around the site.
Safe Limit of Approach Distances from Overhead Power Lines for Persons and Equipment:
Voltage
Phase to Phase
751 V to 75 kV
Over 75 kV to 250 kV
Over 250 kV
Minimum
Distance
3m or 10 feet
4.5m or 15 feet
6 m or 20 feet
9-117
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Mobile Equipment
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Perform a circle check on outside of equipment.
2. Mount equipment to complete inspection using Mount/Dismount Equipment Procedure.
3. Inspect equipment using a Pre Use Inspection form.
4. Ensure area is clear and there are no hazards.
5. Operate all equipment as per company policy.
6. Follow starting equipment procedure.
9-118
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Mount / Dismount Heavy Equipment










Eliminate the hazard when it is observed - don’t leave it for someone else to get
injured on
Maintain three points of contact when climbing at all times
Don’t stretch to climb
Never jump off equipment or equipment ladders
Step carefully, do not turn until both feet are firmly on the ground
Look around your landing area, watch for foot placement
Make sure you have a secure grip before stepping down
Report an damaged or slippery steps
Do not carry items while attempting to mount or dismount equipment
9-119
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Mount/Dismount Heavy Equipment
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Steel Toed Safety Boots, Hi Vise Vest
Job Steps:
1. Ensure to circle check the equipment before trying to mount or dismount.
2. Look for any hazards.
3. Eliminate any hazards from ladder or step/s.
a. i.e. Mud, slush, oil.
4. Using 3 point contact to climb onto the equipment.
5. Place feet firmly on ladder or step.
6. Use caution and know where you are placing your feet.
9-120
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Office Safety





Follow Company safety rules.
All employees must learn chemical safety, WHIMIS and MSDS
Everyone must know how to report a hazard.
Employees should practice safe lifting.
Follow good housekeeping procedure.
9-121
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Office Safety
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Keep the office and the surrounding area clean.
2. Clean the computers at least once a week by wiping them with computer cleaning fluid
or air duster.
3. Stack pallets, boxes, baskets, etc. neatly to avoid them falling over.
4. Organize your work station as neatly and efficient as possible. Avoid over clutter.
5. Keep stairway and platforms clear of obstruction.
6. Keep storage areas neat and organized.
7. Keep desks and filing cabinets clean and well organized.
8. Clean office, computer and printer areas at the end of every shift.
9-122
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Oven Cleaning







Ensure you are fully trained.
Ensure you are acquainted with safe work procedures.
Follow manufacturer’s recommendations.
Ensure area is ventilated.
Practice good housekeeping.
Follow Oven Cleaning safe work procedure step by step.
9-123
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Oven Cleaning
Developed by: Nadine McAleese
Date: April 25, 2012
Equipment Required: PPE, Oven Cleaner, Rags
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: rubber gloves, protective eyewear, face mask
Job Steps:
1. Read the entire label before using product. Refer to Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS).
2. Make sure that oven & stovetop is off.
3. Remove racks to be cleaned separately.
4. Put on appropriate personal protective equipment: rubber gloves, protective eyewear,
face mask.
5. Use with adequate ventilation. Turn on fan or open windows/patio door.
6. Use effective cleaning products and let the cleaning products do the work.
7. Hold container upright and spray oven surfaces and racks. Allow foam to work for 3-5
minutes on warm surfaces, 10 minutes on cold surfaces.
8. Once the oven cleaner is applied and you’re waiting 10 minutes go outside in the fresh
air if possible this will reduce your exposure time.
9. Wipe all surfaces clean with wet cloth.
10. Divide work into sections to allow task rotation.
11. Alternate arms to reduce muscle fatigue.
12. Use well designed tools that match your height, strength and endurance.
13. Put racks back in oven when cleaning is complete.
14. After handling always wash hands thoroughly with soap and water.
 Note: Where solvents are controlled products, ensure that all employees using, or in the
vicinity of use or storage, are trained and certified in the Workplace Hazardous Materials
Information System (WHMIS). Ensure that all WHMIS requirements are met.
9-124
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Portable Ladders










All ladders shall be inspected prior to performing a task.
Wooden ladders shall not be painted.
Conductive metal ladders or wire or wire reinforced wooden ladders shall not be
permitted in energized areas.
Ensure surface is level and firm.
Ensure ladder is tied off and set at the proper angle.
Ladders shall not be climbed higher than the second step from the top.
Three points of contact should always be maintained when climbing up or down.
Ladders should not be erected on boxes, tables, scaffold platforms, man lift platforms or
on vehicles.
A ladder shall not be placed against an unsafe support.
Follow portable ladder safe work procedure step by step.
9-125
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Portable Ladder
Equipment Required: Portable Ladder
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and foot protection, gloves and hard hat.
Job Steps:
1. Read and follow all safety warnings and instructions on the ladder and only use ladders
for their designed purposes.
2. Inspect the ladder prior to using it. If the ladder is damaged, it must be removed from
service and tagged until repaired or discarded.
3. Use a ladder only on a stable and level surface, unless it has been secured (tied or
braced) at the top or bottom to prevent displacement.
4. Open step ladders to their fully opened position and be sure they are locked in that
position. Never use a step ladder as a single ladder or in a partially open position. When
using an extension ladder, ensure that the locks holding the extension in place are fully
engaged.
5. An extension ladder should extend at least 3 feet above the point of support at the top of
the ladder.
6. Maintain a 3-point (two hands and a foot, or two feet and a hand) contact on the ladder
when climbing. Keep your body near the middle of the step and always face the ladder
while climbing.
9-126
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Power and Hand Tools














Electrical tools must have 3 wire (grounding) cord and plug, excluding double insulated
tools.
Grinder discs, buffers and stones to be used only for designed application and at rated
speed.
Stationary grinders must have properly adjusted tool rests and stones to be properly
dressed.
Angle grinders to have Original Equipment Manufacturer (O.E.M) guard.
On/Off switches must be functional and positioned so Operator has access.
Accessories can only be used that are designed for use with the tools specified.
Saw blades must be designed for the product being cut and at the rated speed, O.E.M.
guards must be in place and functional.
Chisels, punches, hammer, wrenches etc., to have all burrs ground from striking area.
Chisels, punches, screwdrivers etc. to have tips properly dressed.
Cracked a/o splintered handles to be replaced.
All tools must be cleaned after use and repairs made before being properly stored.
Tools to be used for designed purpose only.
Repairs to tools must be performed by qualified personnel, using O.E.M. parts or
equivalent.
Follow tool safe work procedures step by step.
9-127
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Power and Hand Tools
Equipment Required: Hand Tools
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye Protection.
Job Steps:
1. Complete pre use inspection on all hand tools prior to use.
2. Use a hand tool for the job it was manufactured to perform.
3. Inspect tools for cracks, chips, mushrooming, and wear. Discard damaged tools
promptly.
4. Be sure handles are fixed firmly into a tool's working end.
5. Plan your job before you start.
6. Check for hidden hazards, e.g., electric wires in a wall.
7. Shut the current off when working near electricity.
8. Organize the tools in a toolbox.
9. Position your body securely while working with the tool.
10. Wear eye protection.
11. Concentrate! No matter how trivial the task seems.
9-128
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Power Lawn Mowers
Purpose:
Protecting workers from injuries associated with use of power mowers. It is important to read,
Guidelines:
Prior to Use:
 Read the operator's manual and know how to operate the machine properly.
o Read all equipment warning labels.
 Handle fuel safely.
o Before refueling, stop the engine and allow it to cool. Wipe up spilled fuel or allow
it to evaporate before starting an engine.
o Never refuel gasoline-powered equipment indoors.
o Never add fuel to a running or hot engine
 Keep bystanders, especially children, away from the mowing area.
 Protect yourself and others against thrown objects by clearing the work area of rocks,
sticks, toys, or any other materials that could become a missile if struck by the mower
blades.
 Replace thin or worn blades
 To ensure good footing, wait until the grass is dry before mowing.
During Use:
 Do not operate engine where carbon monoxide fumes can collect
 Start and run the unit in an upright position
 Don't disable or bypass safety devices.
o Ensure that shields and other guards, such as the rear drag shield, the discharge
deflector or the grass catcher are in place at all times and working properly
 Stop the mower immediately if the blade hits any hard object. Shut off mower, ensure
the blade has stopped rotating, and disconnect the spark plug wire to prevent accidental
engine start before tipping the mower by the handle to expose the underside for
maintenance
 Keep hands and feet away from the mower blades while it is running. lf the discharge
chute clogs or the grass catcher is full, stop the engine and wait for the blades to stop
completely before attempting to clear the clog or empty the grass catcher.
 Never leave a running mower unattended.
 Stop the engine before adjusting the wheel height of the mower.
 Set mower at highest cutting level when operating on rough ground
 Mow in a forward direction whenever possible. Do not walk backwards while pulling the
mower toward you. If you trip, the mower could end up on top of your feet or legs.
 Mow across the slope of hillsides. Do not mow up and down the slope.
9-129



When stopping to pick up debris, cut the throttle to idle and make sure the mower will not
roll
Ensure engine is stopped before pushing mower across drives, walks, or roads
Clothing & PPE
 Wear close-fitting clothes, long pants or slacks, and closed-toe shoes with traction soles.
Do not operate any power equipment while barefoot, or when wearing thongs or
sandals.
 Loose clothing, scarves, dangling jewelry, and untucked shirt tails can snag on controls
or get caught in moving parts.
 Protect your eyes with safety glasses or goggles, and your ears with earplugs. Always
wear eye protection.
 Wear gloves to service or adjust equipment, especially when working on the blades.
 Remember to practice safety. Don’t learn it by accident.
9-130
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Power Lawn Mowers
Equipment Required: Power Lawn Mower
Material Required: Fuel Container, Garbage Bags
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and Hearing Protection, High Vis Vest, Steel Toed
Boots, Long Pants, PPE as necessary
Job Steps:
2. Inspect the mower blade for any damage, cracks, bends, warped, etc.
3. Check the spark plug to be sure it is in place
4. Check the air filter
5. Check fuel levels
6. Inspect for any buildup of grass under the deck of the mower
a. Mower MUST NOT be running
b. Spark plug wire should be disconnected if maintenance is required.
7. Start the mower as per manufacturer’s instructions
8. Put grass trimmings into garbage bags
9. Clean your work area as necessary
9-131
9-132
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Pressure Testing












Place warning signs at all access points to the test area.
Ensure all system valves are fully left open.
Immobilize all piping on test.
Use of mechanical plugs must be in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications.
Ensure test head valves are in working order.
Ensure maximum test pressure will not exceed manufacturer’s rating for any
pressurizing or measurement piping or component.
Ensure lines and connections used for filling and not rated for the test pressures must be
disconnected and properly blinded.
Ensure only testing personnel shall be allowed in the test area.
No work may be carried out in the area during testing.
Adequate communication must be maintained among all personnel involved in the test.
Upon completing of the test, liquid test mediums must be disposed of in such a manner
as to minimize environmental impact.
Use proper PPE when testing.
9-133
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Pressure Testing
Equipment Required: Gauges
Material Required: Communication Devices
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, gloves, eye and foot protection
Job Steps:
1. Locate the lowest point in the line. This point will be tested first. This includes joining
pipes and connectors. If you are testing a large number of pipes, break it up into 100foot sections.
2. Disconnect the pipes that are being tested.
3. Flush out the pipe by running water through the pipe. This removes air pockets and
debris from the pipe.
4. Plug all open ends of the pipe, excluding the open end of the vertical pipe, with test
plugs. These plugs hold water in and allow you to find leaks.
5. Pour water slowly into the vertical pipe to allow the air to escape out of the pipe. The
total water needed per pipe size varies by pipe diameter.
6. Check the pressure test plugs for the test reading. If any leaks are found, the leaky joint
or pipe should be removed and replaced.
7. Remove the plugs and drain the water.
9-134
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Pressure Washers
Water power is not the only hazard involved in the operation of these machines - the power that
runs an electrical power washer is great enough to injure or kill a human. Don't ever try to
modify the Ground Fault Circuit Interrupt (GFCI) switch or plug present on all models of this type
of equipment.
Following are a few general safety tips to keep in mind when making use of any kind of pressure
washing system:








Always wear adequate face protection while operating a power washer.
Never point the wand / gun / pressure nozzle at yourself or at other people and animals.
Never fill the fuel tank of your pressure washer while the engine is running or while the
engine is still hot. (This applies to gasoline and diesel units.)
Do not start the pressure washer until all hose connections have been checked and
found to be in the proper closed and locked position.
Always ensure that the water is turned on at the garden hose and is flowing from the end
of the extension before turning the pressure washer on.
Never let hands, feet or other body parts get in the way of the pressure washer
nozzle/sprayer.
Be sure to lock the nozzle's trigger safety system whenever the wand / gun is not being
used.
Always vent off the pressure in the system before beginning to uncouple hoses.
Above all, it's important to exercise common sense, and to make sure that you treat a pressure
washer with the same care and caution as other, seemingly more dangerous, power tools such
as grinders, cutting torches, and even hedge trimmers and lawnmowers.
9-135
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Pressure Washer
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Pressure Washer
Material Required: Water hose and connection
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye Protection, Gloves, Hearing Protection
Job Steps:
1. Before using a pressure washer, review the manufacturer's guidelines about operation.
Every pressure washer model is different and following the directions for your model will
help you operate it safely and effectively.
2. Assess your project and develop a plan. Consider the flow of gravity: if you're pressure
washing siding or a fence, work from top to bottom, for decks and driveways, work
downhill. Consider breakable and delicate objects such as windows, vents or light
fixtures that you'll want to avoid pressure washing.
3. Put on protective eyewear and gloves before you begin. If the motor is loud, you also
might want ear plugs or protective headphones.
4. Before starting your pressure washer, check that all connections are tight.
5. Start the pressure washer and test the spray. Begin by spraying away from the surface
or object you want to clean and then slowly point the wand toward it from 3 to 4 feet
away. Make a few passes and then stop for a moment to see if it is clean. If not, move
closer.
6. After determining the ideal spraying distance, continue making slow, methodical passes
over the surface until you've cleaned the surface or object to your satisfaction.
9-136
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Propane Cylinders










Ensure WHMIS and labels are appropriately attached and visible on small cylinders and
on 20lb bottles they must have shoulder label/stamp.
Cylinders must be transported and secured in an upright position in a well-ventilated
area.
Cylinders will not be stored inside buildings, or carried in closed canopies, vehicles or
tool vans, following applicable legislation.
A regulator must be installed on cylinder prior to use.
When checking for connection leaks use a soapy water solution.
When not in use, cylinder to be secured in upright position, valve closed and regulator
removed.
Cylinders should not be used if shoulder label/stamp is not legible.
When not in use, a plug or cap must be used to seal the valve opening.
Ensure cylinders in storage or transit are equipped with valve cap or collar and regulator
is removed.
Cylinder must not to be painted over in any fashion.
9-137
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Propane Cylinders
Equipment Required:
Material Required: Propane Cylinder
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, eye protection, foot protection
Job Steps:
1. Make sure that the valve for the tank is completely off.
2. Look at the top of the handle, grab it firmly and turn it in the direction indicated on the
handle that is "Off." If, for some reason, the handle of your propane gas cylinder is not
marked, turn it as far as you can clockwise.
3. Turn the tank so the outlet attachment is facing towards the gas line for the
appliance/tool. Attach the gas line to the tank by holding it level, pushing it into the outlet
and spinning the locknut clockwise until you can no longer turn it by hand.
4. Use straps or clips to hold the tank into place or place it down on the ground upright in a
secure position.
5. When all connections are completed, turn the handle counter clock wise to open tank.
6. When work is completed, use steps 1 through 3 to disconnect.
9-138
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Propane / Butane Torch












When using a torch, workers must wear additional protective clothing (gloves, eye
protection).
Prior to use, ensure that torching equipment is in good working order and the cylinder
valves are clean. Check that fittings, hoses and heads are secure.
DO NOT USE defective equipment.
Use soapy water to check connections for leaks.
Only use a spark lighter or electronic starter to light torch.
Protect the propane hose from damage by:
o Keeping torch flame away from hose.
o Keeping hose free of kinks.
o Not running over hose with equipment.
o Not using the hose to lift the cylinder.
A torch flame is difficult to see in daylight, be aware of and keep away from the flame.
Never leave an operating torch unattended.
Other than the operator, all workers should stay at least 1 metre away from the torch.
Set torch units into support leg position when not in use.
To shut off torch, close cylinder valve first, let gas burn out, close torch valve.
At the end of the day, disconnect hoses and store properly.
9-139
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Using a Propane/Butane Torch
Equipment Required: Propane Tank, Hose line, Torch
Material Required:
Propane
Personal Protective Equipment: Face Shield, Safety Glasses, Gloves
Job Steps:
1. Inspect the blow torch to make sure there are no leaks. Listen for leaking propane, and
smell around the area to make sure no gas is leaking out.
2. Put on gloves and safety goggles for added protection. Pick up the propane blow torch.
Stand over the object that will need to be sprayed, and hold the torch directly over the
top of it. Move the nozzle so it is only a few inches from the object.
3. Turn the knob about 3/4 of a turn to allow fuel to be released. Push on the lever to light
the torch's flame. Place the torch close to the object, so that the end of the flame is
touching it. Move from side to side to make sure you don't stay in one place too long.
Continue around the area until the object is heated enough and the job is complete.
4. Release the lever to stop the propane from coming out, and turn the knob to completely
shut off the small propane tank. Make sure it has been shut off properly and there are no
noises or smells coming from the tank.
9-140
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Proper Lifting Techniques
Evaluating the Load
Determine the weight of the object or load prior to a lift to ensure the lifting equipment operates
within its capabilities.
Balance Loads
Estimate the center of gravity or point of balance. The lifting device should be positioned
immediately above the determined center of gravity.
Landing the Load
Prepare a place to land the load. Lower the load gently and make sure it is stable before
slackening the sling or chain.













Select only appropriate slings for the task and NEVER exceed the working load limits.
Make sure the hoist or crane is directly over the load.
Use slings of proper reach. Never shorten a line by twisting or knotting.
With chain slings, never use bolts or nuts.
Never permit anyone to ride the lifting hook or the load.
Make sure all personnel stand clear from the load being lifted.
Never work under a suspended load, unless the load is properly supported.
Never leave a load suspended when the hoist or crane is unattended.
Inspect all slings thoroughly at specified intervals and maintain them in good condition.
Inspect each chain or sling for cuts, nicks, bent links, bent hooks, etc., before each use.
If in doubt, don't use it.
Ensure that safety latches on hooks are in good working condition.
Ensure that the signaler is properly identified and understands techniques of proper
signaling.
Make sure a tagline is used to control the load.
9-141
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Proper Lifting Techniques
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Prepare an inspection list to practice crane safety.
2. Inspect equipment. Operators must inspect equipment daily. Replace worn parts
immediately.
3. Know the load capacity. Any loads that exceed the crane's limits should not be moved.
For those loads at or near capacity, test the hoist brakes by returning the master switch
or push button to the "Off" position after raising the load several inches. If the brakes fail
to hold, slowly lower the load. Report the situation immediately and do not operate the
crane until it repairs have been made.
4. Mark controls. Control buttons and switches should have a label indicating their function.
Test each one to ensure it works properly, releases immediately and doesn't stick.
5. Clear a path. Prior to moving a load, clear the path of any obstacles and people.
6. Prepare for an emergency. Procedures should be implemented for retrieving an operator
from a cab in an emergency situation. All cabs must carry fire extinguishers.
7. Use caution. Operators must know the location and voltage of overhead power lines. Deenergize the lines and erect insulated barriers before work starts. Exercise caution when
moving uneven ground. The crane may bob or weave into the power line. Establish a
safe travel route under power lines and operate at a slower speed. If an operator has
trouble seeing power lines or clearance while moving the crane a signal person should
be on guard.
9-142
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Public Protection
Hazards:
 Noise
 Dust, fumes, mists, smoke and vapors
 Traffic hazards
 Falling objects




Uneven ground
Tripping hazards
Slipping hazards
Entering work areas
Objective
To ensure potential hazards are clearly identified and cordoned off to prevent injury to personnel
or damage to equipment.
Construction erection of fencing
 Outlines minimum requirements for the fencing of construction work, based on the extent
to which public contact with the work and its immediate vicinity is likely. It does not cover
all possible circumstances but will provide guidance for most situations.
Workplace Health and Safety Regulations
"Construction work" means construction, digging, filling, erection, installation, addition to,
alteration, forming up, repair, maintenance, cleaning, painting, renewal, removal, dismantling or
demolition of a building, structure or excavation.
Access and egress
 A person with control of a construction project must ensure that all persons on the
construction site are provided with safe access to, and egress from, all places where
they may be required to work or pass. This includes the provision of emergency access
and egress routes that must be kept free of obstructions.
Public access
 A person with control of a construction project must ensure that members of the public
are not exposed to health and safety risks arising from the construction work. They must
ensure that:
o Adequate perimeter fencing is installed on the construction site before
construction work commences, and that it is maintained during the construction
work; and
o Signs are placed on each construction site, clearly visible from outside the site,
stating the names and contact telephone numbers of the persons with control of
the construction work, including an after-hours emergency telephone number.
o Adequate perimeter fencing applies to all construction sites where a risk
assessment identifies the need to isolate particular site hazards and the only way
of achieving this is with perimeter fencing.
 A contractor undertaking construction work has an obligation under the Workplace
Health and Safety legislation to ensure that the public and workers are protected from
9-143

hazards associated with the work. Fencing around construction sites is a safety measure
to protect the public and can help in the prevention of vandalism.
For general construction work, the appropriate level of fencing shall be erected before
the commencement of work. For excavations, a fence shall be erected before an
excavation is left unattended.
Excavations
 Approved prefabrication modular type temporary fencing at least 6 feet high. If the
ground is undulating, security infill must be used.
Barricade Tape Guidelines
 Approved barricade tape is acceptable to cordon off an area for the purposes of
informing employees that a hazard exists. Barricade tape is not to be used for
Temporary handrails, as a restraining device, to cordon off potential fall hazards, or for
any other use where a physical barrier is required. It does not meet the requirements for
this purpose.
Types of barricade tape
 The two types of approved barricade tape are as follows:
o Do not enter barricade tape must be, red with black lettering - “do not enter” this
tape is to be used when it would be hazardous to employees entering the area,
or to employees working below the cordoned off area.
 No one is to enter the area unless directly involved in the safe repair of
the hazard.
o Caution barricade tape must be, yellow with black lettering
 “CAUTION”. This tape is to be used when it is deemed appropriate to
enter the area using caution and wearing or using the required personal
protective equipment (PPE).
 The use of any other tape, rope or other material to cordon off an area is strictly
forbidden.
Removal
 Barricade tape and permanent barricades must be removed on the completion of the job
or by the area safety rep or supervisor.
9-144
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Public Protection
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Signs, Barricades, Barricade tape, cones
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Pedestrian hazards controls that must be in place:
a. Areas for public pedestrian traffic should be clearly marked at the construction
site at all times.
b. Public pedestrian traffic areas should be maintained so that slipping, tripping and
falling hazards are reduced.
c. Non-level surfaces should be marked with high-visibility markings, signs or
notices.
d. Stairs or ramps should have handrails on both sides.
e. Elevated areas should have standard guardrails.
f. The public should be told of closed pedestrian areas, and shown where and how
to have access to safe areas. The expected path to the safe area(s) should be
clearly marked.
g. The contractor should monitor public ingress and egress routes to make sure that
construction operations do not block stairways, doors, entrances, exits, paths or
hallways.
h. Areas with mobile equipment that is accessible to the public should be
barricaded, fenced or guarded before and during the operation of the equipment.
i. Fencing, barricading or personnel should be placed at a sufficient distance from
the areas to prevent the public from entering active work areas by mistake.
j. Where falling objects and small overhead hazards exist, a walk-way with a roof
will be provided for public safety.
k. If loads are hoisted or if other overhead hazards exist, a clear area below, which
is sufficient to prevent public hazards, should be barricaded to prevent public
access. The area should be monitored during overhead work to ensure that it
remains clear.
l. Walking surfaces and other public areas affected by the construction project
should be adequately illuminated, if being use at night.
2. Injuries and Damage
a. Any public injury or damage should be immediately assessed and action should
be taken to secure medical help and to minimize further injury or damage.
b. The site supervisor should be notified immediately of any public injury or
damage.
9-145
c. The area in which the injury or damage has occurred should be secured until
proper investigation and documentation have taken place.
9-146
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Radial Arm Saw
Pre-Operation - A radial arm saw requires many adjustments prior to use. Ensure that the saw
is locked out before making these adjustments.






Safety glasses or goggles must be worn. A face shield may also be required and it
should be used in conjunction with proper eye protection.
Read and understand the operating manual prior to use.
Choose the proper blade for the job and ensure that it is installed correctly.
Ensure that the blade guards are securely installed. The upper half of the blade must
always be guarded, including the arbor end. The lower half of the saw should have an
articulating guard for 90-degree crosscut operations.
The tabletop should be large enough to cover the blade in any direction (mitre, bevel or
rip). The saw should never be operated with the blade in a position where it protrudes or
extends beyond the table.
The slots of the back fence should not be deeper than 6mm. The fence must be
replaced if the slots are deeper than this or if pieces are missing.
Operation (all cuts)
 Do not stand in a direct line with the blade.
 Never carry on a conversation or interrupt a person operating a radial arm saw.
 Allow the saw to reach full speed before starting the cut.
 Hold the stock firmly against the tabletop and the rear fence.
 A push stick should be used when ripping. The push stick should be longer than the
blade's diameter.
 Keep proper footing and balance at all times.
 Never leave the radial arm saw unattended while the blade is running. Wait until the
blade has come to a full stop before leaving the area.
 Always remove scrap material from the table with a stick.
9-147
Ripping
 Rotate the radial saw's head 90 degrees so that the blade is parallel to the fence and is
clamped in position. Lower the blade so that it will cut through the stock.
 Position the:
o nose of the guard (or drop the guard down), to just clear the stock.
o the spreader (to prevent the material from coming together after ripping , binding
and producing a kickback)
o the antikickback devices (position so that the antikickback fingers ride on the
stock. The angle should be adjusted so that if the stock is pulled out by hand, it
will jam under the fingers and the stock cannot be moved).
 Using a push-stick, feed the stock against the direction of rotation of the revolving blade
from the side at which the blade rotates upwards towards the operator.
 For inrip, feed the material from right to left, for outrip, feed the material from left to right.
Serious injury can result from feeding the material from the wrong side as the operator's
hands can be drawn into the blade.
 A person or helper standing on the infeed side of the blade can be at serious risk of
injury from flying stock. It is important to be aware of this fact.
 When feeding the stock, hold it firmly against the table and the fence. Apply a firm, even
pressure. Operators should never release the feed pressure until the cut is completed
and the work piece has fully cleared the table.
 Care must be taken when ripping material with thin, lightweight, hard or slippery surfaces
because of the reduced efficiency of the antikickback devices.
Crosscutting
 Radial arm saws used for crosscutting are pulled across the cutting area by means of a
handle located to one side of the blade. The operator should stand, if possible, on the
handle's side and pull the cutting head with the hand nearest the handle. The product
being cut should be maneuvered with the other hand.
 The blade should never be pulled beyond the point necessary to make the cut as the
back of the blade could lift the work piece and throw it over the fence.
 Place the material to be cut against the fence or a special jig, never cut freehand.
 Never remove short pieces from the table until the saw has returned to its normal
position at the rear of the table. Always use a stick, not your hands, to remove scrap
from the table.
9-148
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Radial Arm Saw
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Radial Arm Saw
Material Required:
Power Outlet
Job Steps:
1. Be certain that the radial arm saw is mounted perpendicular to a table. This table should
also be equipped with a stationery fence which should also be perpendicular to the saw.
2. At the back of the arm there is a gauge that has marks which represent angles. In most
cases, the release mechanism is a lever that extends out from the right side of the arm.
Pull this lever towards the front of the saw to release it, set the angle desired and push
the lever back to its original place.
3. Most radial arm saws will only cut 24 inches, so the material to be cut should fall within
that range. Also, when setting up an angle, some of that distance will be lost.
4. Another feature that some radial arm saws have is tilting. This feature allows for miters.
Locate a lever (or knob) near the body of the saw and loosen it. Set the desired angle
and tighten the lever back down.
5. When making special cuts such as miters, the saw will need to be raised or lowered.
Locate the lever that keeps the height secure, loosen it and adjust the height needed.
9-149
9-150
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Reciprocating Saw (Saws-all /Jigsaws)
Reciprocating Saws can cause severe injury if saw blades are not kept sharp and if the work
area is not kept free of debris and loose materials.










Familiarize yourself with the operation of the Saw before you commence work.
Keep work area around the saw clear of debris and sawdust.
Ensure that the cutting surface is clear of debris and that the work piece is secure.
Ensure that proper guards are in place and that safety glasses/face shields are worn
when using this equipment.
Always ensure that your hands are located safely away from the blade.
Always use guides when called for.
Never use a dull blade.
When changing saw blades:
o first ensure that the saw is unplugged.
o Check blade for cracks and broken or missing saw teeth.
o Ensure that the mounting flanges are clean. Do not over-tighten the mounting
nut.
Dress properly. Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry as they can be caught in the
moving parts. Ensure that long hair is contained.
Never use this saw for jobs in which it is not designed to do.
9-151
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Reciprocating Saws (Saws-all/Jigsaws)
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Reciprocating Saw
Material Required:
Power Outlet
Job Steps:
1. Unplug the saw. With your Allen wrench, loosen the mounting bolt that holds the blade to
open the slot that the blade sits in. You'll see a little metal peg within the slot.
2. Slide the bottom of the blade into the slot, positioning the small hole that's on the bottom
of the blade so that it hooks on the peg. The teeth of the blade should be facing away
from you as you hold the saw out in front of you. Tighten the mounting screw to secure
the blade.
3. Put on your goggles. Position the saw just above the marked line to be cut. Have one
hand on the trigger and the other hand gripping the middle-front of the saw, at the
rubberized part of the body.
4. Squeeze and hold the trigger to start the motion of the blade. Bring the blade down to
the wood, setting it gently on your line. Apply steady downward pressure with the hand
that's gripping the saw to push it through. Slide the saw forward or back as needed to
make your cut.
5. Pull the blade out and away from the wood before you the release the trigger. (If the saw
stops in mid-cut, the blade will get stuck in the wood.) Release the trigger and keep the
saw held up and away from you until the motion of the blade has completely stopped.
9-152
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Rescue



Don’t panic, remain CALM
If casualty is:
o Unconscious
o Bleeding a lot
o Injured due to a significant fall
o At risk of losing a limb
Unless you or the casualty are in immediate danger;
o i.e. fire, electricity…..etc.
 DO NOT MOVE THE CASUALTY

Tell the person not to move

Call
immediately and give location and brief explanation of area
o i.e. Heights, Excavation, Confined Space
If possible stay with the injured person
Get help:
o Yell or scream for help
o Use horn – 3 short blasts
o Radio
o Site Safety Officer/First Aid Attendant cell number
Do exactly what the First Aid Attendant or Supervisor says
If horn has been sounded stop work immediately
Stay off radios
Follow Rescue procedures for that event
No work is to resume until you get the ok from Site Safety Officer or Supervisor
Protect the scene








911
9-153
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Rescue Procedures for Excavation, Confined Space, Working at Heights
Date: Sept, 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Rescue Equipment
Material Required: Communication Device
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Gloves, Eye and Foot Protection.
Job Steps:
Excavation Rescue Procedure
1. Call 911 and/or the rescuer and locate person/s by looking for evidence of where the
trapped person/s is e.g. tools, safety helmet etc.
2. Clear the area of all non-required personnel and arrange for a person to monitor a safety
zone.
3. Identify if any further collapse is likely. Take preventative measures for future collapse.
4. Carefully remove the collapsed soil with shovels. NEVER have anyone on top of the
collapsed soil. They may be on top of the person trapped beneath the soil. When the
digging is close to the trapped person, continue excavation using hands. (If shovels
have to be used, extreme care must be taken not to cause any further injury to the
person who is trapped.)
5. When the trapped person has been located, clear soil from around the head and chest
areas. Administer First Aid.
Confined Space Rescue Procedure
1. Call 911 and sound the alarm.
2. Contact Site Safety Officer for rescue personnel.
3. The rescuer/s must sign the permit and wear all the require PPE.
4. The rescuer/s will locate worker and then tie the safety line on his D ring.
5. On the rescuer/s signal the attendant will pull on the rope and the rescuer/s can guide
the casualty back to the opening.
6. Arriving at the opening the attendant and the rescuer will lift the casualty out of the
space.
7. As soon the casualty is on the floor starts administer first aid and CPR if needed.
9-154
Working at Heights Rescue Procedure A-D
A. If Elevating Work Platform is available on site:
1. Bring it to the site and use it to reach the suspended worker.
2. Ensure that rescue workers are protected against falling.
3. Ensure that the EWP has the load capacity for both the rescuer(s) and the victim.
4. If the victim is not conscious, 2 rescuers will be probably be needed to safely handle the
weight of the victim.
5. Position the EWP platform below the worker and disconnect his lanyard when it is safe
to do so.
6. Treat the victim for Suspension Trauma and any other injuries.
7. Arrange for transport to nearest hospital.
B. If no Elevating Work Platform is available:
1. Where possible, use ladder(s) to reach the victim.
2. Rig separate lifelines for rescuers to use while carrying out the rescue from the
ladder(s).
3. If worker is not conscious or cannot reliably help with his/her own rescue, at least 2
rescuers may be needed.
4. If worker is suspended from a lifeline, where possible, move the suspended victim to an
area that can be safely reached by the ladder(s).
5. If victim is suspended directly from his/her lanyard or from a lifeline, securely attach a
separate lowering line to the victim’s harness.
6. Other rescuers should lower the victim while he/she is being guided by the rescuer on
the ladder.
7. Once the victim has been brought to a safe location, administer First Aid and treat the
person for Suspension Trauma and any other injuries.
8. Arrange for transport to nearest hospital.
C. If the injured person is suspended near the work area and can be safely reached from
the floor below or the area they fell from:
1. Ensure that rescuers are protected against falling.
a. If possible, securely attach a second line to the workers’ harnesses to assist in
pulling them to a safe area.
b. (Note: at least 2 strong workers will be needed to pull someone up.)
2. Ensure that any slack in the retrieving lines is taken up to avoid slippage.
3. Once the victim has been brought to a safe location, administer First Aid and treat the
person for Suspension
4. Trauma and any other injuries and arrange for transport to the nearest hospital.
D. If a person has fallen and is suspended in an inaccessible area (e.g. a tower, against a
building or structure that has no openings):
1. Specialized rescue techniques are needed for this type of situation. It may involve a
rescuer rappelling or being lowered down to the victim, it may involve using the lifeline to
retrieve the fallen worker, or the use of high-reach emergency equipment.
2. Due to the inherent risk to the rescuers and/or the victim, this type of rescue should not
be undertaken by people without specialized training and experience.
3. Rescuers should immediately call 911 for help.
9-155
9-156
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Respiratory Equipment
Protecting workers from injuries associated with the improper use and care of respiratory
equipment
When hazardous airborne contaminants or an oxygen deficient atmosphere exists, proper
respiratory equipment must be utilized.
SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY
Supervisors are responsible to facilitate and/or provide proper instruction to their workers on
protection requirements and training.
 Selection of proper equipment
 Hazard assessment and corrective action done
 Work site inspection
WORKER RESPONSIBILITY







Ensure you are fully trained on respiratory equipment.
Ensure you are conversant with safe work procedures on how to self-check before using
and how to wear properly.
Inspect before each use.
Inspect after each use.
Ensure you have had annual fit test and are wearing proper size.
Ensure work masks are cleaned and disinfected after each use.
Ensure equipment is stored properly.
9-157
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Respiratory Equipment
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Revised by: Yvonne Croghan
Equipment Required: Respiratory Equipment
Material Required: Compressor, Air Line
Personal Protective Equipment: Mask, gloves, steel toed boots
Job Steps:
1. Inspect all equipment.
2. Inspect area around work area and post appropriate signage.
3. Put on respiratory gear and check positive and negative air before entering work area.
Replacing filters as needed.
4. Ensure all hazards are eliminated or identified in surrounding area.
5. Ensure aggress/egress routes are clear.
6. Once work is completed, clean and store equipment as per manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Refer to the required forms on the Company Intranet, Safety Zone, Forms.
9-158
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Riding Lawn Mowers
Purpose:
Protecting workers from injuries associated with use of riding lawn mowers. It is
important to read, understand and follow all safety practices in the manufacturer’s
manual, before starting and operating the unit. Ensure that the function of all controls is
understood, and know how to STOP in an emergency.
Guidelines:


























Operate the unit only when there is good visibility and light
Ensure that you have been fully trained on operation of the mower
Keep children away from the operating area
Clear area of operation of objects and debris. Thrown objects such as small branches
and rocks can cause injury or damage the machine. Blades can throw out material at a
rate of 330 km/hour, or 200 miles/hour
Ensure grass is dry before cutting
Test ride the machine and become familiar with it before engaging the mower blade
The operator-presence switch should stop the mower immediately when the control is
released
Check that the power take off, mower input driveline, drive belts, chains and gears are
all properly guarded. Repair or replace, before use, if necessary
Set mower at the highest cutting point when operating on rough ground, before starting
the mower
Run the engine at the lowest speed that will effectively do the job (reduces force of
thrown objects)
Frequently check the blade-mounting bolts for tightness
Check grass catcher bags for wear. Replace worn bags
Add fuel when the mower is turned off and the engine is cool
Restart engine at least 8 metres away from where refueling occurred, to avoid igniting
vapours
Disengage all attachment clutches and shift mower into neutral before starting engine
Mow straight up and down slopes, rather than sideways, for greater stability
Reduce speed on slopes and when turning corners
Mow very tall grass twice, at 90 degree angles if possible
Stop engine and inspect blades and shaft if the mower runs into a rock or stump.
Damaged blades can cause vibration, which can loosen the blades
When pulling loads, use approved hitch points. Limit load weight to size to what is
recommended by the manufacturer’s specifications
Do not carry passengers
Do not leave a lawn mower unattended if the engine is running
Do not mount or dismount while the mower is running
Do not smoke while operating equipment
9-159
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Riding Lawn Mower
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Lawn Mower
Material Required: Fuel Container, Garbage Bags
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and Hearing Protection, Safety glasses, Steel Toed
Boots, PPE as necessary
Job Steps:
2. Make sure grass is dry
3. Check the level of oil and gas in the lawn mower
4. Fill gas and oil if required
5. Check the air filter and clean it if needed
6. Inspect the guards and make sure they are in place
7. Start the mower as per manufacturer’s instructions
8. Cut the grass by starting along the perimeter
9. Cut the grass in opposing lines
10. Always mow in different directions
11. Check the grass collector from time to time and if full, empty into garbage bags
12. When all the grass is cut, turn off the engine
13. Clean your work area as necessary
9-160
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Rough Terrain Forklift – Using a Spreader Bar
The Spreader Bar is designed for use with rough terrain forklifts, with either straight mast or
extendable reach.
Before Use:
Make sure the operator is well qualified to operate the specific rough terrain forklift to be used,
has read and understands this manual and has reviewed the forklift operator’s manual for any
additional requirements, limitations, restrictions, or additional safety procedures prescribed by
the forklift manufacturer when using this type of attachment. The forklift operator must also be
properly certified under OSHA requirements to operate the forklift to be used.
Inspect the spreader bar to make sure it is in good condition. There must not be any broken
welds, deformation of the steel tube or other component, or any cracks in the steel. The
telescoping members should move in and out freely. Inspect swivel hooks and shackles to
make sure they are complete, are in good condition, and that shackle anchor screw pins are
screwed in tight. Make sure the spreader bar width adjustment pins are in place and have hairpins installed to secure them. Check to make sure the fork retaining pins have hair pins to
secure them in place as well. Check that all decals are in place and legible. The following decals
are required: “Empty Weight”, “Read Before Using” and “Rated Lift Capacity”.
Make sure personnel involved understand any hand signals that will be required and that all
involved personnel understand what will be required of them.
Ensure that the travel path is clear of obstructions and that adequate clearance will be
maintained from all power lines.
Caution:
Risks are high for serious injury when working around suspended loads or unloading/lifting rebar. The operator must avoid moving or carrying the load over/around people. This requires
that no one is allowed to be within 10 feet of the area when the load is being moved.
Do not allow anyone to ride on the spreader bar nor on the load being carried.
Do not make any repairs or modifications to the spreader bar without written authorization from
the manufacturer. Replacement of hooks, shackles, decals and hair-pins does not require
authorization.
Installation:
On the forks installation: Insert the forks into the fork pockets and then slide the spreader bar
all the way onto the forks so the pin tabs extend behind the back of the fork. Insert the fork
locking pins in each side and secure them with hair-pins to lock the spreader bar to the forks.
Suspended from a hook: The spreader bar can be attached to a hook thru the top hole in the
crown plate. It is recommended that the hook have a keeper to help secure the spreader bar. If
the hook is too large, a shackle may be required to make the connection.
9-161
Adjust the width: Adjust the bar to the desired width by removing the adjustment pins and
sliding out the inner section of the bar. The bar can be set for 8, 10, or 12 foot widths. There is a
stop to prevent the inner section from being slid all the way out of the center tube; however, the
spreader bar must not be used pulled all the way out to the stop. The inner section must be slid
in far enough to align the holes so the width adjustment pins can be installed and secured with a
hair-pin. The bar should be extended an equal distance on both sides.
Rated Capacities:
Rated capacities appear on the spreader bar decal(s). Be aware that these capacities are for
the spreader bar itself and do not in any way reflect the capacity of the forklift. Refer to the
forklift operator’s manual for capacity ratings and any limitations or restrictions when using this
type of attachment. Remember that the weight of the bar must be deducted from the lift
capacity of the forklift. If there is any question as to the forklift’s lifting capacities when using
this attachment, contact the forklift manufacturer for clarification.
Never exceed the rated capacities of the spreader bar. Never exceed the capacity of the forklift.
Make sure that the load rating for slings, chains, or straps used with the spreader are equal to or
exceed the rating of both the forklift and the spreader bar, if not; always limit the load to the
lowest rated part of the lifting system.
9-162
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Rough Terrain Forklift – Using a Spreader Bar
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Rough Terrain Forklift, Spreader Bar
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Before elevating the load, make sure the forklift mast or boom is level (vertical) – not
leaning to the right or left. Do not use the spreader bar when operating on a side slope.
2. Before the load is raised make sure slings, chains, or straps are properly secured and
are not twisted around each other or entangled.
3. The load must be picked up so that it is equally balanced and hangs level.
4. When lifting a load, guard against shock loading by taking up the slack in slings or
straps slowly. Prevent jerking at the beginning of the lift, and accelerate or decelerate
slowly.
5. Do not use the spreader bar to drag or pull a load.
6. Do not leave suspended loads unattended.
7. Take care that the load does not swing or come in contact with an obstruction.
8. Keep all personnel clear while the load is being raised, moved, or lowered. Forklift
operator should be watchful of the load at all times, especially when it is in motion.
9. Never allow more than one person to give signals to the forklift operator except to warn
of a hazardous situation.
10. Never raise or carry the load higher than necessary.
11. Never allow anyone to work under a suspended load.
12. Never exceed rated capacity of any part of the lifting system.
13. Never allow anyone to ride on spreader bar or on the load being carried.
14. Never move a load with anyone on the deck of a flat deck truck.
15. Do not slide or skid bundles from truck bed to ground.
16. Do not drag or drop bundles or individual bars.
17. Use a spreader bar for safety
9-163
9-164
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Routers – Hand Held
Routers have blades that rotate at high speed and can cause severe injury.
 At all times unplug your router when changing bits.
 Always put on ear and eye protection.
 Read and follow your Router manufacturer's safety and use instructions.
 Do not use bits that are dull or damaged. Always use sharp, high quality router bits.
 Your brain is the most influential tool in your workshop. Think your cuts and movements
before you cut. This helps you avoid injury, and it eliminates numerous scrap wood.
 Insert the shank of your router bit completely into the collet and then pull out
approximately 1/16" of the bit. In other words, don't "bottom-out" the bit in the collet or
partially insert the router bit into collet.
 Securely tighten the router bit in the collect. You should inspect periodically for possible
slippage because of wear.
 Never start the router with the bit in contact with a piece of wood.
 You should never put your work between the fence and the router bit. That is just asking
for trouble.
 Always feed your work in the proper direction, i.e. against the bit rotation. This is called
an anti-climb cut, which is right to left when facing your router table.
 Don't force feed the bit or overload your router, Feed at a constant moving speed to
avoid burning the wood.
 Do not face the router’s discharge path when operating.
 Keep collet clean and replace if worn.
 Use a router table and fence when feasible. Properly secure your work piece.
 Keep all your router bits and bearings, clean, lubricated and secure.
 Use a lower RPM as the size of the router bit increases.
9-165
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Routers – Hand Held
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Date: January 2015
Equipment Required: Router
Material Required:
Power outlet
Job Steps:
1. Always use a sharp bit. Dull edges make for more work. Clamp the work securely.
2. Fasten a piece of wood the same thickness as the work piece to your bench. Use it to
support the router and prevent wobbling, which can ruin your work.
3. Feed the router from left to right so that the cutting edge of the bit meets the wood first.
4. A deep pass can bind, burn the wood or twist the tool in your hands. Make a series of
shallow passes, gradually extending the bit.
5. Don't push the router. That causes the engine to slow, which in turn slows the blade.
You're more likely to get chips and splinters this way, and it's possible to burn the wood
this way as well.
6. Use an edge guide whenever possible - freehand cutting requires patience, steady
hands and practice.
7. Start routing somewhere other than on an edge (plunge cutting) by starting the motor
and lowering the spinning blade into the work.
9-166
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Skid Steer Bobcat
Skid Steer loaders put workers at risk of rollover and “runover” incidents. But they also have
features that expose workers to other risks of injury.
For example, your operator's seat and controls are between the lift arms and in front of the lift
arm pivot points. You must enter and exit from the loader through the front of the machine and
over the bucket. If you do not exit or enter properly, a foot or hand control may be activated and
may cause movement of the lift arms, bucket, or other attachment. Such an incident could
cause death or serious injury.
Also, the machine is very compact and places you close to the zone of movement for the lift
arms.




Only personnel certified and assigned to operation of the skid steer bobcat shall operate
the skid steer bobcat.
Perform a pre-use inspection once per day prior to use, and complete an inspection
checklist which is handed in to the Supervisor or Site Safety Officer.
Do not operate a skid steer bobcat that has a maintenance problem, or is not safe to
operate. Remove the key from the ignition switch and put an "Out of Service" tag on the
skid steer bobcat.
Regulations require all skid steer bobcat operators to wear seat belts when skid steer
bobcat in operation.
9-167
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Skid Steer Bobcat
Developed by: Tina McMurdo Date: June 15, 2012
Revised by: Mike Keogh Date: January 15, 2015
Equipment Required: Skid Steer Bobcat
Material Required:
N/A
Personal Protective Equipment: Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Vest
Job Steps:
Pre Operating Check
1. Make sure that you understand all manufacturers' warnings and instructions before you
operate the skid steer loader.
2. You must carry out a vehicle check prior to use. Procedures for carrying out a vehicle
check may be obtained by contacting your supervisor. In general terms, fluid levels are
to be checked, ensuring that there are no apparent leaks or damage to the vehicle. If the
leaks, for example, are minor in nature, they may be repaired by yourself (or mechanic).
If not, the Skid Steer Loader is to be tagged and reported to the supervisor.
3. Ensure that you are familiar with and follow safe operating procedures.
a. Clean windows, mirror, and lights.
b. Ensure that the backup alarm is functional.
4. Follow safe mounting procedures.
Operating The Vehicle
1. Seat belts—Make sure that the seat belt is secured around you whenever you occupy
the seat. The seat belt protects you in several ways. If seat belts are part of the
interlocked control system, they protect you from being caught and crushed between the
lift arms and frame. During rollovers, the seat belt keeps you within the protective
envelope of the Rollover Protective Structures (ROPS). The seat belt can also protect
you from leaning or being jostled into the operating zone of the lift arms and bucket.
2. Keep all walking and working surfaces clean and clear of debris.
3. Operate the loader from the operator's compartment—never from the outside.
4. Stay seated when operating the loader controls.
5. Work with the seat belt fastened and the restraint bar in place.
6. Keep your arms, legs, and head inside the cab while operating the loader.
7. When possible, plan to load, unload, and turn on level ground.
8. NEVER exceed the manufacturer's recommended load capacity for the machine.
9. Operate on stable surfaces only.
9-168
10. For maximum stability and visibility, travel and turn with the bucket in the lowest position
possible.
11. Avoid traveling across slopes; travel straight up or down with the heavy end of the
machine pointed uphill.
12. Always face the direction of travel.
13. Keep bystanders away from the work area. Be ever mindful of pedestrian traffic. This is
especially critical when driving on sidewalks. BE AWARE OF YOUR SURROUNDINGS.
14. NEVER modify or bypass safety devices.
15. Entering the Loader Safely:
a. Enter only when the bucket or other attachment is flat on the ground—or when
the lift-arm supports are in place.
b. Use supports supplied or recommended by the manufacturer.
c. When entering the loader, face the seat and keep a three-point contact with
handholds and steps. And
d. Never use foot or hand controls for steps or handholds.
16. Before leaving your operator's seat:
a. lower the bucket or other attachment flat to the ground,
b. set the parking brake, and
c. turn off the engine.
17. If you are unable to exit through the front of the machine, use the emergency exit
through the roof or across the back.
18. Keep the foot controls and your operator's compartment free of mud, ice, snow, and
debris.
19. Where reasonably practicable, never work alone. If you must work alone, ensure that
you are familiar with the Physical Plant work alone protocol.
20. Housekeeping–ensure that the cab of the vehicle is clear of debris before leaving your
shift.
The required forms are located on the Company Web, Fleet Maintenance
9-169
9-170
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Snow Blowers
Purpose:
Snow blowers are an efficient way of removing snow from paved surfaces that are too small for
a larger plow to reach. Snow blowers shouldn’t be used on gravel surfaces as they can pick up
and throw the stones at high speed. Plan snow clearing patterns around the direction of the
prevailing winds. While this can be difficult on some days, snow blowing is more efficient and
visibility is improved when you blow with the wind. Direct blowing snow away from people,
buildings and vehicles.
Protecting workers from injuries associated with use of snow blowers. It is important to read,
Guidelines:
Prior to Use:
 Don’t use a snow blower unless you have been properly trained and have read the
operator’s manual.
 Refer to the operator’s manual for regular maintenance recommendations.
 Always perform a circle check on the blower before loading it on the truck or trailer.
 Disengage attachment drive when travelling from one work area to another
 Be sure to take enough gasoline in an approved container.
 Use an approved fuel container for filling. Ensure that fuel cap is secure and spilled fuel
is cleaned up immediately
 Do not fuel the tank when engine is running, or when hot from operating. Do not fill or
drain fuel tank indoors
 Disconnect the spark plug wire before performing any maintenance tasks
 Check the oil levels and top up if necessary.
 Check the air filter regularly and clean or replace if necessary.
 Scan the area to be plowed and remove visible debris. Thrown objects such as small
branches and rocks can cause injury or damage the machine
 Be aware of the 15m danger zone around the blower and make sure no bystanders &
children are near.
 Allow unit and engine to adjust to outdoor temperature before clearing snow
During Use:
 Disengage all clutches before starting the engine
 Know how to stop the engine quickly in case of emergency.
 Protect yourself from carbon-monoxide poisoning by starting and running gasoline
powered snow blowers outside. Never leave the machine running in an enclosed area.
 Dislodging snow or ice from the auger or chute:
o Stop the engine and use a long stick to unclog wet snow and debris from the
machine. Do not use your hands to unclog the snow blower.
9-171








Always keep hands and feet away from all moving parts.
Use only approved extension cords and receptacles when starting units equipped with
an electric starter. Use only three-wire grounding systems
Avoid uneven and rough terrain and do not operate on steep slopes
Do not operate unit in reverse; always back up slowly
Do not leave a running unit unattended. Always shut off engine and remove the key
before leaving a unit
Use extreme caution on gravel surfaces. Adjust runners so a scraper blade does not
contact gravel
Keep movement slow and gradual; turn corners slowly
Run the unit for a few minutes after clearing snow, to prevent freeze-up of attachment
Clothing & PPE
 Wear a high visibility vest so you can be seen by others.
 Don’t wear loose pants, jackets or scarves which can get tangled in a snow blower’s
moving parts.
 Wear adequate winter garments and proper footwear that eliminates or reduces the
operator’s chance of slipping or falling.
9-172
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Snow Blower
Equipment Required: Snow Blower
Material Required: Fuel Container
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and Hearing Protection, Steel Toed Boots, Proper winter
clothing, PPE as necessary
Job Steps:
2. Make sure you are properly dressed for cold conditions
3. Make sure your clothing is tucked in
4. Know which direction the wind is blowing
5. Check fuel and oil levels. (DO NOT add fuel to a hot motor. Snow blower MUST be
cooled down first)
6. Fill fuel and oil if needed
7. Adjust the snow blower chute to ensure it will blow snow in the same way as the wind
8. Start the snow blower as per manufacturer’s instructions
9. Only clear ice and snow; slush can clog a snow blower run the snow blower for a few
minutes after you are done. This will help to remove any snow build up
10. Clean work area as necessary
9-173
9-174
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Solvents and Flammables
Cleaning solvents are used in day-to-day construction work to clean tools and equipment.
Special care must be taken to protect the worker from hazards which may be created from the
use of these liquids. Wherever possible, solvents should be nonflammable and nontoxic.
The foreman must be aware of all solvents/flammables that are used on the job, and be sure
that all workers who use these materials have been instructed in their proper use and any
hazard they pose. The following practices will apply when solvents/flammables are used:













Use nonflammable solvents for general cleaning.
When flammable liquids are used, make sure that no hot work is permitted in the area.
Store flammables and solvents in special storage areas.
Check toxic hazards of all solvents before use (MSDS).
Provide adequate ventilation where all solvents and flammables are being used.
Use goggles or face shields to protect the face and eyes from splashes or sprays.
Use rubber gloves to protect the hands.
Wear protective clothing to prevent contamination of worker’s clothes.
When breathing hazards exist, use the appropriate respiratory protection.
Never leave solvents in open tubs or vats. Return them to storage drums or tanks.
Ensure that proper containers are used for transportation, storage and the field use of
solvents/flammables.
Where solvents are controlled products, ensure that all employees using or in the vicinity
of use or storage are trained in the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
(WHMIS).
Ensure all WHMIS requirements are being met.
9-175
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Solvents and Flammables
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Solvent and Flammables
Material Required:
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye Protection
Job Steps:
1. Keep hazardous products out of reach of pets and children, but not so high that the risk
of dropping them is increased.
2. Store materials in containers recommended by the manufacturer. Keep them away from
other types of chemicals and in a cool, well-ventilated area to reduce vapor buildup.
3. Inspect the containers. Make sure they are labeled clearly and the containers are
undamaged.
4. Ensure that containers are sealed when not in use to prevent spills.
5. Look over your storage areas regularly. Be on the lookout for leaky containers, poor
ventilation and the smell of fumes.
6. Make sure shelves are made of corrosion-resistant material. It's a good idea to store
containers in corrosion-resistant trays as well.
9-176
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Spray Painting











Ensure you are fully trained.
Ensure you are acquainted with safe work procedures.
Follow manufacturer’s recommendations.
Ensure all sources of ignition are eliminated or controlled.
Ensure equipment is grounded.
Ensure area is ventilated.
Do not smoke around spray painting operations.
Ensure warning signs are in place.
Practice good housekeeping.
Use proper PPE when spray painting.
Follow spray painting safe work procedures step by step.
9-177
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Spray Painting
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Spray Painting equipment
Material Required: Paint, Respiratory Equipment
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye Protection.
Job Steps:
1. Protect areas adjacent to the area you're painting very well. Spraying puts a lot of paint
into the air, and it doesn't all go on the wall. It can drift like a fog and settle in places you
never wanted it to go - such as another room.
2. Seal the area if you're working inside. Outside, never spray on a windy day, and
walkways, and even the exposed sides of nearby building.
a. *Note that most airless sprayers work the same way: paint is poured into a
bucket or bin, and the pump runs it through a hose and out the nozzle in your
hand.
3. Pour the paint through a strainer into the bin or bucket; you don't want any lumps or odd
bits of non-paint material.
4. Thin the paint, but no more than recommended by the manufacturer or it won't cover
well.
5. Cover yourself very well, head to toe: wear long-sleeved shirts and possibly gloves.
Wear respirator equipment.
6. Start at a corner, work from the top down, and keep your strokes steady and smooth; a
lot of paint is going on the surface in a short period of time. It's better to paint several
light coats than one heavy one.
7. Take care not to create "columns" of paint; this is a result of too much overlapping.
9-178
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Starting Equipment






Everyone must read and understand operating manual before operating
Check all appropriate fluid levels on equipment.
Inspect equipment for leaks, loose belts, lights and signal operation.
Walk around the equipment to make certain the equipment is safe to start.
Climb into cab using the 3 point contact method and check for any danger. Do not
operate equipment if lockout tags are present.
Ensure the equipment gears are in neutral or park and the park or emergency brakes
are activated.
9-179
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Starting Equipment
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required:
Material Required: Pre Trip Inspection Form
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard Hat, Eye and Foot Protection, Hi Vis Vest
Job Steps:
1. The mechanic/operator will check all appropriate fluid levels in equipment.
2. The mechanic/operator will do a visual inspection of equipment pertaining to leaks, belts,
etc.
3. The mechanic/operator will do a walk around the equipment to make certain the
equipment is safe to start.
4. The mechanic/operator will climb on equipment using the three-point contact method
and check for any danger, such as “Do Not Operate” tags.
5. If there are no such tags on the equipment, then the mechanic/operator check to make
sure the equipment gears are in neutral and checks that the park and emergency brakes
are activated.
6. The mechanic/operator proceeds to start the machine.
7. Once engine is running at an idle, the mechanic/operator will check again all park and
emergency brakes and drop all hydraulic accessories such as blades, hoes, buckets,
etc.
8. The mechanic/operator will dismount using 3-point contact.
9-180
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Step Ladders












All portable ladders must be equipped with non-slip bases.
Ladders must be set up on a firm level surface. If the base is to rest on soft, uncompact
or rough soil, a mud sill shall be used.
When climbing up or down, workers must always face the ladder.
Unless suitable barricades have been erected, or other adequate protection provided,
ladders must not be set up in passageways, doorways, driveways or other locations
where they can be struck or bumped by persons or vehicles.
Ladders must not be erected on boxes, carts, tables, scaffold platforms, elevating work
platforms or on vehicles.
Metal ladders or ladders with wire reinforcing must not be used in the proximity of
energized electrical conductors.
Wooden ladders must be unpainted or finished with a clear non-conductive wood
preservative.
All ladders erected between levels must be securely fastened, extend 90 centimeters (3
feet) above the top landing and afford clear access at top and bottom.
Ladders with weakened, broken, bent or missing steps, broken or bent side rails, broken,
damaged or missing non-slip bases, or otherwise defective must not be used and must
be tagged and removed from the worksite.
Ladders must not be used horizontally as substitutes for scaffold planks, runways or any
other service for which they have not been designed.
Workers on a ladder must not straddle the space between the ladder and another object.
Three points of contact must always be maintained when climbing up or down a ladder
(two feet and one hand or one foot and two hands).
9-181
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Step Ladder
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Step Ladder
Material Required:
N/A
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Gloves, Eye and Foot Protection
Job Steps:
1. Fully open a stepladder and lock the braces.
2. Make sure that the feet of the ladder, particularly an extension ladder, are on a dry, even
surface.
3. Never use an aluminum ladder near live electrical sources.
4. Climb only as high as the ladder is designed for. Never climb past the point where your
hips are even with the top of the ladder.
5. Hold on to the sides of the ladder as you climb. Store tools in back pockets or a tool belt.
6. Never allow more than one person on a ladder, and don't let anyone stand below you
where you can drop something on him or her.
7. Heed all warnings and cautions from the manufacturer. These can be found on yellow or
orange safety labels on the side of the ladder.
9-182
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Stilts
Do’s

















Inspect stilts thoroughly before use, making sure that the structure is free of any sign of
damage, that there is no excessive wear at the connection points, and that all bolts are
tight.
Read Manufactures Recommendations prior to using product
Replace any damaged excessively worn stilt components before use.
Fasten the upper leg strap first when putting on the stilts.
Remove anything from the soles which could cause loss of traction.
Keep all straps tightly fastened and secured.
Remove stilts to adjust them unless assisted by another person.
Take short and distinct steps, making sure that the stilts are raised well clear of floor with
each step.
Walk forward only, making a U turn to reverse your direction.
Keep stilts adjusted properly.
Always look where you’re stepping.
Walk only on suitable hard surface and level terrain.
Cover or guard floor openings, stairwells, etc.
Remove stilts when climbing or descending stairs.
Receive assistance when retrieving objects from the floor.
Be cautious when working around low profile furniture and fixtures, pipes, protrusions,
etc.
Disconnnect upper leg straps last when removing stilts.
Don’ts















Wear stilts without having the proper instruction on their use.
Wear stilts that are uncomfortable or out of adjustment.
Wear stilts without having properly inspected them.
Wear stilts that have damaged, excessively worn or modified components.
Walk on oily or otherwise slippery surfaces.
Walk on sandy, rocky, uneven, muddy, or excessively soft terrain.
Work around uncovered floor openings, stairwells, etc.
Work in or around loose wire, rope, electric cords, paper sacks, broken glass, conduit,
etc.
Walk on secondary scaffolding, benches, planks, stairs, steps, stools
Carry heavy loads while walking on stilts.
Run or walk fast on stilts.
Pick up objects which are lower than foot level.
Wear stilts that are taller than necessary.
Become so overconfident that you fail to exercise caution.
Take steps so large that the action springs bottom out.
9-183
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Stilts
Developed by: Rick Bates, Jestine Senner Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Stilts
Material Required:
N/A
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, Gloves, Eye and Foot Protection
Job Steps:
1. Sit in a tall chair or area and carefully and thoroughly wind the wraps around your legs
and the tops of the stilts. Fasten the quick ties, making sure the stilts are securely
fastened to your legs.
2. Bring your feet and the stilts back toward your area/chair, place your hands on the arms
of your chair or walls for support, and lift your body off the seat to an upright stance.
3. Transfer your weight forward and up onto the stilts, bringing yourself to a standing
position. Work your way immediately to a wall and lean against it.
4. Place one palm on the wall and stand beside it on your stilts. Work on lifting one foot on
the stilts and then the other until you are comfortable with them.
5. Have your tools accessible and as you are working, keep an eye on your environment,
ensuring that there are no items in your work area. Housekeeping is very important at
this time.
6. Once your work has been completed using steps 1, 2 & 3 in reverse, remove the stilts
and store in a safe area.
9-184
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Table Saw






















Wear safety glasses, goggles or a face shield at all times while using the saw. If the
cutting operation is dusty, wear a dust mask.
Do not wear gloves while operating a table saw. Avoid long sleeves, ties, dangling
jewelry or any other loose fitting clothing while operating a table saw. The clothing could
get caught in the blade.
Wear non-slip footwear.
Use a push stick to cut stock that is 150 cm or less in width.
Use a stop block when you crosscut short lengths.
Position your body so that it is NOT in line with the blade. This is to avoid being injured
by flying sawdust, woodchips or the work.
The height of the blade should be set just slightly higher than the stock being cut. It
should never be more than 6mm above the height of the stock. This is to ensure that if
your hand slips you only receive a slight cut and do not lose a limb.
Always stand firmly on the floor and avoid any awkward operations. This is to avoid
falling into the blade by slipping or losing your balance.
Do not reach behind or over the blade unless it has stopped turning.
Do not leave the saw until the blade has come to a complete stop.
Always disconnect the power prior to changing the blade or performing any other
maintenance operation.
Make sure that the blade has stopped turning before you adjust the table saw.
After any adjustment, make sure that the blade is free before you turn on the power.
Ensure that the guides are positioned properly and that the tabletop is smooth and
polished.
Maintain the rip fence parallel to the blade so the stock will not bind on the blade and be
thrown.
Check the throat plate to ensure that it fits exactly and has a slot just slightly larger than
the blade. Never operate a table saw with the throat plate removed
Do not make free-hand cuts on the table saw. The stock must be guided through the
blade either by the rip fence or the miter gauge.
Keep the blades' guards, spreaders and ant kickback devices in place and operating
properly.
Work should be released only when it has gone past the blade.
o Whenever the stock is lifted or tilted above the surface of the table, the saw can
shake the stock, causing you to lose your grip.
o Losing your grip on a piece means that your hand can slip toward the saw blade
or the work can be forcefully kicked back towards you.
Check that the stock has no nails, knots screw, stones etc. in it prior to cutting into the
wood. These items can become projectiles and cause injury.
Do not use the fence and a mitre gauge at the same time, unless they are both on the
same side of the fence.
A circular table saw should be guarded with a hood (crown guard) that completely
covers the blade projecting above the table. The guard should ride the thickness of the
stock being cut, adjusting to the thickness of the stock.
9-185


The fence must not be adjusted while the saw is running.
While long stock is sometimes crosscut on a table saw, it is not a good practice. The
long stock may interfere with other operations and may be a hazard to other workers or
equipment. It is also difficult to support and is better cut on a swing saw, pull saw or
radial arm saw.
9-186
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Table Saw
Equipment Required: Table Saw
Material Required:
Power Outlet
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye and Hearing Protection
Job Steps:
1. Make sure you are using the correct blade and that it's properly seated and tightened.
Always use a sharp blade. Dull blades bind and overheat.
2. Check the blade guard. Is it in good shape and functioning properly? Make sure the
blade is in alignment.
3. Keep a high blade height. It's a common misconception that a low blade has less kick
back potential. This is untrue. The higher the blade, the fewer blade teeth in your stock
at any time, whereas a low blade height adds more teeth into the stock at once,
increasing torque behind a potential kick back.
4. Look for knots and nails before you begin. Avoid them if possible; if they cannot be
avoided, be cautious when approaching them.
5. Start the blade before it meets the work.
6. Stand to the side when you saw in case the wood is kicked back, and don't over-reach.
You should always have both feet planted firmly on the floor.
7. Don't push the wood into the blade; just feed it into the blade with a little pressure. Use a
push stick to keep your hands clear of the blade.
8. Press the work firmly against the guide fence as you cut. Always use the blade guards.
Wait for the blade to stop before removing it from the wood.
9-187
9-188
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Thawing of Frozen Ground using artificial methods









Ensure barricades and warning signs are in place.
Ensure no presence of flammable items such as wood, plastic, insulation, cardboard and
hydrocarbon products.
Ensure no presence of any electrical lines either above or below ground.
Ensure no presence of any infrared fire detection devices.
Ensure visibility is not restricted for workers and/or vehicles due to smoke and steam.
Check steam hose for secure connections and hose punctures.
Periodically check the depth of the thawing.
Use proper PPE when thawing frozen ground.
Follow thawing safe work procedure step by step.
9-189
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Thawing of Frozen Ground using artificial methods
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Heater, insulated blankets/tarps
Material Required:
Heater hoses
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard Hat, Eye and Foot Protection, Hi Vise Vests
Job Steps:
1. Prepare Site Scrape snow and ice from thaw site.
2. Position Heat Transfer Hose Space hose 2 feet on center over thaw site area.
3. Keep hoses and blankets clean
4. Place Insulation Blankets over area.
5. Prevent heat loss.
6. Monitoring equipment to prevent explosion and fire hazards.
9-190
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Tiger Torch











Employees will be properly and thoroughly trained before attempting to do work with a
torch.
Ensure fuel lines are in good working conditions.
Ensure proper cylinders are secured and regulators in place.
When not used for pre-heating operation, shut torch off.
Torches are not to be used for heating or thawing of lines where known hydrocarbons
are present.
Follow tiger torch safe work procedure step by step.
Use proper PPE as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Never put down a torch until the gases have been completely shut off.
Never open or turn the pressure adjusting screws on the regulators all the way out.
Always adjust flames at torch valves, not with regulator adjusting screws.
Inspect hoses and connections every day for leaks. Look for holes, cracks, and loose
cylinder fittings or track connectors.
Do not use steel wire or similar materials to clean tip orifices.
9-191
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Tiger Torch
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Tiger torch
Material Required: Fuel, line, cylinder
Personal Protective Equipment: Eye Protection, Gloves, Hard hat.
Job Steps:
Before igniting the flame of a torch:
1. Wait until all air has been discharged from the hose and torch
2. Then light the torch.
3. Light torches with friction lighters or other suitable lighters and not matches.
4. Point the tip away from people.
5. Check for leaks
6. Check regulators.
7. If a torch backfires, inspect it and clean the tip. If you find other problems, remove it from
service immediately. Take it to a qualified technician for repair.
NOTE: “Flashback” occurs when a flame burns back inside a torch, tip, hose, or regulator and
can cause a fire or explosion if it reaches the cylinder.
In case of flashback:
1. Close the valve at once.
2. Let the torch cool off.
3. Have the torch repaired or replaced.
USE PROPANE/BUTANE Torch Procedures
9-192
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Traffic Control
Use signs, flashing arrow boards, sign boards, buffer or shadow vehicles, barricades, cones,
barriers, detours, traffic lights, traffic control persons (TCPs) or other techniques and devices to
manage the flow of traffic.
Traffic Control Person or TCP
Means any person designated or assigned by the employer to direct traffic.
Our Responsibility
We must ensure that effective control is provided and used whenever traffic could be hazardous
to a worker.
Standards for Traffic Control
Traffic control equipment, arrangements, and procedures must meet the requirements of the
latest laws issued by the MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION.
Supervision
 The employer must ensure that whenever traffic control is required, all of the following
requirements are implemented:
 The traffic control arrangements and procedures for the work are made to all the people
involved in the work.
 The required traffic control devices and procedures are in place before the start of work
and are removed when they are no longer needed.
 Any person assigned to be a TCP is adequately trained in a manner acceptable to the
board.
 A TCP is positioned in a safe location clear of potential environmental hazards such as a
slide or avalanche
 If 2 or more TCPs are required to work as a team on the work site, responsibility for
coordination of changes in traffic flow is assigned.
Operations during day time
Each TCP must be provided with, and must use all of the following:
 A traffic control paddle which meets all of the requirements
 High visibility apparel meeting PPE standards
 Wrist and lower leg bands fitted with a minimum 5cm (2in) wide fluorescent retro
reflective strip about their entire circumference. (Not required for a traffic control person
performing this function on an emergency or a temporary basis and not as part of their
regular duties.)
 Safety headgear of a high visibility color with a strip of retro reflective tape across the top
from front to back and on the sides
 An effective means of communication when TCPs are not visible to each other (i.e.
radio)
9-193
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Traffic Control
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Signs, Barricades, Cones, TCP’s and detours
Material Required:
Barricade tape
Personal Protective Equipment: High Vise Vests, Hard Hat, Foot Protection
Job Steps:
1. Erect signs and barricades to direct traffic safely around worksite.
2. Restrict on site traffic
3. Obtain authorization to enter restricted work areas.
4. Vehicles should park pointed towards the exit with the doors closed, unlocked and the
keys in the ignition.
5. Prior, to operation, the operator must perform a walk around check of the vehicle.
6. Operate vehicles in a safe, courteous manner.
9-194
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Training





To train effectively use the 4 steps of training:
o Lecture
o Discussion
o Demonstration
o Exercise
Document all training on the forms that the company provides.
Be open and encouraging to questions.
Do not give a list of instructions and leave the worker alone.
Take your time and be patient.
9-195
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Training
Equipment Required: Training Manual
Material Required: Training Forms
Personal Protective Equipment: As determined by work scope
Job Steps:
1. Supply new employees with reading material. The most critical part of employee training
and development is retention of the training information. A new staff member has a great
deal to absorb. The ability to refer back to printed information can help the process.
2. Walk through procedures several times. Explain each step thoroughly and encourage
questions. When the new recruit is ready, have him or her perform the tasks as you
watch. Correct mistakes kindly; it takes time to learn a new set of procedures.
3. Explain the reasoning behind step-by-step procedures. New employees pick up
procedures faster when they understand the reasoning behind them.
4. Assign a mentor. The "sink or swim" approach rarely works among employee training
techniques. Assigning a guide to ease the transition to independent working helps the
new employee acclimate to the position while freeing your time for other duties.
5. Give credit where it's due. As your new employee masters job skills, praise his or her
efforts. A feeling of appreciation can go a long way in employee training and
development.
9-196
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Transportation of Flammable Liquids
Handling of Flammable Liquids
 Obtain and read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) for all of the materials you
work with.
 Be aware of all of the hazards (fire/explosion, health, chemical reactivity) of the materials
you work with.
 Know which of the materials that you work with are flammable or combustible.
 Eliminate ignition sources (sparks, smoking, flames, hot surfaces) when working with
flammable and combustible liquids.
 Use the smallest amount of flammable liquid necessary in the work area.
 Keep storage areas cool and dry.
 Store flammable and combustible liquids away from incompatible materials (e.g.,
oxidizers).
 Use approved containers for disposal of rags and other work.
 Store, handle and use flammable and combustible liquids in well-ventilated areas.
 Use approved equipment, including labeled safety containers, for flammable and
combustible liquids.
 Keep containers closed when not in use.
 Bond and ground metal containers when transferring flammable and combustible liquids.
 Practice good housekeeping and equipment maintenance. Keep area clear of burnable
materials.
 Wear the proper personal protective equipment for each of the jobs you do.
 Know how to handle emergencies (fires, spills, personal injury) involving the flammable
and combustible liquids you work with.
 Follow the Health & Safety rules that apply to your job.
9-197
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Transportation of Flammable Liquids
Equipment Required: Containers, labels, TDG training
Material Required:
Flammable Liquids
Job Steps:
1. Ensure TDG Trained.
2. Ensure shipping and documentation in place.
3. Ensure labels and placards as per TDG regulations.
4. Flammable liquids must be transported and stored in approved containers bearing CSA,
ULC and WHIMIS labels.
5. Ensure flammable liquids are not carried in passenger compartment of a vehicle.
6. Ensure that the containers are not damaged and that caps or fittings are properly
secured after filling.
7. Ensure contained in an upright position and are secured to prevent overturning.
8. Follow flammable liquid transportation safe work procedure step by step.
Refer to these required forms on the Seymour Intranet under folders Health & Safety/All
Forms by Number
9-198
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Trestle Scaffold













Scaffold must have a safe means of access and egress.
Under NO circumstance should anyone climb the braces or frames.
Only use Trestle Scaffold for light duty.
All persons must have controlled movement of multiple persons,
I.e. do not walk around others on a 2-plank platform.
Prevent inadvertent impact by persons by using dedicated travel paths
Monitor weather conditions (if working outside)
Prevent slips and trips by wearing appropriate footwear and keeping the platform clear of
debris.
Have good lighting
Prevent risk of injury from falling objects, ensuring there is no work or activity below or
above the work area.
Have a safe means to load material onto the platform, using mechanical means when
possible.
Prevent injury from repetitious twisting and lifting, using regular breaks.
Maintain appropriate distance from any electrical or power lines.
9-199
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Trestle Scaffold
Equipment Required: Trestle Scaffold
Material Required: Pre use Inspection Form
Job Steps:
1. Each scaffold plank will be installed so that the space between adjacent planks and the
space between the platform and uprights is no more than one inch wide.
2. Except for outrigger scaffolds (3 inches) and plastering and lathing operations (18
inches), the front edge of all platforms will not be more than 14 inches from the face of
the work, unless we have a guardrail or personal fall arrest system in place that meets
regulations.
3. Each platform on all working levels of scaffolds shall be fully planked or decked between
the front uprights and the guardrail supports as follows:
4. Each platform unit shall be installed so that the space between adjacent units and the
space between the platform and the uprights is no more than 1 inch.
5. Before the scaffold is use, direct connections shall be evaluated by a competent person
who shall confirm, based on the evaluation, that the supporting surfaces are capable of
supporting the loads to be imposed.
Refer to required forms on the Seymour Intranet under folders Health & Safety/All Forms
by Number
9-200
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Truck Operators
The company shall ensure that all vehicle operators and their equipment meet all
operational and maintenance requirements under the following:
 Motor Vehicle Administration Act
 Highway Traffic Act
 Occupational Health & Safety Act
 Motor Transport Act
 National Safety Code Standards
 All Relevant legislation, i.e. Log Books, Pre Trip Inspection, weight restrictions.















Only competent Truck Drivers or competent Equipment Operators are to operate
company equipment.
All Operators must comply with all company safety policies and procedures.
A laborer shall be designated to assist where high ambient noise levels or poor visibility
interferes with a Truck Driver’s ability to see objects on all sides of the equipment during
the loading /unloading process.
Designated Laborers are to ensure that eye contact and confirmed communication is
carried out with the Truck Driver PRIOR to entering the 6 meter equipment “danger
zone”.
Equipment shall be lined up with the trailer and ramps so that no turning shall be
necessary during loading & unloading.
For any loading and unloading the trailer must be secure from movement, the load must
be balanced (side to side) and the trailer wheels must be parked on hard, level and
stable ground so as to further ensure the deck in remains level.
The truck and trailer shall have their parking brakes applied during loading and
unloading.
If a trailer is equipped with an air ride system, the system must be deflated prior to
loading and unloading.
Equipment tracks must be appropriately clear of snow, ice and mud prior to loading and
unloading.
No one shall be allowed to stand to either side of the trailer deck, in the potential fall
zone of equipment during the loading or unloading process.
All Truck Drivers must carefully inspect the equipment. Equipment deficiencies are to be
reported to the Site Supervisor immediately. Do not operate equipment, which is in an
unsafe condition.
Three-point contact is to be used when mounting and dismounting equipment, including
truck cabs and trailer decks.
Only the person operating the controls is to be on the equipment when it is being loaded
or unloaded.
Seat belts which are supplied by the equipment manufacturer shall be worn when
operating any trucks or equipment.
When crossing any balance point, progress is to be kept slow and steady. Any sudden
movements, stopping, acceleration, decelerating and turning are to be avoided.
9-201





Unnecessary movement of the equipment while on the trailer deck shall be avoided.
Chains are not to be used for lifting or towing. They are difficult to visually inspect and as
such have the potential to unexpectedly break while under tension. Chain is only to be
used for securement purposes and only grade 70 chains (or higher) shall be employed.
Lever-style boomers are not to be used. Levers have the high potential to snap
unexpectedly to the open position when tension is being applied which could result in
serious injury. Only ratchet style boomers are to be used.
Prior to transport, decks, platforms, steps, ramps and equipment shall be cleared of any
oil, grease, ice, snow, dunnage, loose tools, gravel as well as any other loose items.
All loads must be fully secure, regardless of the distance being travelled.
9-202
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Truck Operations
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Truck and/or Trailer
Material Required:
Valid license
Personal Protective Equipment: As work scope defines
Job Steps:
1. A circle check around the truck/trailer must be completed.
2. A daily pre trip inspection must be completed.
3. A daily log book must be completed.
a. *Legislation requirements for that area must be considered.
4. Operate truck as per manufacture recommendations.
9-203
9-204
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Vehicles















Operator must have valid driver license.
Use a seat belt at all times – driver and passenger(s).
Be well-rested before driving.
Avoid taking medications that make you drowsy.
Set a realistic goal for the number of miles that you can drive safely each day.
If you are impaired by alcohol or any drug, do not drive.
Stay Focused
Driving requires your full attention. Avoid distractions, such as adjusting the radio or
other controls, eating or drinking, and talking on the phone.
Continually search the roadway to be alert to situations requiring quick action.
Stop about every two hours for a break. Get out of the vehicle to stretch, take a walk,
and get refreshed.
Avoid aggressive driving
All traffic signs and regulations must be obeyed.
Only authorized personnel are permitted to operate or ride in company motorized
equipment.
All company vehicles must have an ABC fire extinguisher.
Reduce your stress by planning your route ahead of time (bring the maps and
directions), allowing plenty of travel time, and avoiding crowded roadways and busy
driving times.
9-205
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Vehicles
Equipment Required: Vehicles
Material Required:
Valid License
Job Steps:
1. Perform a vehicle circle check and pre use inspection.
2. Follow all manufacture recommendations.
3. Follow all traffic laws and local legislation rules.
Required forms are located on the Company Web, Fleet, Fleet Information
9-206
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Winter Driving














Ensure you have a valid operator’s license.
Be conversant with traffic laws and applicable regulations.
Drive defensively.
Back in when practical.
Ensure the vehicle has an emergency road kit.
Clear snow from all windows, lights and mirrors, when required.
Avoid using cruise control on icy roads.
Accelerate and brake gently to reduce skids or spinouts.
Ensure winter clothing does not restrict movement, vision or hearing.
Ensure fuel tank is full when possible.
Ensure you are familiar with the installation of snow chains, if applicable.
Monitor weather reports, road conditions.
Do not operate a cell phone while driving.
Refer to Working Alone procedure when driving in isolated areas.
9-207
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Winter Driving
Equipment Required:
Material Required:
Job Steps:
1. Make certain your battery is holding an adequate charge, since batteries are less
efficient and engines more demanding in cold conditions.
2. Be sure your tires are adequate for whatever climate you live in. For most regions, allseason tires with plenty of tread are adequate, but mountainous and northern places
often call for snow or studded tires.
3. Regular check tire pressure in frigid weather. Tires lose roughly 1 pound per square inch
of pressure with each 10-degree temperature decline. Never reduce tire pressure in an
effort to increase traction in snow, ice or mud.
4. Make sure your windshield wipers and defroster are in good repair and that your washer
reservoir is filled with antifreeze washer fluid (not all washer fluid has antifreeze
capability). Keep snow and ice from accumulating on windshields, windows, rearview
mirrors and headlights
5. Be sure your radiator contains an adequate mixture of water and antifreeze for utmost
protection.
6. Brake, accelerate and turn slowly. Keep plenty of distance between cars. You never
know when you will hit an icy spot.
7. Pump the brakes slowly and gently if your car lacks antilock brakes. If you start to skid,
let up on the gas and the brake, then shift into neutral. If your rear wheels are skidding,
turn smoothly in the direction you want to go. If the front wheels are skidding, avoid
steering until the car slows enough for the tires to regain traction.
9-208
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Wood Scaffolds
The construction of wood scaffold is closely regulated by Legislation. Materials and material
dimensions are specified in detail in the O. H. & S. General Safety Regulations.
Because the construction of scaffolds can vary greatly, they are sometimes built in a haphazard
manner. To avoid this, the following Safe Work Practices are stated:









Construction, alteration, design and removal of wood scaffolds is to be done by
competent workers.
The material used to construct these scaffolds should be sound, close grained and
finished on all four sides.
The scaffold must be capable of supporting four (4) times the load that might be imposed
on it.
All component parts should be tight together and properly fixed to each other.
Proper perimeter railing must be set in place: top rail - intermediate rail - toe board.
Scaffold work platforms shall be at least 500 millimeters wide for light duty and 1 meter
wide for heavy-duty scaffolds.
When used as a scaffold work platform, planks shall be secured from movement by
cleats or by being wired in place.
Safe access and egress is to be provided to all work platforms by the use of ladders.
Scaffold work platforms shall not span more than 3.1 metres on light duty scaffolds or
2.3 metres on heavy-duty scaffolds.
NOTE: In cases where Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. (SPD) employees are required to
use previously constructed wood scaffolds, documented proof of adequate engineering will be
attained prior to use.
9-209
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Using Scaffolding
Date: Sept 2, 2009
Equipment Required: Scaffolding
Material Required:
Planks or walkways
Personal Protective Equipment: Gloves, Eye and Foot Protection
Job Steps:
1. Inspect the area where scaffolding will be set up--it should be firm and stable. Use wide
wooden boards to support the screw jacks which are used for fine adjustment of rolling
and stationary scaffolding. Never use stacks of wood blocks or other materials as the
base for the screw jacks.
2. Slip the first level of frame sets over the screw jacks. Tie a string line on the bottom of
the frame to check to see if it is level. Use the screw jacks to adjust the level.
3. Nail the screw jacks to the wooden boards used as a base.
4. Install cross braces. These fit and lock the posts to each other with pins across the
length of the scaffolding.
5. Secure the posts to the building for every 16 feet of scaffolding height. Use special wall
tie in brackets that clamp onto the scaffolding and bolt into the studs in the wall.
6. Use plank-grade lumber or aluminum or plywood planks for the walkways.
7. Install guardrails placed 19 and 42 inches above the walkways. Use manufacturersupplied guardrails or 2 inch by 2 inch lumber securely tied with #18 tie-wire. Enclose
the open ends with guardrails that extend the width of the scaffolding and all the way to
the building.
8. Do not use the scaffolding as an access ladder. Place a ladder against the scaffolding
and secure with #18 tie-wire.
9. Train your helpers and yourself to inspect the scaffolding prior to using it each workday
and before using for the first time after assembly.
9-210
SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Working at Heights











Ensure all workers and supervisors have participated in the Fall Protection Plan.
Ensure all workers wearing fall protection equipment has properly inspected equipment
and has documented that inspection using form 104.
Ensure that all workers have reviewed the chapter Fall Protection located in the
company safety manual.
Be fully trained with fall protection systems.
Ensure you know your capabilities of fall protection equipment.
Ensure barricades, ribbons and signs identify restricted areas.
Ensure you understand the procedures for rescue of workers who may be unable to
rescue themselves from an elevated work area.
Ensure all workers have reviewed the Rescue Procedures.
If working above 10 feet (3 meters) See Fall Protection Chapter
If work is below 10 feet (3meters) but can still result in serious injury see Fall Protection
Chapter and follow all policies and procedures.
If work is below the 10 feet (3 meters) using equipment such as ladders, scaffolds, refer
to the section on the safe work procedures for the equipment you are using.
9-211
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
Job: Working at Heights
Equipment Required: As defined in work scope
Material Required: As defined in work scope
Personal Protective Equipment: Hard hat, gloves, eye and foot protection, fall arrest (If
needed)
Job Steps:
1. In general, working at heights can be broken down into three broad safety hazard areas.
They are as follows:
a. Working at heights – fall protection
b. Working with ladders
c. Working with scaffolding
2. Individual sections are provided in Safe Work Procedures for each.
3. Working at Height above 10 feet (3 meters)
a. See Fall Protection Chapter for Policy, Procedures and Practices
b. Complete Fall Protection Plan.
c. Complete Fall Protection Plan with Fire Department.
4. Working below 10 feet (3meters)
a. (If the fall could result in serious injury) see Fall Protection Chapter
b. Follow Ladder policy, procedures and practices for the type you are using.
c. Follow Scaffolding policy, procedures and practices if needed.
d. Using even and firm ground for an equipment set up.
e. Ensure that a hazard assessment has been completed using.
f. Scope of work is defined and all workers are informed.
9-212
Chapter 10 Health Monitoring
Health Monitoring
Where there is risk to safety or health of an employee management will do what is reasonably
practicable to eliminate the risk or hazard through.
 the design of the workplace;
 the design of the process; or
 the use of engineering controls.
For example: isolating hearing test for all works exposed to noise at 80-90dBA for 8 hours
Hearing Conservation Program
The management will provide:
 a risk assessment to help decide what is needed to ensure the health and safety of
employees who are exposed to noise.
 employees with information, instruction and training
 Hearing protection devices (HPD) to all employees exposed to noise hazards and
ensure protection is available and used by all persons entering noise hazard areas
 Noise hazards signs and ensure they are posted in areas which require hearing
protection
 Annual hearing assessment tests for employees at risk
Exposure to Cold
Introduction
Working in cold weather could be dangerous to the untrained and to people without adequate
winter clothing. For a well informed and prepared worker, winter work can be enjoyable and
fulfilling. To cope with winter, stay active, dress warmly and follow safety rules.
This guideline is intended to assist supervisors, workers and other workplace contractors by
providing information on the health effects of working in cold weather, exposure limits and
personal protective equipment etc. so that appropriate measures can be taken to protect
workers.
Cold Can Affect Work Performance
Uncomfortably cold working conditions can lead to lower work efficiency and higher accident
rates. Cold impairs the performance of complex mental tasks. Manual tasks are also impaired
because the sensitivity and dexterity of fingers are reduced in the cold. At even lower
temperatures, the cold affects the deeper muscles resulting in reduced muscular strength and
10-1
stiffened joints. Mental alertness is reduced due to cold-related discomfort. For all these reasons
accidents are more likely to occur in very cold working conditions.
Health Effects of Exposure to Cold
Cooling of body parts may result in various cold injuries, which are grouped in non-freezing and
freezing injuries. Toes, fingers, ears and nose are at greatest risk because these areas do not
have major muscles to produce heat. If the eyes are not protected with goggles in high wind chill
conditions, the corneas of the eyes may freeze.
Examples of 'Non-freezing' Cold Injuries
 Non-freezing cold injuries include chilblain, immersion foot and trench foot.
 Chilblains are a mild cold injury caused by prolonged and repeated exposure for several
hours to air temperatures from above freezing (0°C or 32°F) to as high as 16°C (or about
60°F). In the affected skin area there will be redness, swelling, tingling, and pain.
 Immersion foot occurs in individuals whose feet have been wet, but not freezing cold, for
days or weeks. It can occur at temperatures up to 10°C (50°F). The primary injury is to
nerve and muscle tissue. Symptoms include tingling and numbness; itching, pain,
swelling of the legs, feet, or hands; or blisters may develop. The skin may be red initially
and turn to blue or purple as the injury progresses. In severe cases, gangrene may
develop.
 Trench foot is "wet cold disease" resulting from prolonged exposure in a damp or wet
environment from above the freezing point to about 10°C (50°F). Depending on the
temperature, an onset of symptoms may range from several hours to many days but the
average is three days. Trench foot is more likely to occur at lower temperatures whereas
an immersion foot is more likely to occur at higher temperatures and longer exposure
times. Symptoms are similar to an immersion foot.
Examples of 'Freezing' Injuries
 Frostnip is the mildest form of a freezing cold injury. It occurs when ear lobes, noses,
cheeks, fingers, or toes are exposed to the cold and the top layers of a skin freeze. The
skin of the affected area turns white and it may feel numb. The top layer of skin feels
hard but the deeper tissue still feels normal (soft). Frostnip can be prevented by wearing
warm clothing and foot wear. It is treated by gentle rewarming (e.g., holding the affected
tissue next to unaffected skin of the victim or of another person).
 As for all cold-induced injuries, never rub the affected parts - ice crystals in the tissue
could cause damage if the skin is rubbed. Do not use very hot objects such as hot water
bottles to rewarm the area or person.
 Frostbite is a common injury caused by exposure to extreme cold or by contact with
extremely cold objects (especially those made of metal). Frostbite occurs when tissue
temperature falls below the freezing point (0°C/32°F), or when blood flow is obstructed.
Blood vessels may be severely and permanently damaged, and blood circulation may
stop in the affected tissue. In mild cases, the symptoms include inflammation of the skin
in patches accompanied by slight pain. In severe cases, there could be tissue damage
without pain, or there could be burning or prickling sensations resulting in blisters.
10-2
Frostbitten skin is highly susceptible to infection, and gangrene (local death of soft
tissues due to loss of blood supply) may develop.’
Hypothermia
The most severe cold injury is hypothermia which occurs from excessive loss of body heat and
the consequent lowering of the inner core temperature (internal temperature of the body).
Hypothermia can be fatal.
Refer to the table below on the stages of hypothermia and respective symptoms:
Stage
Mild
Hypothermia
Moderate
Hypothermia
Core
Temperature
37.2-36.1ºC
(99 - 97ºF)
36.1-35ºC
(97 - 95ºF)
35-33.9ºC
(95 - 93ºF)
33.9-32.2ºC
(93 - 90ºF)
Severe
Hypothermia
32.2-30ºC
(90 - 86ºF)
30-27.8ºC
(86 - 82ºF)
27.8-25.6ºC
(82 - 78ºF)
25.6-23.9ºC
(78 - 75ºF)
Signs & Symptoms
Normal, shivering may begin.
Cold sensation, goose bumps, unable to perform complex
tasks with hands, shivering can be mild to severe, hands
numb.
Shivering, intense, muscles incoordination becomes
apparent, movements slow and laboured, stumbling pace,
mild confusion, may appear alert. Use sobriety test, if
unable to walk a 9 meter (30 foot) straight line, the person
is hypothermic.
Violent shivering persists, difficulty speaking, sluggish
thinking, amnesia starts to appear, gross muscle
movements sluggish, unable to use hands, stumbles
frequently, difficulty speaking, signs of depression,
withdrawn.
Shivering stops, exposed skin blue or puffy, muscle
coordination very poor, inability to walk, confusion,
incoherent/irrational behaviour, but may be able to
maintain posture and appearance of awareness
Muscle rigidity, semiconscious, stupor, loss of awareness
of others, pulse and respiration rate decrease, possible
heart fibrillation.
Unconscious, a heartbeat and respiration erratic, a pulse
may not be obvious.
Pulmonary edema, cardiac and respiratory failure, death.
Death may occur before this temperature is reached.
Prevention of the Adverse Effects of Cold
For continuous work in temperatures below the freezing point, heated warming shelters such as
tents, cabins or rest rooms should be available. The work should be paced to avoid excessive
sweating. If such work is necessary, proper rest periods in a warm area should be allowed and
employees should change into dry clothes. New employees should be given enough time to get
acclimatized to cold and protective clothing before assuming a full work load.
The risk of cold injury can be minimized by proper equipment design, safe work practices and
appropriate clothing. The following is a summary of actions.
10-3
Equipment Design
For work below the freezing point, metal handles and bars should be covered by thermal
insulating material. Also, machines and tools should be designed so that they can be operated
without having to remove gloves.
Education
Workers and supervisors involved with work in cold environments should be informed about
symptoms of adverse effect exposure to cold, proper clothing habits, safe work practices,
physical fitness requirements for work in cold, and emergency procedures in case of cold injury.
While working in cold, a buddy system should be used. Look out for one another and be alert for
the symptoms of hypothermia.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for Working in the Cold Clothing
 Protective clothing is needed for work at or below 0°C. Clothing should be selected to
suit the temperature, weather conditions (e.g., wind speed, rain), the level and duration
of activity, and job design. If the work pace is too fast or if the type and amount of
clothing are not properly selected, excessive sweating may occur and the insulation of
the clothing will decrease dramatically. This increases the risk for cold injuries.
 Clothing should be worn in multiple layers which provide better protection than a single
thick garment. The air between layers of clothing provides better insulation than the
clothing itself.
 The inner layer should provide insulation and be able to "wick" moisture away from the
skin to help keep it dry. Thermal underwear made from polyesters or polypropylene is
suitable for this purpose.
 The additional layers of clothing should provide adequate insulation for the weather
conditions under which the work being done. They should also be easy to open or
remove before you get too warm to prevent excessive sweating during strenuous
activity.
 For work in wet conditions, the outer layer of clothing should be waterproof. If the work
area cannot be shielded against wind, an easily removable windbreak garment should
be used.
 Almost 50 percent of body heat is lost through the head. A Wool knit cap or a liner made
to wear with a hard hat can reduce excessive heat loss.
 Clothing should be kept clean since dirt fills air cells in fibres of clothing and destroys its
insulating ability.
 Clothing must be dry. Moisture should be kept off clothes by removing snow prior to
entering heated shelters. While the worker is resting in a heated area, perspiration
should be allowed to escape by opening the neck, waist, sleeves and ankle fasteners or
by removing outerwear. If the rest area is warm enough it is preferable to take off the
outer layer(s) so that the perspiration can evaporate from the clothing.
10-4


If fine manual dexterity is not required, gloves should be used below 0°C for light work
and below -7°C for moderate work. For work below -17°C, gloves should be used at all
times.
Cotton is not recommended. It tends to get damp or wet quickly, and loses its insulating
properties. Wool and synthetic fibres, on the other hand, do retain heat when wet.
Footwear
Felt-lined, rubber bottomed, leather-topped boots with removable felt insoles are best suited for
heavy work in cold since leather is porous, allowing the boots to "breathe" and let perspiration
evaporate. Leather boots can be "waterproofed" with some products that do not block the pores
in the leather. However, if work involves walking and standing in water, the waterproof boots
must be worn.
Socks
You may prefer to wear one pair of thick, bulky socks or two pairs - one inner sock of silk, nylon,
or thin wool and a slightly larger, thick outer sock. Liner socks made from polypropylene will
help keep feet dry and warmer by wicking sweat away from the skin. However, as the outer
sock becomes damper, its insulation properties decrease. If work conditions permit, have extra
socks available so you can dry your feet and change socks during the day. If two pairs of socks
are worn, the outer sock should be a larger size so that the inner sock is not compressed.
Face and Eye Protection
In extremely cold conditions, where face protection is used, eye protection must be separated
from the nose and mouth to prevent exhaled moisture from fogging and frosting eye shields or
glasses. Select protective eye wear that is appropriate for the work you are doing, and for
protection against ultraviolet light from the sun, glare from the snow, blowing snow/ice crystals,
and high winds at cold temperatures.
Additional prevention tips
 To prevent excessive sweating while working, remove clothing in the following order:
o gloves (unless you need protection from snow or ice), headgear then open the
jacket at the waist and wrists, and remove layers of clothing.
 As you cool down, follow the reverse order of the above steps.
 Prevent contact of bare skin with cold surfaces (especially metallic) below -7°C as well
as avoiding skin contact when handling evaporative liquids (gasoline, alcohol, cleaning
fluids) below 0°C. Sitting or standing still for prolonged periods should also be avoided.
 Balanced meals and adequate liquid intake are essential to maintain body heat and
prevent dehydration. Eat properly and frequently.
 Drink fluids often especially when doing strenuous work. For warming purposes, hot
non-alcoholic beverages or soup are suggested. Caffeinated drinks such as coffee
should be limited because it increases urine production and contributes to dehydration.
Caffeine also increases the blood flow at the skin surface which can increase the loss of
body heat.
 Alcohol should not be consumed as it causes expansion of blood vessels in the skin and
impairs the body's ability to regulate temperature (it affects shivering that can increase
10-5
your body temperature). These effects cause the body to lose heat and thus increase
the risk of hypothermia.
Emergency Procedures
Procedures for providing first aid and obtaining medical care should be clearly outlined. For
each site, at least one trained person should be assigned the responsibility of attending to
emergencies.
First Aid Measures
Applicable First aid if someone has frostbite:
 First aid for frostbite, as well as for immersion or trench foot, includes:
 Move the affected person from the source of exposure to a warm area.
 Seek medical attention, if needed.
 Gently loosen or remove constricting clothing or jewellery that may restrict circulation.
 Loosely cover the affected area with a sterile dressing. Place some gauze between
fingers and toes to absorb moisture and prevent them from sticking together.
 Wrap the person in a blanket or warm clothing.
 Warm the affected area gradually using warm water or body heat.
 DO NOT rub area or apply dry heat.
 DO NOT break any blisters
 DO NOT allow the victim to drink alcohol or smoke.
Applicable first aid for hypothermia:
 Hypothermia is a medical emergency. At the first sign, find medical help immediately.
The survival of the victim depends on their co-workers ability to recognize the symptoms
of hypothermia. The victim is generally not able to notice his or her own condition.
 First aid for hypothermia includes the following steps:
 Call 9-1-1. Seek medical help immediately.
 Remove the person from the source of exposure if safe to do so.
 Ensure that wet clothing is removed.
 Place the victim between blankets (or towels, newspaper, etc.) so the body temperature
can rise gradually. Body-to-body contact can help warm the victim's temperature slowly.
 Cover the person's head and neck.
 Give warm, sweet (caffeine-free, non-alcoholic) drinks unless the victim is rapidly losing
consciousness, unconscious, or convulsing.
 Do not attempt to rewarm the victim on site (e.g., do not use hot water bottles or electric
blankets).
 Perform CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation) if the victim stops breathing. Continue to
provide CPR until medical aid is available. The body slows when it is very cold and in
some cases, hypothermia victims that have appeared "dead" have been successfully
resuscitated.
10-6

If site has AED and CPR is provided along with an AED, hypothermic person receives
only one shock.
10-7
Heat Stress
Purpose
This policy describes the practices in place to ensure workers on company worksites do not
experience symptoms of heat stress by educating, performing heat stress surveys and
implementing work-rest regimes (cycles).
This policy provides an effective heat stress prevention program (exposure control plan) as
required by WorkSafe OH&S Regulation (OH&SR).
Heat Stress
Required:
 When workers are or may be exposed to heat at levels that could cause heat related
disorders, as per WorkSafe OH&SR
Education and Training
 Site Safety Officers and supervisor shall ensure that all employees receive heat stress
awareness education:
 Employees who work in offices will not require training unless they routinely visit
worksites.
Control Measures
 Supervisors will need to select one of the appropriate control options when workers are
or may be exposed to heat at levels that could cause heat related disorders.
 Administrative Controls
o Administrative controls minimize heat stress risks by controlling work schedules,
work locations and work procedures. Examples include:
 Scheduling: Where possible schedule hot tasks for cooler parts of the
day/night
 Duration of work: Shorten exposure time and use frequent rest breaks
 Rotating personnel: To reduce exposure time
 Rest area: Provide cool (air-conditioned) rest-areas
 Water: Provide cool drinking water
 Pace of work: If practical, allow workers to set their own pace of work
("self-regulate")
 Train workers: In recognition of signs and symptoms of heat stress
conditions. Employ a buddy system or supervisory surveillance to
monitor worker condition.
 Report: Discomfort and early symptoms of heat-related illnesses to your
supervisor
 Safe Work Practices
o Reduce physical effort needed for performing a task.
o Adopt a recommended work-rest area to recover from the heat stress.
o Drink plenty of water in frequent small portions.
10-8
o
o

Schedule jobs to minimize heat stress.
Perform stressful tasks during the cooler parts of the day (early morning or at
night).
o Schedule outdoor jobs so that people perform physically demanding jobs during
cooler periods of the day.
o Avoid overtime whenever possible. Do not permit overtime workers to work in hot
environments.
o Avoid alcohol and caffeine consumption. Drinks containing alcohol or caffeine
increase the risk of dehydration and other heat-related illnesses.
o Pay attention to employees with special needs. Advise and encourage pregnant
workers and workers with a medical condition to discuss any limitations and
special precautions needed for working in hot environments with their doctor.
o Consult your doctor about potential side effects if you are taking blood pressure
control medication, diuretics or water pills.
o Get sufficient sleep and good nutrition for maintaining a high level of heat
tolerance.
o Provide appropriate training and education to enable employees to:
 Develop a high degree of awareness about the potential hazards of
working in hot environments; and
 Ways of preventing adverse health effects due to such hazards.
Personal Protective Equipment
o When administrative controls are not feasible, personal protective equipment can
be used to reduce the effects of extreme heat conditions.
o When selecting protective clothing, consider the following important factors:
 Protection from radiant heat; and
 Allowance for sweat evaporation.
Responsibilities
Employer
Identification and assessment of potential heat stress hazard areas, jobs and tasks.
Provide resources for control measures for the reduction/elimination of heat stress conditions
including administrative, safe work practices and personal protective equipment.
Provide training and education regarding heat stress.
Implementation and evaluation of the heat stress prevention policy
Supervisor
Ensure workers receive heat stress information and maintain records of such education
Implement and/or provide resources for appropriate control measures (administrative, safe work
practices or personal protective equipment).
Where required, determine an appropriate work-rest area
Ensure workers are properly using administrative, safe work practices and personal protective
equipment controls.
10-9
Worker
Request the implementation of control measures to reduce suspected heat stress.
Participate in heat stress control measures
Adhere to all control measures or work procedures that have been designed and implemented
to reduce exposure to heat stress.
Leave a hot environment or instruct fellow worker to do so if signs or symptoms of heat-related
disorders begin and contact first aid if needed.
Breath Safer Policy
Respirator Protection Program
The respirator protection program includes:
 Roles and responsibilities of individuals administering the program
 Hazard assessment
 Selection of appropriate respirator
 Training
 Use of respirators
 Inspection, maintenance, cleaning and storage of respirators
 Health monitoring of respirator users
 Program evaluation
 Record keeping
When required
The employer must provide appropriate respiratory protective equipment if a worker is or may
be exposed to concentrations of an air contaminant in excess of an applicable exposure or
excursion limit, or to an oxygen deficient atmosphere.
Hazard Assessment identifies:
 The contaminants present in the workplace
 Routes of entry into the body
 If particulate hazard is present
Selection
1. The employer, in consultation with the worker and the Occupational Health & Safety
Committee, must select appropriate respiratory protective equipment in accordance with
CSA Standard CAN/CSA-Z94.4-93, Selection, Use, and Care of Respirators.
 Is based on manufacturer’s information on the types of respirators and the
limitations to ensure that the appropriate respirator is selected
2. Only respiratory protective equipment which meets the requirements of the Board may
be used for protection against airborne contaminants in the workplace.
10-10
Fit tests
1. A respirator which requires an effective seal with the face for proper functioning must not
be issued to a worker unless a fit test demonstrates that the face piece forms an
effective seal with the wearer's face.
2. Fit tests must be performed in accordance with procedures in CSA Standard CAN/CSAZ94.4-02, Selection, Use, and Care of Respirators.
(2.1) A fit test must be carried out:
a. Before initial use of a respirator,
b. At least once a year,
c. Whenever there is a change in respirator face piece, including the brand, model,
and size, and,
d. Whenever changes to the user's physical condition could affect the respirator fit.
3. Other personal protective equipment that is to be worn at the same time as a respirator
and which could interfere with the respirator fit must be worn during a fit test.
User seal check
1. Before each use of a respirator which requires an effective seal with the face for proper
functioning, a worker must perform a positive or negative pressure user seal check in
accordance with CSA Standard CAN/CSA-Z94.4-02, Selection, Use, and Care of
respirators.
2. Subsection (1) does not apply to the emergency use of an escape respirator.
Education and Training

Working together the supervisor and site safety officers will ensure that employees
receive applicable protective equipment training if a worker may be exposed to air
contaminant prior to respirator use
Medical assessment
If a worker is required to use a respirator and there is doubt about the worker's ability to use a
respirator due to medical reasons, the worker must be examined by a physician. The examining
physician must be provided with sufficient information to allow him/her to advise the employer of
the ability of the worker to wear a respirator.
Optional use
Employees can provide their own respirator if they should choose so. Providing it is maintained,
and meets or exceeds the requirements for the task. The respirator must be inspected.
Records
The employer must maintain a record of fit test results and worker instruction.
10-11
Noise Exposure
Federal and provincial legislation requires the control of hazardous noise exposure at work.
Employers must prevent or reduce risks to a worker’s health and safety from exposure to
hazardous noise at work. Employees also share duties to protect themselves under the
legislation. The purpose of a noise exposure and hearing conservation program is to protect all
workers from occupational noise induced hearing loss.
Noise exposure limits and legislation require employers to take specific action at certain noise
exposure values. These relate to:
 the levels of exposure to noise of your employees averaged over a working day or week;
and
 the maximum noise (peak sound pressure) to which employees are exposed in a
working day.
Noise exposure limits
The control of noise at work legislation requires employers to prevent or reduce risks to health
and safety from exposure to hazardous noise at work. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd.
supervisors will ensure employees comply with company procedures and current legislation that
employees are not exposed to noise levels above either of the following exposure limits:
1. 85 dBA Lex daily noise exposure level
2. 140 dBC peak sound level
Noise control and hearing conservation program
Noise on Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. worksite may at different times during
construction exceed either of the noise exposure limits. For this reason Seymour Pacific
Developments Ltd. has developed and implemented a noise control and hearing conservation
program with the following elements:
1. Education and training
2. Hearing protection - selection, care and use
3. Posting of noise hazard areas and equipment
4. Annual employee hearing assessments
5. Annual program review
The Grade or Class of a hearing protection device (HPD) is based on the amount of sound
reduction, called “attenuation”, measured in a laboratory. Depending on the circumstances,
Grade 4 protectors may not be better than Grade 2 or 3. The protection a worker gets from an
HPD depends on the fit of the protector and the wearing time while in noise. Removing an HPD
during noise exposure will greatly reduce the protection, regardless of its Grade or Class.
Disposable Hearing Protector fitting instructions
1. Before fitting any earplugs, make sure hands are clean.
2. Hold ear plug between your thumb and forefinger. Roll and compress the entire earplug to a
small, crease free cylinder. This makes it easier to slide earplugs into your ear so that you get a
good seal.
10-12
3. While rolling, reach over your head with your other hand and pull up and back on your ear,
with your thumb and forefinger. This straightens the ear canal, making way for a snug fit.
4. Insert ear plug into the open canal. You should be able to slide the earplug in easily.
5. Hold earplug in place until the foam expands, about 20 – 30 seconds. You need to hold the
pug in place until it fully expands so that it does not pop out.
6. Repeat steps 1 – 4 for the second ear.
7. Test the fit cup bot hands over your ears and release. You should not notice a significant
difference in the noise level. If most of the plug is seen outside the ear the plugs are not fitted
correctly. Remove and refit following the instructions above.
Hearing protection and warning signs
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will do all it can to practicably reduce noise exposure levels
to or below current noise exposure limits, for all its employees by:
1. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will reduce noise to the lowest level by
a. Purchasing improved quality tools with lower dBA and dBC
b. Limiting employee exposure time in high hazard noise areas
c. Replacing broken or damaged sound barriers like doors and windows on
machines.
2. Post warning signs in the noise hazard areas,
3. Provide affected workers with hearing protection that meets the current requirements of
CSA Standard,
4. Ensure that hearing protection is worn effectively in noise hazard areas.
5. Supervisors and site safety officer will ensure workers using tools, equipment or working
in a posted noise hazard area wear hearing protection.
Hearing Tests
Hearing testing and education are mandatory measures which must be implemented if exposure
levels are above 85 dBA. The assessment test must be conducted by a certified audiometric
technician, physician or audiologist in accordance with standards and follow the strict guidelines
concerning confidentiality of the test results.
1. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will provide all employees who are exposed to noise
that exceeds noise exposure limits
a. An initial baseline audiometric test as soon as practicable after employment
begins,
b. A further test will be completed at least once every 12 months after the initial
baseline test.
2. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. employee hearing tests will be administered by a
physician, an audiologist, or an approved certified audiometric technician.
3. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. Occupational Health & Safety Manager will ensure
that the audiometric hearing test results are sent to the WCB Board or appropriate
Occupational Safety and Health branch.
10-13
Records that will be kept
1. Employee annual hearing test summary results will be maintained for each worker
2. Hearing summary results will be kept as long as the worker is employed by Seymour
Pacific Developments Ltd. (SPD)
3. All medical history records are confidential and will not be released to any person
without the worker’s written permission, or as otherwise required by law.
4. Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will also provide education and training to all its
workers
Recommended Class of Hearing Protector
Hearing Protection Devices (HPDs) are classified by the Canadian Standard Association
Standard Z94.2-02; all HPDs fall into one of three Classes – A, B, C, or one of five Grades – 0,
1, 2, 3, 4. The CSA Standard recommends certain Grades or Classes of hearing protection for
certain daily noise exposures:
Table 1
85 to 89 dBA
Recommended Grade/Class of
Hearing Protection Device (HPD)
No hearing protection devices
required
Grade 1 or Class C
90 to 95 dBA
Grade 2 or Class B
95 to 100 dBA
Grade 3 or Class A
Grade 4 or Class A plug + Class A or
Class B muff
Grade 4 or Class A plug + Class A or
Class B muff and limited exposure
Daily Noise Exposure (dBA)
Less than 85 dBA
100 to 105 dBA
More than 110 dBA
Use Table 2 to compare typical construction noise levels with the work you are performing.
Note: If more than one activity is being performed near the same location the noise levels will
increase. Choose your protection based on the highest noise levels.
If dBA sound levels exceed allowable, safe or comfortable levels, suggestions for reducing the
sound include limiting the level or volume of the sound, moving farther away from the source of
the sound or using ear plugs or ear muffs to protect the ears.
10-14
Hazardous noise any sound for which any combination of frequency, intensity, or duration is
capable of causing permanent hearing loss in a population.
If the exposure levels are above 85dBA, then supplying and wearing the hearing protection
devices becomes a mandatory requirement of the law, enforceable against both workers and
employers. A radio in use all day registering 106dBA is louder than some cranes, loaders,
backhoes and grinders; this is not acceptable as it may also interfere with emergency
communication in addition to preventable hazardous noise exposure.
Typical Noise Level Measurements for Construction
Table 2
* Equipment
Noise level (dBA) at operator’s position
Cranes
78 – 103
Backhoes
85 – 104
Loaders
77 – 106
Trenchers
95 – 99
Pile drivers
119 – 125
Compactors
90 – 112
Explosive-actuated tools
120 – 140
Grinders
106 – 110
Chainsaws
100 – 115
Concrete saw
97 – 103
Sand blasting nozzle
111 – 117
Jackhammers
Compressors
Handheld circular saw
100 – 115
85 – 104
90 – 115
10-15
Ergonomics
The Ergonomic Early Intervention (EEI) program is intended to encourage employees to seek
appropriate treatment at the early stages of a musculoskeletal injury (MSI) whether the cause of
the injury is work or non-work related.
Eligibility: The program is voluntary, and open to all employees.
Treatment Options: physiotherapy, chiropractic treatments and massage therapy, administered
by a registered professional in the field.
ACTION
1. Employee reports to the First Aid.
2. First Aid Attendant asks if the injury is a result of a specific work related incident.
3. If the injury has resulted from a specific work related incident then the First Aid Attendant
must perform necessary treatment and record the incident according to standard
reporting and documentation protocols.
4. If there is no specific work related incident then the First Aid Attendant is to record the
following information on the EEI Form:
a. Name and worksite of employee
b. Practitioner (Chiropractor/Physiotherapist etc.)
c. Name of First Aid Attendant
d. Date of the report
e. Body part injured (i.e. back, shoulder, wrist)
5. One copy of the Ergonomic Early Intervention Form is taken by the employee and
presented to the practitioner (Physiotherapist, Chiropractor etc.) as proof of eligibility.
6. The other copy of the form is collected and kept by the Site Safety Officer to track usage
of the program.
10-16
Musculoskeletal Injury Prevention
Musculoskeletal disorders (MSD) account for the most lost time injuries, the highest lost-time
claim costs, and the most lost time work days of any type of injury. Worker’s compensation
board figures from various jurisdictions indicate that MSDs account for 25% to 60% of total
annual compensation claims. Although offices are not always thought of as hazardous places
to work, an injury or illness that happens in an office can be just as serious and costly as that
which occurs in any other workplace or construction site.
“Musculoskeletal Injury” means an injury to a worker of the muscles, tendons, ligaments,
joints, nerves, blood vessels or related soft tissue, including a sprain, strain or inflammation that
may occur to a worker in a workplace and that is caused or aggravated by any of the following:
(a) a repetitive motion;
(b) a forceful exertion;
(c) vibration;
(d) mechanical compression;
(e) a sustained or awkward posture;
(f) a limitation on motion or action;
(g) any other factor that creates a risk of musculoskeletal injury.
When a work activity creates a risk of musculoskeletal injury, the employer must
(a) ensure that the risk is assessed; and
(b) on the basis of the assessment, implement control measures to eliminate or
reduce, so far as is reasonably practicable, the risk of musculoskeletal injury
to the worker.
Task Chair
An ergonomic chair will not function as designed unless you know how to operate the adjustable
features correctly. To adjust your task chair, follow the steps:
1. Sitting in a chair, raise or lower the seat so that your feet rest
comfortably on the floor. Your knees should be slightly lower
than your hips.
2. Sit as far back in the chair as possible, and adjust the backrest
height or lumbar support so that it fits into the curve in your
lower back.
3. If you have a seat slider, adjust the seat pan depth so that a
closed fist fits between your knee and the edge of the seat.
4. Adjust the backrest angle to achieve a torso-to-thigh angle of
93-113 degrees (have someone else look at you from the side).
10-17
5. Adjust the seat pan tilt angle to a comfortable position.
6. Adjust the armrest so that it is at your elbow height. If the
armrests swivel, place the armrests in line with your forearm
when you are using the mouse.
7. Once you have adjusted the rest of your workstation, if your
feet do not reach the floor, use a footrest.
8. Remember to adjust your chair throughout the day to help
relieve muscle tension in specific muscle groups.
Lighting
In a general office environment, the CSA recommended lighting level for computer work is 500
lux. These lighting levels can be adjusted for personal preference, and paper work may be
augmented by task lighting.
Glare is the main lighting concern when working with computers. To help minimize glare:
 Position monitors parallel to overhead lights and perpendicular to the windows
 Ensure wall colour is neutral (not too bright)
 Remove or cover shiny surfaces and objects
 Use blinds or curtains to minimize window glare
 Install diffusers on overhead fluorescent lights
 Adjust the angle of the monitor, so that the screen is vertical
 Use incandescent task lights over source documents, but direct them away from monitor
"Ergo breaks"
One of the best ways to prevent injury, discomfort and fatigue is to take an ergo break a pause or change in activity that allows muscles, joints and tissues that have been
working to recover and rest. Muscles that remain in a fixed posture will fatigue,
circulation will decrease, and you will notice discomfort. This may mean taking a short
pause in activity to focus on a different task, rest your eyes, and most of all, change
position. Prolonged sitting is one of the major risk factors for low back pain, so give
your back a break and stand, walk and stretch. It may also mean switching to another
task that requires the use of different muscle groups and postures
10-18
Respirator Fit Testing
Respirator Fit-Testing Protocol
 Respiratory protective equipment should be properly fitted.
 Workers who are required to wear a fitted respirator should know how to obtain a seal
between the respirator and the face.
 Should have instruction in the proper performance of mechanical field checks
 These workers must also be clean shaven where the face piece of the equipment seals
with the skin of the face.
 Fit test are to be conducted annually using the Respirator Fit Test Record.
 A respirator which requires an effective seal with the face for proper functioning must not
be issued to a worker unless a fit test demonstrates that the face piece forms an
effective seal with the wearer's face.
 Fit tests must be performed in accordance with procedures in CSA Standard.
Use and Care of Respirators
 A fit test must be carried out before initial use of a respirator, at least once a year.
 Whenever there is a change in respirator face piece, including the brand, model, and
size, and whenever changes to the user's physical condition could affect the respirator
fit.
 Other personal protective equipment that is to be worn at the same time as a respirator
and which could interfere with the respirator fit must be worn during a fit test.
Respirator Protection Factors
 Protection factors for respirators provide wearers with a number that can be used in
determining how safe a respirator is. This number can then be multiplied by a
permissible exposure limit for a substance to give the maximum level of exposure for the
wearer while the respirator is being worn.
 For example if the assigned protection Factor for a respirator is 100, then the wear is
protected from a hazard which is 100 times the Occupational exposure limits for that
substance.
 A half face piece mask will have a safety factor of 10 times / which means its good 10
times the occupational exposure limit for the substance being used.
 A full face piece mask will have a safety factor of 50 times / which means its good 50
times the occupational exposure limit for the substance being used.
10-19
Different Types of Air Purifying Respirators
Mechanical Particulate Filters
 This type of respiratory protection filters out undesirable particles, mists and dust. They
can be simple mechanical filters or replaceable cartridges for cartridge respirators.
Hazardous gases cannot be filtered out by mechanical filtration.
 The filtering element does provide some resistance to breathing. Better mechanical
filters capture the finer particles and dust. All filters must be replaced at regular intervals.
 Most industrial grade mechanical filters have an efficiency level of at least 95%.
 All mechanical respirators must be maintained according to manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Cartridge Respirators
 These respirators have interchangeable chemical cartridges which are designed to
absorb or counteract specific chemical hazards. Dual cartridge half or full face
respirators can be used on the job. However, not all chemicals can be eliminated or
counteracted by chemical cartridges and many cartridges are limited to a low
concentration of a hazardous substance.
 Specific cartridge inserts are chosen depending on the contaminant existing in the air.
Cartridge filters should not be used with substances that are not easily detected by odor
or irritation or substances that not easily controlled by chemical filtration such as carbon
monoxide.
Employee's Responsibility
 The employee shall use the respiratory protection in accordance with instructions and
training received.
 The employee shall guard against damage to the respirator, and immediately replace
suspected respirators.
 The employee shall report any trouble with or malfunction of the respirator to his/her
supervisor.
 Note: Particulate and cartridge respirators should not be used in atmospheres containing
less than 19.5% oxygen or in environments immediately dangerous to life or health.
10-20
10-21
Chapter 11 Environmental Policy
Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. will conduct business with respect and care for the
environment. We are committed to providing our customers with environmentally responsible
and economical solutions. We will minimize the impact of our operations on the environment by:
1. Responsibly managing all aspects of our business to ensure that all recognized
environmental standards are met.
2. Taking all reasonable steps to communicate waste management practices and options
to employees and management.
3. Ensuring that environmental hazards associated with company activities are identified,
assessed and managed.
4. Limiting physical disturbance at all worksites.
5. Limiting our own waste generation and handling all waste in a responsible manner.
6. Operating in a responsible manner, thus reducing spills, leaks and accidents.
7. Integrating environmental consideration into business planning, design, operating
practices and training programs.
8. Maintaining emergency preparedness plans and response capabilities.
9. Performing environmental reviews and inspections on company operations to ensure
compliance with environmental regulations, company policies and industry best
practices.
10. Working with government and other parties to develop balanced environmental
standards and expectations.
11. Being responsive to public attitudes and concern.
11-1
Spill Reporting Regulation
The Environmental Management Act Spill Reporting Regulation requires that chemical spills in
an amount equal to or greater that the amount listed in the Reportable Levels for Certain
Substances be reported. A person who had possession, charge or control of a substance
immediately before its spill shall immediately report the spill to Provincial Emergency Program
(PEP) by telephoning 1-800-663-3456 or where it is not practical to report to PEP within a
reasonable time, to the nearest detachment of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police.
In a prosecution for a contravention, it is presumed that the accused knew of the escape, spill or
introduction at the time of the alleged contravention and the burden of proving that he or she did
not know is on the accused.
Worker Responsibilities:
The person who had possession, control or was in charge of a substance immediately before its
spill shall immediately report the spill to the Site Safety Officer/Supervisor. If any person that
finds a spill must assume it is unreported.
Site Safety Officer/Supervisor Responsibilities:
The Site Safety Officer/Supervisor will investigate the spill and determine the size of the spill
using the spill report. Check the area for hazards and make sure that there are no sources of
ignition if the spill material is flammable. Have all nearby storm drains and sewers covered with
plastic. If the spill has already reached the storm drain or if there is risk of seepage into a storm
drain, chemical absorbent booms from the spill kit must be placed in all affected manholes. If
you do not have enough booms for all affected manholes place booms in the last manhole
before the city lines to contain the spill to site.
Site Safety Officer/Supervisor action plan:
Contact the OH&S Director and start the clean-up for a small spill using the site spill kit.
Ensure that no waterways are at risk.
Fill out all investigation documentation and spill report, submit all documents to head office
attention OH&S Director, and OH&S Manager.
If spill amount is equal to or greater than the amounts listed on the checklist below, contact the
company OH&S Director, OH&S Manager, Construction Director or CEO. If you cannot reach
anyone on the list below on the first try, you need to contact the local regulator immediately.
1- OH&S Director (250-850-3215)
2- OH&S Manager (250-850-3248)
3- Construction Director (204-990-7301)
4- CEO (250-850-3230)
British Columbia (Provincial Emergency Program) 1-800-663-3456
Alberta (Alberta Environment) 1-800-222-6514
Saskatchewan (Sask Spills) 1-800-667-7525
Manitoba (Manitoba Conservation) 1- 204-944-4888
When reporting a spill, provide as much of the following as possible:
 your name and phone number
 the name and phone number of the person who caused the spill
 location and time of the spill
 type and quantity of the substance spilled
11-2



cause and effect of the spill
details of action taken or proposed to stop, contain and minimize the effects of the spill
a description of the spill location and the surrounding area
Head Office and Construction Director Responsibilities:
OH&S Director or the Construction Director will gather information and decide who will report
the spill to the local regulator by telephoning the appropriate number above. If needed they will
also contact an appropriate reclamation company and begin the process of final cleanup.
The Environmental Management Act Spill Reporting Regulation requires that chemical spills in
an amount equal to or greater than the amount listed on the checklist below must be reported
immediately.
Supervisor responsibility once the spill has been reported:
The site supervisor will take charge of the site. They will ensure the leak or spill has been
stopped or controlled and take all appropriate steps to reduce the contaminated area. They will
refer to the company spill response sheet for proper PPE and worker and public safety.
Excavating crew responsibility once the spill has been reported:
If the spill is uncontrolled, build berms to contain the spill as much as possible. If the spill has
been stopped, create a containment area using tarps or plastic that protects against seepage
and place all contaminated materials in the containment area.
The following spills must be reported:

Spills of toluene ( benzene) or other Environmentally Hazardous Materials, in an
amount equal to or greater than 1 kg.

Any spill that cannot be contained or a flow that cannot be stopped.

Any spill that presents a hazard to the environment and/or results in a release of
chemical to the environment of a potentially significant impact.
Every province has an “emergency spill hotline” that you can call to report a spill. Many
provinces and territories, including AB, NL, and YK, also require you to file a written report
within a set period of time, usually by a week after the spill. The most important thing you need
to know is that spills must be reported immediately, even if you don’t have all the information
about the spill or how it’s going to be contained and cleaned up.
11-3
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Column 1 Substance Spilled
Class 1, Explosives as defined in section
2.9 of the Federal Regulations
Class 2.1, Flammable Gases, other than
natural gas, as defined in section 2.14 (a)
of the Federal Regulations
Class 2.2, Non-Flammable Gases, and
Non-Toxic Gases, as defined in section
2.14 (b) of the Federal Regulations
Class 2.3, Toxic Gases, as defined in
section 2.14 (c) of the Federal Regulations
Class 3, Flammable Liquids, as defined in
section 2.18 of the Federal Regulations.
Flammable liquids include gasoline, diesel
fuel, kerosene, home heating fuel, aviation
gas/fuel, paints, varsol or other solvents
Class 4, Flammable Solids, as defined in
section 2.20 of the Federal Regulations
Class 5.1, Oxidizing Substances, as
defined in section 2.24 (a) of the Federal
Regulations
Class 5.2, Organic Pesticides, as defined in
section 2.24 (b) of the Federal Regulations
Class 6.1, Toxic Substances, as defined in
section 2.27 (a) of the Federal Regulations
Class 6.2, Infectious Substances, as
defined in section 2.27 (b) of the Federal
Regulations
Class 7, Radioactive Materials, as defined
in section 2.37 of the Federal Regulations
Class 8, Corrosives, as defined in section
2.40 of the Federal Regulations
Class 9, Miscellaneous Products,
Substances or Organisms as defined in
section 2.43 of the Federal Regulations
A substance, not covered by items listed,
that can cause pollution
Natural gas
Column 2 Specified Amount
Any quantity that could pose a danger
to public safety or 50 kg
10 kg
10 kg
5 kg
100 L
25 kg
50 kg or 50 L
1 kg or 1 L
5 kg or 5 L
1 kg or 1 L, or less if the waste poses a
danger to public safety or the
environment
Any quantity that could pose a danger
to public safety and an emission level
greater than the emission established in
section 20 of the “Packaging and
Transport of Nuclear Substances
Regulations”
5 kg or 5 L
25 kg or 25 L
200 kg 200 L
10 kg, if there is a breakage in a
pipeline or fitting operated above 100
psi that results in a sudden and
uncontrolled release of natural gas
11-4
Fuel Handling - Safe Fueling and Gasoline Handling Practices
Gasoline Properties and Health Effect
WARNING:
The highly volatile and extremely flammable nature of gasoline means that potentially explosive
air/vapor mixtures are likely to form easily at ambient temperatures. Even at temperatures as
low as -45C gasoline vapour can ignite. Gasoline ignites easily, burns vigorously and gasoline
vapors may explode in certain conditions. Cell phones are electrical devices with a potential of
being an ignition source for any vapour. A single cup of gasoline, when ignited has the same
explosive power as five sticks of dynamite.
Keep gasoline away from ignition sources like heat, sparks and flame.



Exposure to gasoline liquid or vapor can adversely affect health.
Avoid prolonged breathing of the gasoline vapors. Keep your face away from the
nozzle.
Keep gasoline away from your eyes and skin.
Practice for Fueling Vehicles




Turn off engine
Do not smoke, light matches or use lighters while refueling.
Use only the refueling latch provided on the dispenser. Never jam the refueling latch on
the nozzle with any object.
Never leave the nozzle unattended
Practice for use of Portable Containers







Use only CSA or UL approved plastic, red colored containers with vapor-tight cap. The
container must be in good condition.
Never store gasoline in glass or unapproved containers. Gasoline eats through many
plastics, including the kind used in pop bottles.
When filling container, follow same rules as when fueling vehicle.
Place portable fuel container on the ground during filling, and keep the metal nozzle
spout in contact with the container to prevent build up and discharge of static electricity.
Never fill a container in the bed of a pickup, or in the trunk of a car.
Keep container five feet away from cars to prevent ignition of fumes by hot engines or
mufflers.
Manually control the nozzle valve throughout the filing process. Fill a portable container
slowly to decrease the chance of static electricity buildup and minimize spilling or
splattering.
Back off the trigger to slow fuel flow as the container becomes full. Fill container no
more than 95  full to allow for expansion. When filling is complete, tightly cap
container.
11-5
Emergency Spill Procedure
1. STOP - THINK! Do not rush. Carefully plan cleanup.
a. GET SAFETY DATA SHEET (SDS) or formerly MATERIAL SAFETY DATA
SHEET (MSDS) AND DETERMINE APPROPRIATE CLEANUP PROCEDURES
FOR THE MATERIAL
2. Decide if you can safely handle the spill; if unsure call Supervisor or Site Safety Officer.
3. If hazardous vapors are generated from the chemical spill leave the immediate area and
call for help.
4. Eliminate all ignition sources if flammable material is involved.
5. Ensure non appropriate personnel are not in the area.
6. Confine the spill to a small area. Do not allow the material to spread. Dike, block or
contain the size of spread of liquid spill by using appropriate absorbing material
(commercial absorbent, vermiculite, etc.).
7. Carefully remove other materials, containers, equipment from path of the spill.
8. Sweep solids of low toxicity into a dust pan and place into container for disposal.
9. Dispose of all cleanup materials as hazardous waste. Waste must be properly packaged
in a leak-proof container, sealed and labeled.
10. After removal of spilled material, if the chemical is soluble in water, the area should be
washed with warm, soapy water to remove any remaining residue.
If you spill gasoline on your clothing, avoid open flames. As soon as you can wet gasoline
soaked clothing and change from the clothing slowly (to avoid ignition by static electricity). Take
shower, bathing contaminated skin with warm (not hot) water and soap. Change into clean
clothes. The soiled clothes should be air dried OUTSIDE for 24 hours, then washed in lots of
soapy lukewarm water.
If you get gasoline in your eyes flush for 15 minutes and immediately seek medical attention.
11-6
Natural Gas Incidents
To ensure the safety of employees and public when dealing with incidents involving natural gas.
Policy:
Natural gas presents a serious hazard to workers and the public. Company employees must
respond to natural gas incidents in accordance with this safe work procedure and direction from
the Fire Department and Gas Company. The Gas Company must be informed immediately of all
incidents involving natural gas.
Procedure:
Safety
1. Employees are not to enter an area of suspected high concentrations of gas.
2. In order to determine safe concentrations of escaping gas, the company has gas detectors
capable of helping the safety officer to make the decision.
3. It is imperative that for any reported natural gas incident the Gas Company shall be notified
immediately. Our gas detection equipment is calibrated to detect Lower Explosive Limits to a
number of different explosive vapors. The Gas Company has detection equipment particular
to their product and can provide a thorough inspection in emergencies dealing with natural
gas.
Gas Filled Building
1. Avoid stopping or parking equipment adjacent to doors or windows of a building suspected
of having a gas leak.
2. Employees must establish a minimum perimeter of 100 meters for non-essential personnel.
3. Employees should not operate natural gas system valves unless necessary in order to
resolve an immediate threat to life or prevent a possible explosion and fire.
4. Employees should take the following actions:
Stay calm
1. Evacuate all occupants from the building, by pulling the fire alarm or sounding the air horn.
Pulling the fire alarm will also shut down the intake air to the building?
2. Exit via the nearest emergency exit (DO NOT USE ELEVATORS)
3. Call 911 and report the fire alarm
4. Evacuate the building and meet at the muster area
5. Complete roll call using log sheet
6. Identify yourself to the Fire Department when they arrive
7. Share log sheet, contact information and details of any unaccounted persons with first
responders
8. Do not return to the building until the Fire Department provides clearance
9. Do not put yourself or others at risk of injury
11-7
Gas Escapes in the Open
1. Care must be taken to keep vehicles and workers upwind of the incident. Keep all
employees and the public from the vicinity of the broken line do not allow anyone except the
gas company personnel near the source of the escape.
2. Eliminate possible sources of ignition;
3. Employees must use extreme caution and not approach leaking or broken polyethylene
pipes as this material can generate a large static electric charge which can result in an
electrical arc when touched by employees or equipment;
4. Dealing with drifting gas:
a) Above ground - check wind direction, the wind may drift the escaping gas into adjacent
buildings. Close or block off doors, windows, and air entry ducts. Shut off the gas at the
meter and treat the situation as a gas filled building.
b) Below ground - check nearby buildings for gas entering the basements by way of drain
tiles. If gas gets into the buildings, block off the openings by which the gas is entering
and treat the situation as a gas filled building.
Fire Involving Natural Gas
1. Shut off gas supply at the meter if possible.
11-8
Chapter 12 MSDS
Standards for MSDS
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is a technical bulletin that provides detailed hazard and
precautionary information. It must state the following:





if the controlled product is a pure substance, the chemical identity of the controlled
product;
if the controlled product is not a pure substance, the chemical identity and concentration
of any ingredient that is equal to or greater than the concentrations noted in the
legislation;
if the controlled product contains an ingredient that is included in the Ingredient
Disclosure List in a concentration that is equal to or greater than the concentration
specified in the Ingredient Disclosure List, the chemical identity and concentration of that
ingredient;
the chemical identity and concentration of any ingredient that the supplier may know to
be harmful to any person;
the chemical identity and concentration of any ingredient of which the supplier does not
know the toxicological properties; other required information.
International Guidelines are as follows:
American National Standard for Hazardous Industrial Chemicals - Material Safety Data Sheets Preparation (ANSI Z400.1-2004) this standard specifies:
 the general layout of MSDSs
 16 headings with standardized wording
 the numbering and order of these headings
 the information items required to complete an MSDS
The objective of this standard is to "create consistency in providing information on safety, health
and environmental matters for chemical products". The 16-section MSDS headings in the
standard are the same as those proposed for adoption by the Globally Harmonized System of
Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS). The GHS addresses the classification of
chemicals by types of hazard (health, fire, reactivity, environmental) and proposes harmonized
hazard communication elements (labels and safety data sheets).
*All MSDS files are available on the Company Intranet/Safety Zone/MSDS/3E
*All workers are MSDS/WHMIS trained annually –via CrewTalk-WHMIS PPT, In-house WHMIS
training by certified WHMIS Instructors
12-1
12-2
Chapter 13 Hazard Assessment & Control Program
The purpose of our Job Hazard Assessment is to identify, control or eliminate potential or actual
dangers in a job or task.
Factors to be considered in assigning a priority for examination of jobs include:





Accident frequency and severity: jobs where accidents occur frequently or where they
occur infrequently but result in disabling injuries
Potential for severe injuries or illnesses: the consequences of an incident, hazardous
condition, or exposure to harmful substances are potentially severe
Newly established jobs: due to lack of experience in these jobs, hazards may not be
obvious or anticipated
Modified jobs: new hazards may be related with changes in job procedures
Rarely performed jobs: workers may be at greater risk when undertaking non-routine
jobs, and a Job Hazard Assessment provides means of reviewing hazards
Seymour Pacific Developments management and supervision is responsible for ensuring all
work is safely planned; the Job Hazard Assessment will assist in determining firstly, what are
the steps in the job; secondly, what are the potential hazards in the job; and finally, what are the
protective measures for the safety of our employee(s) assigned to do the non-routine work.
Hazards are any source of potential damage, harm, or adverse health effect on
something or someone under certain conditions.
The effects can be acute, meaning that the injury or harm can occur or be felt as soon as a
person comes in contact with the hazard. Some responses may be chronic or delayed over
time.
Types of Hazards:
 Biological: bacterial, viruses, insects, plants, animals and humans
 Chemical: depends on the physical, chemical and toxic properties of the chemical
 Ergonomic: repetitive movement, exertion
 Physical: falls, slips, trauma
 Psychosocial: stress, traumatic, violence
 Safety: slipping tripping hazards, heights
How to recognize a hazard
 Walk around the work area and document any situation that has a potential to create an
unsafe act or condition while you are conducting your work duties.
 Share concerns with workers
 Review previous incident reports as they already prove that the potential for
reoccurrence or something more serious is existing
13-1
Examples on job sites:












Housekeeping
Heights
Fire and /or Evacuation
Excavation - Trench collapse
Working in confined spaces
Over head
Ladders
Manual material handling
Improper lifting
Eye injuries
Weather
Noise










Working Alone
Violence
Complacent
Reversing vehicles and equipment
Working around mobile equipment
Overhead powerline contact
Electrical hazards
Use of power tools
Falls
Chemical exposure - Working with
toxic materials
Identify Actual/Potential Hazards (refer to checklist)
Once the basic steps have been recorded, potential hazards must be identified at each step.
This is based on observation of the job, knowledge of incident and injury causes, and personal
experience. To identify potential hazards, the supervisor and employee may use questions such
as these (this is not a complete list):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Can any body part get caught in or between objects?
Do tools, machines or equipment present any hazards?
Can the worker make harmful contact with objects?
Can the worker slip, trip or fall?
Can the worker suffer strain from lifting, pushing or pulling?
Is the worker exposed to extreme heat or cold?
Is excessive noise or vibration a problem?
Is there a danger from falling objects?
Is lighting a problem?
Can weather conditions affect safety?
Can contact be made with hot, toxic or caustic substances?
Are there dusts, fumes, mists or vapours in the air?
13-2
Site Hazard Assessments
1. The bottom field of the assessment Sheet contains the Job Site Hazard Assessment
2.
3.
4.
5.
checklist.
Upon arrival at each job site and prior to the start of the inspection the Site Safety Officer
and crew will do a walk around of the sites to be processed.
Using the Job Site Hazard Assessment checklist, the Site Safety Officer will examine the
area immediately surrounding the unit(s) for potential hazards as listed, discussing them and
their corrections with their crew.
If no potential hazard exists the Site Safety Officer will tick off the OK box for each line item,
sign and date the checklist, and proceed with the job.
Should a potential hazard be observed the Site Safety Officer will briefly identify on the
appropriate line, the encountered hazard and will note the corrective action necessary to
correct the problem. The Site Safety Officer will ensure the hazard has been eliminated prior
to the commencement of the work.
NOTE: In the case of jobs that a Site Safety Officer is not present, where an eminent hazard has
arisen on a site, the Site Manager will document the hazard on form 130–Worksite Hazard
Assessment, noting the job site. This sheet will be submitted to the [email protected]
for record purposes.
Examples of potential hazards and corrective actions include:
Overhead
Power lines
Mark with highly visible tape/ signage
Housekeeping
Debris around units
Have it removed or equipment
Adjacent Hazard
Flammables nearby
No smoking
Ground Condition
wet/muddy
Trenching adjusting cut back to safer slop
Use GFI plug with electrics
Traffic
Unit on street
Use reflectors, cones
Busy yard
Erect barrier tape, etc.
Other
Un-anticipated hazard
Use best judgment.
13-3
Formal Hazard Assessment
The Sr. Safety Officer, under one or more of the following criteria, determines the need for a
Formal Hazard Assessment:






A new site
An existing site that has not been audited in some time.
An existing site with a poor history of safety related issues.
Changes to a site’s location or different phase the site is going through.
A large contract involving many sub-trades /or a large crew.
Input from field personnel with safety related concerns.
The Sr. Safety Officer and/or a qualified delegate will:
1. Contact the involved site, explain the purpose and scope of the assessment and arrange
a suitable date and time for it.
2. Perform the assessment using forms 039–Site Overall Checklist Pt. 1 and/or 040–Site
Overall Checklist Pt. 2
3. Complete all items on the checklist, noting any comments as required.
4. Meet with the site following the assessment to inform them of any safety concerns
discovered and the recommendations for corrective actions. Provide the Site Manager
with a copy of the checklist if requested.
5. Inform field personnel of the safety concerns with instructions to verify corrections upon
arrival at the site. If a lack of compliance is noted the field personnel will contact the Sr.
Safety Officer for a decision on whether or not to proceed with the work.
6. File the checklist in the site’s file for future reference.
Hazard Report Procedure
The purpose of hazard reporting is to try to stop incidents before they occur. Employees must
be aware of their surroundings to prevent possible injury.
It is in our best interests to make sure that our employees are able to recognize and assess any
dangerous or hazardous situations. Common sense plays a key role in this part of Health and
Safety.
We encourage all of our employees to take time to familiarize themselves with their area of work
and get a feel for their surroundings before starting their assigned task.
Employees are to report any problem areas immediately. If areas of concern pose a threat to
the health and safety of an individual, that individual must report immediately to the supervisor
on site.
The supervisor and site safety officer will assess the situation and take necessary steps to
correct the problem. If the situation requires a great deal of attention, then action must be taken.
13-4
The types of company safety inspections that are conducted are:
1. Housekeeping inspections
2. Workplace inspections
3. Site Audits
4. Pre-use mobile equipment inspections
5. Special Inspections
6. Health and Safety walks
Hazard Definition
Assign hazards identified with the appropriate Level and Rank as indicated below.
Level
1 Immediate Danger to Life
2 Serious Injury
3 Minor Injury
4 Negligible Injury
Rank
A Hazard (Major)
B Hazard (Serious)
C Hazard (Minor)
D Acceptable
A condition or practice that is likely to cause permanent
disability, loss of life or body part and/or extensive loss of
structure, equipment or material.
A condition or practice likely to cause serious injury or illness,
resulting in temporary disability or property damage that is
disruptive but not extensive.
A condition or practice likely to cause minor, non-disabling
injury or illness or non-disruptive property damage.
A condition that has been reported prior and that has been
corrected Example (poor lighting where lights have been
supplied)
Roles and Responsibilities
Supervisor
 Provide resources to ensure compliance with safety inspection requirements
 Review workplace inspection actions which have been identified with a hazard rank of A
or B and are outstanding.
 Review trends of deficiencies
 Participate in workplace inspections when required OH&S Manager
 Ensure safety inspections are completed
 Review workplace inspection actions which have been identified as a hazard level 1
(Immediate Danger to Life)
 Monitor quality of inspections and trends of deficiencies
 Periodically evaluate the frequency of safety inspections to prevent the development of
unsafe working conditions
 Participate in health and safety tours when required
13-5
Site Safety Officer
 Conduct and record workplace inspections of the assigned work areas
 Complete housekeeping inspections
 Complete other safety inspections as required
 Review housekeeping and workplace inspections with supervisor
 Remedy any unsafe conditions or acts that are hazardous to the health and safety of
workers in their area. Prioritization will include a review of hazard classifications, A, B,
C, or D
 Each inspection will be entered into the Worksite filing system
 E-mail inspection form containing inspection actions which have been identified as a
hazard level 1 (Immediate Danger to Life) to the OH&S Director and cc’d to the OH&S
Manager
Workers
 Conduct and record pre-use inspections of all equipment and machinery used
 Complete documentation and communicate deficiencies as required
 Report to supervisor any absence of or defect in any protective equipment, device or
clothing, or the existence of any other hazard, that the worker considers is likely to
endanger the worker or any other person.
 Participate in workplace inspections when required
13-6
Inspection Types
Housekeeping Inspections
 Focus on cleanliness and order. Items found may include clutter, blocked aisle ways,
waste and scrap and congested work areas
 Housekeeping inspections should be ongoing and completed by all employees. Items
identified by employees may be immediately corrected, protected and communicated to
supervisors
Workplace Inspections
 Areas of the worksite will be inspected at an interval determined by the area Site Safety
Officer that will prevent the development of unsafe working conditions. The interval will
be communicated and such planned workplace inspections will be tracked for
compliance.
 Inspections shall generally be performed by at least one person who is knowledgeable in
the work activities and the hazards of the work area.
 Inspections will include work conditions and practices. Worksite specific inspection
checklists may be used as a guideline.
 Deficient items will be assigned a hazard classification based on the potential risk or
severity it poses to the health and safety of employees. The higher the potential risk or
severity, the shorter the time period allowed to correct the condition or practice.
 Positive items should also be communicated in the inspection report.
 Each inspection will be entered into the Worksite filing system.
 Each inspection containing actions identified as a hazard level 1 are e-mailed to the
[email protected]
Audits
 Safety audits will be conducted periodically to identify unsafe conditions or acts. Hazards
and corrective actions will be communicated to the Site Supervisor.
Pre-use Equipment Inspections
 An operator must inspect the equipment before the start of operation on the shift and
thereafter as required to ensure the safe operating condition of the equipment.
 The operator must report defects and conditions affecting the safe operation of the
equipment to the supervisor or employer.
 Any repair or adjustment necessary for the safe operation of the equipment must be
made before the equipment is used.
 The inspection of such equipment for pre-use is not intended to replace the process of
periodic inspections for preventative maintenance purposes.
 Checklists/log books will be located on all mobile equipment. The checklist includes
basic inspection items, a process for identification of substandard conditions and the
person to whom substandard items should be reported.
13-7
Special Inspections
 Special Inspections are required either by regulatory requirement or when there has
been an incident or malfunction. When a special inspection is called for after a
malfunction or incident, the inspection will be conducted according to the incident
investigation procedure.
 When a special inspection is required by a legal requirement, the inspection will be
conducted as determined by the regulatory agency.
 The Site Safety Officer is responsible for ensuring that all special inspection
requirements are known, understood and met.
Health and Safety Walks
 Health and safety tours will include a walk-through of areas to determine compliance,
discuss safety concerns or issues with workers in the area and to recognize safe
behaviors and conditions.
 Site Safety Officers will complete area tours monthly.
Monitor and Control Your Hazard Review Methods
It is important to monitor and review the hazard control method to make sure that the control is
working effectively and that exposure to the hazard is reduced or eliminated.
Some tools include physical inspection, testing, exposure assessment, observation, injury and
illness tracking (incident/near miss reports), employee’s feedback and importantly weekly
toolbox talks and monthly safety meetings.
Be sure to answer the following questions:






Have the controls contained and/or solved the problem?
Have any new controls been created and are appropriately controlled?
Are monitoring processes adequate?
Have workers been adequately informed about the situation?
Have orientation and training programs been modified to deal with the new situation, are
any other measures required?
Have the effectiveness of controls been documented?
13-8
Critical Tasks List
This is a list of tasks that are rated critical or high hazard jobs. Workers need to take extreme
caution while performing any of the tasks on the list below.
Critical Task
Safety Manual
Pages
Concrete Form Work and Pouring
9-35 to 9-36
Confined Space
9-37 to 9-40
Excavation – greater than 1.2m or 4ft. deep
9-53 to 9-64
Framing – 2nd Storey or Greater
Framing - Truss/Roof Work
Traffic Control
9–193 to 9-194
Overhead High - Voltage Power Lines
Working at Heights
9-211 to 9-212
Procedures not found in the Safety Manual can be found on the Company Intranet, Safety
Zone, Procedures and Policies, Critical Task List and Procedures
13-9
13-10
Chapter 14 Inspection & Monitoring
Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to control losses of human and material resources by identifying
and correcting unsafe acts and conditions.
Company Policy for Inspections and Monitoring
This company will maintain a comprehensive program of safety inspections at appropriate
facilities and sites. This will ensure that the safety rules and procedures within the Safety
Program are followed and help to indicate opportunities for improvement.
Responsibilities
The Sr. Safety Officer is responsible for the overall operation of the program and for directing
inspections on sites as deemed necessary, but not longer than a two week time frame between
any two inspections.
The Sr. Safety Officer and/or a delegate are responsible for conducting random informal
inspections of areas where staff are working and for involving them in such inspections.
The Managers and staff are responsible for participating in and contributing to the inspection
program.
14-1
Inspection/Behavior Procedure
Job Site Inspections
1. Site inspections can occur for the following reasons:
a. The OH&S Manager, Sr. Safety Officer, or Site Safety Officer and worker
representative will randomly choose a job site to be inspected.
b. Scheduled weekly inspection.
c. An unresolved Hazard Assessment Corrective Action.
d. An employee refusal to work.
2. Job site inspections will review the following:
a. Site conditions
b. Safe work practices and procedures
c. Use of appropriate PPE
d. Equipment condition and use
e. Hazard assessment
f. Training opportunities
g. Correct documentation process
h. Customer satisfaction
i. Fire extinguishers
j. Eye wash stations
k. Posting of minutes of Toolbox and Joint Occupational Health & Safety Committee
meetings.
3. The Site Inspection form will be completed by the inspector, noting all the required
details. No individual names are recorded on this form, as it is not a disciplinary tool.
4. Upon return the inspector will forward the completed form to the Site Safety Officer for
review and input.
5. Findings from inspections and the resulting corrective actions will be included in the
agenda for the next toolbox meeting.
Inspection/Observation Practices
Do’s






Involve all workers
Document every area inspected
Walk through site area
Speak to workers that are observed
Ask questions of items if unsure
Share Inspection results
Don’ts




Focus on specific worker
Lay blame
Startle or yell at workers
Ignore hazards
Refer to these required forms on the company intranet, safety zone, forms tab
039–Site Overall Checklist Pt. 1
040–Site Overall Checklist Pt. 2
100–Turnover Checklist (BSP to SPD)
130–Worksite Hazard Assessment
014 – SPD Weekly Inspection
115 – Behavior Observation Sheet
14-2
Chapter 15 Investigations
Reporting Near Misses and Unsafe Acts
Reporting near misses or unsafe acts is crucial to the prevention of future accidents or
incidents.
Legislation Standards
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (British Columbia)
Immediate notice of certain accidents
1. An employer must immediately notify the Board of the occurrence of any accident that:
a. Resulted in serious injury to or the death of a worker,
b. Involved a major structural failure or collapse of a building, bridge, tower, crane,
hoist temporary construction support system or excavation,
c. Involved the major release of a hazardous substance, or
d. Was an incident required by regulation to be reported?
2. Except as otherwise directed by an officer of the Board or a peace officer, a person must
not disturb the scene of an accident that is reportable under subsection (1) except as far
as is necessary to:
a. Attend to persons injured or killed
b. Prevent further injuries or death, or
c. Protect property that is endangered as a result of the accident.
Incidents that must be investigated
1. An employer must immediately undertake an investigation in to the cause of any
accident or other incident that:
a. Resulted in injury to a worker requiring medical treatment,
b. Did not involve injury to a worker, or involved only minor injury not requiring
medical treatment, but had a potential for causing serious injury to a worker, or
c. Was an incident required by regulation to be investigated?
2. Subsection (2) does not apply in the case of a vehicle accident occurring on a public
street or highway.
15-1
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (Alberta)
Serious injuries and accidents
1. The injuries and accidents to be reported are:
a. An injury or accident that results in death
b. An injury or accident that results in the worker’s being admitted to a hospital for
more than 2 days,
c. An unplanned or uncontrolled explosion, fire, flood that causes a serious injury or
that has the potential of causing a serious injury.
d. The collapse or upset of a crane, derrick or hoist, or
e. The collapse or failure of any component of a building or structure necessary for
the structural integrity of the building or structure.
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (Saskatchewan)
Immediate notice of certain accidents
1. An employer shall ensure that every accident that causes or may cause death of a
worker or that requires a worker to be admitted to a hospital as an in-patient for a period
of 24 hours or more is investigated as soon as reasonably possible by:
a. The co –chair or designates;
b. The employer and the representative; or
c. Where there is no committee or representative, the employer.
2. After the investigation of an accident, an employer, in consultation, with the cochairpersons or their designates or with the representative, shall prepare a written report
that includes:
a. A description of the accident;
b. Any graphics, photographs, or other evidence that may assist in determining the
cause or causes of the accident;
c. An explanation of the cause or causes of the accident;
d. The immediate corrective action taken; and
e. Any long term action that will be taken to prevent the occurrence of a similar
accident or the reason for not taking action.
15-2
Accident Reporting and Investigation – (Manitoba)
SERIOUS INCIDENTS AT WORK
Definition: "serious incident"
1.1 In sections 1.2 to 1.5, "serious incident" means an incident
a) in which a worker is killed;
b) in which a worker suffers
i.
an injury resulting from electrical contact,
ii.
unconsciousness as the result of a concussion,
iii.
a fracture of his or her skull, spine, pelvis, arm, leg, hand or foot,
iv.
amputation of an arm, leg, hand, foot, finger or toe,
v.
third degree burns,
vi.
permanent or temporary loss of sight,
vii.
a cut or laceration that requires medical treatment at a hospital as defined in
The Health Services Insurance Act, or
viii.
asphyxiation or poisoning; or
c) that involves
i.
the collapse or structural failure of a building, structure, crane, hoist, lift,
temporary support system or excavation,
ii.
an explosion, fire or flood,
iii.
an uncontrolled spill or escape of a hazardous substance, or
iv.
the failure of an atmosphere-supplying respirator.
Notice of serious incident
1.2 (1) When a serious incident occurs at a workplace, an employer must immediately and by
the fastest means of communication available, notify the division of the incident and provide
the following information:
a) the name and address of each person involved in the incident;
b) the name and address of the employer, and if any person involved in the incident is
employed by another employer, the name and address of that other employer;
c) the name and address of each person who witnessed the incident;
d) the date, time and location of the incident;
e) the apparent cause of the incident and the circumstances that gave rise to it.
1.3 (2) An employer who becomes aware that information provided under subsection (1) was
inaccurate or incomplete must immediately notify the division of the correct or complete
information.
Site of serious incident to be preserved
1.4 Except to the extent necessary to free a trapped person or to avoid the creation of an
additional hazard, and subject to a directive issued by a safety and health officer under
clause 24(1)(l) of the Act, an employer must ensure that nothing involved in a serious
incident is altered or moved until at least 24 hours after the notice under subsection 2.7(1) is
given.
15-3
Investigations: serious incidents and accidents
1.5 (1) An employer must ensure that each of the following is investigated as soon as
reasonably practicable after it occurs:
a) a serious incident;
b) an accident or other dangerous occurrence
i.
that injures a person, and results in the person requiring medical treatment, or
ii.
that had the potential to cause a serious incident.
Worker’s Compensation Board (WCB) Links to Policy
British Columbia
http://www.worksafebc.com/regulation_and_policy/default.asp
Worksafe BC Emergency and accident reporting
Monday - Friday, 8:30 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
1 888 621-SAFE (7233) Toll-free in Canada
After hours (Richmond) Toll-free 1 866 WCB-HELP (922-4357)
Alberta
http://www.wcb.ab.ca/public/
Workers Compensation Board – Alberta
Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 4:30 p.m.
1-866-922-9221 (Toll-free in Alberta)
1-800-661-9608 Toll-free
Reporting an Incident – Notify the Occupational Health and Safety Contact Centre
1-866-415-8690 (Toll-free)
Open 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.
Saskatchewan
http://www.wcbsask.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/PolicyManual.pdf
Saskatchewan Workers’ Compensation Board
Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m., 1:00 p.m. – 4:47 p.m.
1-800-667-7590 Toll-free
1-800-787-9288 (WCB Telefile W1 Initial Reports of Injury Only)
Manitoba
http://www.wcb.mb.ca/policy-manual
The Workers Compensation Board of Manitoba
Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 7:00 p.m.
1-855-954-4321 Toll-free
1-855-957-SAFE (7233) Toll-free to report serious workplace incidents, injuries or
fatalities, or to report unsafe work.
15-4
Incident Investigations
Incident Investigations are one of the cornerstones of our Accident Prevention Program. The
purpose of an investigation is to find out why the incident occurred and develop actions that will
reduce the risk of a similar incident from happening again.
The first and most important step in the investigation process is to REPORT THE INCIDENT
IMMEDIATELY. The key to a good investigation is good information. Accurate information is
impossible to obtain if the incident isn’t reported promptly. Your supervisor and crew safety
representative should be informed of incidents as soon as they occur, so that they can conduct
the investigation BEFORE THE END OF THE SHIFT.
The policy is attached, which outlines the investigation steps.
Three important points to remember are:
 Take some time to determine the contributing factors. Consider both the mechanical
factors AND the human element. Use the ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS TECHNIQUE –
ask WHY? - to the root cause.
 Recommendations must address the contributing factors. Be sure that the
recommendations can be verified. They must be tangible actions. Everybody to be more
careful all the time is not a legitimate recommendation.
 Assign someone to follow up on each recommendation. The investigation belongs to
you, and it isn’t complete until all the recommendations have been done.
Incident Investigations are a powerful Injury Prevention Tool.
Conducting good quality investigations will prevent injuries.
At the Monthly Safety Meeting:
 Choose 2 or 3 recent investigations from the site for discussion
 Review the investigations
 Engage your crew in a critique of the investigations
 Was the incident described accurately?
 Were all the contributing factors captured?
 Practice the Root Cause Analysis Technique
 Do the recommendations address the contributing factors?
 Can the recommendations be verified?
 Are specific people assigned to follow up, and were they present at the investigation?
Formal Investigations:
Formal investigations are held for serious incidents or in situations when the initial investigation
leaves questions unanswered. The Supervisor and the Site Safety Officer conduct the formal
investigations.
A formal investigation can be initiated by:
 The people who conducted the initial investigation can recommend that a formal
investigation be done.
 The Supervisor, Site Safety Officer can determine that a formal investigation be done
when they review the initial investigation.
15-5
A formal investigation must contain the following information:
 Date of Initial Investigation
 Date of Formal Investigation
 The names of people present at the Formal Investigation
 A summary of the incident, which includes a clear description
 Sequence of events leading up to the incident
 All contributing factors, including primary contributing factor (root causes)
 Recommendations
Incident Investigation Policy
Purpose:
Incident reporting, investigating and communicating are essential elements of our Injury
Prevention Program. The sole purpose of an investigation is to establish the causes and make
recommendations in order to prevent incidents from happening again. The following provides
the guidelines to be used for Incident Investigations.
Scope:
This policy applies to all worksite employees, sub-contractors and working visitors.
Policy:
1.
INCIDENT INVESTIGATION TIMETABLE
 Initial incident investigations are conducted immediately after the incident by the
Supervisor, Site Safety Officer, including witnesses. Prepare the initial investigation,
and upload to the Health and Safety Database, First Aid folder.
 The Safety Officer, and Site Superintendent, determines the corrective actions that
will be taken to prevent recurrence.
INCIDENTS TO BE INVESTIGATED
An investigation must be held immediately into the cause of every accident or incident involving:
 vehicle accidents
 violations of safe work procedures or WCB regulations
 fires
 injury requiring medical treatment
 near miss incidents that had a potential to cause serious injury
WorkSafe will be notified if an incident:
 resulted in death or serious risk of death
 involved a major structural failure or collapse of a building, bridge tower, crane, hoist,
temporary construction support system or excavation
 involved the major release of a toxic or hazardous substance
 WorkSafe will be notified, on behalf of the employer.
DEFINITION OF SERIOUS INJURY:
15-6
Any injury that results in, or is expected to result in, a total, permanent or partial disability
and/or requires the patient to be transported “RTC – Rapid Transit Category”.
A serious injury is any injury that can reasonably be expected at the time of the incident to
endanger life or cause permanent injury. Serious injuries include both traumatic injuries that are
life threatening or that result in a loss of consciousness, and incidents such as chemical
exposures, heat stress, and cold stress which are likely to result in a life threatening condition or
cause permanent injury or significant physical impairment.
Traumatic injuries that should be considered "serious injuries" include













Major fractures or crush injuries, such as a fracture of the skull, spine, or pelvis
Multiple, open or compound fractures or fractures to major bones, such as the
humerus, fibula, tibia, radius or ulna
Crushing injuries to the trunk, head or neck, or multiple crush injuries
An amputation, at the time of the accident, of an arm or leg or amputation of a major
part of a hand or foot
Penetrating injuries to eye, head, neck, chest, abdomen, or groin
An accident that caused significant respiratory compromise, or punctured lung
Circulatory shock (i.e. internal hemorrhage) or injury to any internal organ
Lacerations that cause severe hemorrhages
All burns that meet the rapid transport criteria of the Occupational First Aid Training
Manual, including:
o Third degree burns to more than 30% of the body surface
o Third degree burns to the face, head, or neck
o Burns of any degree with complications
An asphyxiation or poisoning resulting in a partial or total loss of physical control ( i.e.
loss of consciousness of a worker in a confined space) or a respiratory rate of fewer
than 10 breaths per minute or severe dyspnea (difficult or laboured breathing)
Decompression illness, or lung over-pressurization during or after a dive or any
incident of near drowning
Traumatic injury which is likely to result in a loss of sight, hearing or touch
Injuries that require a critical intervention such as CPR, artificial ventilation or control
of hemorrhaging or treatment beyond First Aid, such as the intervention of
Emergency Health Services personnel (e.g. transportation to further medical
attention), a physician and subsequent surgery, or admittance to an intensive care
unit should also be considered “serious injuries”
In summary, investigate all incidents that had potential to cause serious injury or
property damage.
15-7
Serious Injury/Fatality Notification Policy
POLICY
This policy applies to all company employees. The notification process and responsibilities for
serious injuries or fatalities must follow the approved procedures as described below.
NOTIFICATION
1. First Aid Attendant/ Site Safety Officer
a) The First Aid Attendant must immediately notify:
i) Site Supervisor
ii) Site Safety Officer (if not already notified)
b) The First Aid Attendant will notify, or delegate the Supervisor to immediately notify:
i) Hospital Emergency
ii) OH&S Director 1-250-850-3215
2. OH&S Director
a) The OH&S Director will immediately notify:
i) RCMP (fatality only)
ii) WCB Inspector (fatality or serious injuries)
iii) Company CEO
iv) HR Director
v) Risk Manager (Insurance purposes)
3. HR Director
a) The HR Director will ensure family notification is completed.
INVESTIGATIONS
With respect to major injury investigations:
•
Fact findings, preliminary and formal investigations will be convened immediately, as
directed by the OH&S Director.
INVESTIGATION PROTOCOL
After an incident:
a. An initial investigation is conducted by the Supervisor, Site Safety Officer & First
Aid Attendant using the Incident Investigation Report (Form #029).
b. The initial investigation is forwarded to the OH&S head office for review. After
reviewing the investigation, he will determine if the investigation is properly
complete and whether a formal investigation is required.
c. If the investigation is not satisfactory, it will be returned to the Supervisor, Site
Safety Officer & First Aid Attendant and done again.
d. If a formal investigation is required, the Site Safety Officer & Supervisor will
conduct the investigation using all available evidence and witness testimony.
e. The formal investigation will be forwarded to the OH&S head office where it will
be reviewed for quality and completeness. If the investigation is satisfactory, it
will be distributed.
f. The investigations will be reviewed periodically to ensure that follow-up items are
completed. It is the Supervisor’s responsibility to maintain a system showing the
status of each investigation in their area.
15-8
INCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING SUB-CONTRACTORS
 In the case of Sub-Contractors on the worksite, it shall be the responsibility of the
First Aid Attendant and Sub-Contractor’s REP dealing with the Sub-Contractors to
ensure that investigation, reporting, and remedial action are carried out properly and
without delay.
 In case of fatality or incident reportable under WCB Regulation, the Supervisor &
OH&S Director must be notified immediately, and have the right to participate in the
investigation being conducted by the WCB or the sub-contractor REP.
Conducting Investigations
The primary purpose of an investigation is to identify these causes so that corrective action can
be taken to prevent a recurrence of the incident. Additionally, information collected will be
valuable in meeting the WCB and OH&S reporting requirements.
The site manager in charge of the area and/or personnel involved should conduct
investigations. You may assist in the investigation and must review every incident report to
ensure that appropriate corrective action take place.
The person or team conducting an investigation into an incident should proceed as follows:
1. Take control of the scene.
2. Ensure that any injured people are cared for.
3. Ensure that no further injury or damage occurs.
4. Get the “big picture” of what happened.
5. Examine equipment /materials involved.
6. Collect and safeguard any physical evidence.
7. Take photographs of the scene.
8. Interview people involved and obtain written statements where appropriate.
9. Analyze all the available information to determine the causes.
10. Determine what corrective action will prevent recurrence.
11. Complete the report.
NOTE: Incident investigations are not conducted to fix blame; they are conducted to prevent
recurrence.
Protect the Scene
Is there a requirement to protect the incident scene?
Unless directed by an OH&S officer or a peace officer, no one must disturb the scene of a
reportable accident except to:



attend to persons injured or killed
prevent further injuries or death
protect property that is endangered as a result of the accident
15-9
Incident Investigation Checklist
Note: Wherever possible, the names and addresses of dependents/next of kin should be
obtained in all fatal investigations.
Notification
 Agency
 Time and date of accident
 Time and date of notification
 Time and date of arrival on site
Scene
 Diagram
 Photos
 Measurements
Worker
 Name
 Home address and phone number
 Occupation
 Experience
 Training with job
 Familiarity with equipment
 How supervised
 Personal protective gear
 Personal problem on/off job
 Nature of injuries
Supervisor
 Name
 Age
 Experience as Supervisor
 Experience in the job was doing
 Personal knowledge of the worker
 Method of supervision
 Knowledge of OH&S Regulations
 His or her opinion of how accident
happened
 His or her opinion of how accident
could have been prevented
 His or her instruction from
management
First Aid
 Were services available
 Was treatment given
 Name of First Aid Attendant
Other Party
 Instructions
 Experience in industry
 Experience in job at time of accident
 Supervision
 Training
 Knowledge of OH&S Regulations
 Familiarity with equipment used at time
of accident
Equipment and Site
 General condition
 Lighting
 Ventilation
 Wind
 Temperature
 Weather conditions
 Terrain
 Noise
Persons with Information
 Name
 Work and resident address
 Recollection of accident
 Hearsay (scuttle)
Employer
 Name and address of head office
 Address of office where worker
records are held
 Condition of firm safety program
15-10
Injury Flow Chart (Alberta)
This Flow Chart can be found on the
Company Intranet/Safety Zone/Injury
Management
15-11
Injury Flow Chart (All Other Provinces)
This Flow Chart can be found on the
Company Intranet/Safety Zone/Injury
Management
15-12
022 – First Aid Report
029 – Incident Investigation Report
030 – Near Miss Card
052 – Return to Work Package
 Includes the following:
 Page 1 – Personal Letter to Injured / Ill Worker
 Page 2 – Return to Work / Light Duty Agreement
 Page 3 – Incident Worksheet (Employee to fill out)
 Page 4 – Personal Letter to Attending Physician
 Page 5 – Physician’s Assessment of Employee’s Return to Work
 Page 6 – Medical Release Form
 Page 7 – Return to Work Plan
 Page 8 – Employment Pre Work Meeting
 Page 9-10 – Return to Work Plan – Progress Chart
116 – Witness Statement
15-13
15-14
Chapter 16 Return to Work / Light Duty
Intent of Policy
The purpose of this Statement of Policy and Procedure is to return valued employees to their
regular jobs through the use of a fair and consistent return to work program, following an injury
or illness.
Policy Statement
In accordance with legislative and company requirements, it is mandatory that all employees
participate in the Return to Work (RTW) program.
In the event of an accident in the workplace, all employees are expected to report the incident
immediately. Should the injury cause the employee to require time away from work, or creates a
disability that restricts their ability to work, the employee will be expected to return to work as
soon as it is safe to do so. The capabilities of the returning employees will be the primary
consideration in determining the placement of the employee and suitability of the work provided.
The goal of the program is to return the employee to their original job. This will be accomplished
by using reduced periods of time to ease back into a full work schedule, a modified job, an
alternate job, or through a combination of the three.
For the company to properly implement the RTW Policy, it is important that employees provide
the company with detailed information pertaining to their inability to perform their employment
duties with medical documentation, so that work alternatives can be sought out.
Accommodation can include:
•
revised work schedules
•
increased flexibility
•
modified duties
•
gradual return to work
In some cases, however, employees will not be able to return to their pre-disability position and
a search begins for a new job.
A permanent restriction is a medical condition where the employee has reached maximum
recovery. Documentation must be provided by the attending physician and returned to the
Supervisor or Manager. Employees who have been placed on permanent restrictions will be
accommodated in accordance with applicable provincial legislation and appropriate
arrangements will be made where possible. In cases where an employee on permanent
restrictions wishes to transfer to another job, that person may be eligible to move, provided
there is a position available and the essential job duties are within their capabilities.
For more information, please contact the OH&S Manager.
16-1
Return to Work /Injury Management Program Procedure
Upon an incident taking place where a worker gets injured and requires medical intervention.
Site Safety Officer & Site Supervisor Responsibilities:
 Explains the RTW process to the injured worker and gives the RTW Package (Form
#052) to the injured worker for injured worker to complete.
 Completes page 1 & 4 of the RTW package with the injured worker.
 Makes 2 copies of the signed Page 2 RTW/ Light Duty Agreement
o 1 for injured worker
o 1 for OH&S Dept.
 Ensure worker completed the WCB Worker Injury Reporting Form (printed from
provincial WCB web site)
 Contacts OH&S Head Office immediately in order to notify that an Injury Management
(RTW) Program has started.
 Ensures worker returns to work the day following the incident. If not the OH&S Head
Office is to be contacted immediately and contact with the worker should be made.
 Follows up with Injured worker on day after incident
o To get completed RTW paperwork (pages 2, 3, 5)
o To get doctor’s note before employee returns to work.
 Forwards all required paperwork to OH&S Head Office.
 Maintains & documents weekly contact with the injured worker during the recovery
process.
 Collaborates Light Duty tasks that the injured worker may complete as a part of a
Modified Work Program. (if required)
 Participates in the creation of the Return to Work Plan (page 6) with the Worker,
Physician, Site Safety Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office. The RTW Plan is
based on the capabilities of the worker and whatever alternative work is appropriate.
 Holds the Employment Pre Work Meeting in cooperation with Worker, Site Safety
Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office and ensures that the Employment Pre
Work Meeting Form (Page 7) is completed.
 In cooperation with Worker, Site Safety Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office,
ensures that RTW Program progress is maintained and revisited on a regular basis.
 Should changes be required to be implemented to the RTW Plan, works with Worker,
Site Safety Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office to implement revisions as
necessary.
Site Safety Officer Responsibilities (In addition to above):
 Collects documents from the injured worker
o To be forwarded to OH&S Dept at head office ASAP.
 Records hours worked during recovery. (modified duties)
 Communicates with OH&S head office.
o Forwards hours worked to OH&S head office.
 Conduct complete investigation of incident including witness statements and photos if
available
 Remain in weekly contact with the injured worker.
16-2



Documents all contact with the injured worker and forwards this contact log to OH&S
Head Office for RTW file.
Oversees the RTW process for the Injured worker
Works with other departments (OH&S, HR, to ensure that the injured worker’s RTW
process is completed as per the RTW/Injury Management Program Procedure.)
Injured Worker Responsibilities:
 Ensures completion of:
o Page 2 – Return to Work /Light Duty Policy
o Page 3 – Incident Worksheet
o Page 5 - Physician’s Assessment of Employee’s Return to Work.
 Keeps in touch weekly
o with the employer (via the Site Safety Officer and OH&S Head Office)
o with the WCB worker
o with Medical Practitioner
 Attends all healthcare appointments.
 Follows prescribed treatment plan.
 Participates in the creation of the Return to Work Plan (page 6) with the Worker, Site
Safety Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office. The RTW Plan is based on the
capabilities of the worker and whatever alternative work is appropriate.
 Participates in the Employment Pre Work Meeting in cooperation with Site Safety
Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office.
 Accepts modified light duty work that is offered if physically capable of doing so.
 Should changes be required to be implemented to the RTW Plan, works with Site Safety
Officer, Site Supervisor and OH&S Head Office to implement revisions as necessary.
OH&S Head Office Responsibilities:
 Receives contact from Site Safety Officer or Site Supervisor that a first aid, medical aid
or lost time has taken place.
 Determines that Site Safety Officer or Site Supervisor will start the RTW process with the
injured worker by providing the RTW Package and explaining the process to the injured
worker.
 Collects the following documents regarding the incident; files them on the O:/ drive and
inputs them into company Database:
o First Aid Report
o Near Miss Report
o Witness Statements
o Incident Investigation Report
 Follows up for missing information
 Creates a hardcopy file for the incident.
 Reports the injury/incident to WCB within 3 days (72 hours) depending on the province
 If time loss injury, contacts Company Payroll Department for information to provide to
WCB in regards to injured worker's wage and regular work schedule.
 Manages RTW paperwork for file until end date (worker returns to regular schedule)
o RTW Light Duty Agreement (Page 2)
o Incident Worksheet (Page 3)
o Physician's Assessment of Employee's RTW (Page 5)
16-3
Medical Release section of Physician’s Assessment of Employee’s RTW Form
(Page 5)
o Return to Work Plan (Page 6)
o Employment Pre Work Meeting (Page 7)
When worker is ready to commence a modified work program ensures that the Return to
Work Plan (Page 6) is completed and that Employment Pre Work Meeting (Page 7) has
taken place beforehand. (in cooperation with Worker, Site Safety Officer and Site
Supervisor)
Reports to WCB when the worker will start on a modified work schedule (Return to Work
Plan) & send time cards of the modified work schedule (so that WCB can top up
benefits).
Reports to WCB when the worker will return to regular work schedule (Return to Work
Plan).
Is responsible for providing any requested information to WCB.
In cooperation with Worker, Site Safety Officer and Site Supervisor, ensures that Return
to Work Program is maintained and revisited on a regular basis.
Should changes be required to be implemented to the RTW Plan, collaborate with
Worker, Site Supervisor and Site Safety Officer to implement revisions as necessary.
Communicates with OH&S Manager the status of the individual worker's Injury
Management Program as necessary.
o







16-4
Seymour Pacific and BroadStreet Properties Light Duty Jobs
When assigning an injured employee to a light duty job, ensure the job meets the doctors’
restrictions and follows the 3 necessities of modified duties:
 Worker must be capable
 Worker must not harm or slow recovery
 Must be productive and non-demeaning
Below is a list of light duty tasks that injured workers could be assigned. This list is compiled of
only suggestions, each site and worker is individual. Please run all light duty assignments by the
OH&S department for approval.



















Application of de-icing material during
winter months
Assign a helper/labourer to assist
injured worker preform duties they
cannot.
Assist Surveyor
Assisting in creating Job Task Analysis
(inquire with OH&S Administrator)
Assisting Site Administrator or Site
Safety Officer with tasks they may have.
Blocking & Bridging
Clean and service tools
Cleaning Site Trailers
Complete a safety inspection
Complete safety training
Confined Space Monitoring
Create or re-write evacuation maps
Deficiency lists
Dewatering/monitoring pumps
Drive a vehicle, run errands
Inspect fire extinguishers & eye washes
Install Door Hardware
Inventory parts, supplies, and/or tools
Janitorial and clean up tasks






















Job supervision and Reporting (if the
injured worker is in supervisory position)
Maintenance tasks
Making Calls & Answering phone
Mow lawns with riding lawn mower
Office tasks available
Order supplies
Perform quality control inspections
Pick up trash in buildings and around
site
Printing or Filing paperwork
Replenish first aid Kits
Safety Orientations
Shipping receiver
Shred documents
Site or on location security
Sweeping
Train new employees
Update Manuals
Update MSDS manuals
Update safety bulletin board
Wash company vehicles
Work normal job but slower
Work normal job but with specific
limitations
16-5
030 – Reportable Incident Card
o Page 1 – Personal Letter to Employee
o Page 2 – Return to Work / Light Duty Policy
o Page 3 – Incident Worksheet (Employee to fill out)
o Page 4 – Personal Letter to Attending Physician
o Page 5 – Physician’s Assessment of Employee’s Return to Work
o Page 6 – Return to Work Plan
o Page 7 – Employment Pre Work Meeting
o Page 8 – Workers Injury Reporting Form for WCB (Differs by province)
16-2
Chapter 17 First Aid Equipment & Records
First Aid supplies and attendant must adhere to provincial legislation for that area. First Aid
equipment and facilities will be audited monthly.
First Aid Paper Work
1. First aid reports are to be filled out with every first aid treatment.
2. An employee seeks medical attention:
a. An Employer’s report of injury (WCB Report) needs to be filled out if patient
requires or seeks medical attention.
b. An Employee’s report of injury (WCB Report) needs to be filled out by employee
if they seek medical attention.
c. A Physician’s Assessment Sheet must be provided to the patient before going to
medical aid.
d. See the Return to Work /Light Duty Policy and Procedure for further information
(Chapter 17)
First Aid Records
1. The employer must maintain at the workplace, in a form acceptable to the Board, a
record of all injuries and exposures to contaminants covered by this Regulation that
have been reported or treated.
2. First Aid records must be kept for at least 3 years.
3. First Aid records are to be kept confidential and may not be disclosed except as
permitted by this Regulation or otherwise permitted by law.
4. First Aid records must be available for inspection by an officer of the Board.
5. Workers may request or authorize access to their First Aid records for any treatment or
report about themselves
First Aid Procedure
All injuries must be reported to the first aid attendant who will treat and/or record the injury.
1. Minor Injury
In the case of a minor injury:
a. The injured person will report to the First Aid office for treatment.
b. The first aid attendant may either:
i. refer the employees to the hospital, if necessary
ii. refer the employee to regular work
iii. refer the employee to the supervisor and/or the OH&S Department for
light duty evaluation
17-1
2. Serious Injury
In the case of a serious injury:
First Response
If a person is seriously injured, the first person on the scene will:
1. NOT move the injured person unless there is an immediate threat of further injury
2. Phone emergency numbers and clearly and calmly report:
a. location
b. type of injury
c. number of injured
3. Dispatch a guide to the nearest road to direct the first aid attendant to the scene.
4. While waiting for the first aid attendant to arrive:
a. if conscious, keep the injured person warm and reassured
b. if unconscious:
i. ensure that the air passage is kept clear
ii. check for respiration, pulse and bleeding
iii. stop the bleeding
iv. commence CPR, if necessary
5. Once the first aid attendant arrives, follow their instructions completely.
General Notification
With respect to notification of a serious injury:
1. The HR Director will be responsible for notifying the injured person’s family.
2. The status report on an injured person’s condition should be officially determined by the
first aid attendant, and confirmed with the hospital/doctor before relaying such
information to others for general release.
3. The appropriate senior management representative should be contacted at the earliest
opportunity.
Responsibilities of Supervisors
With respect to the responsibilities of the Supervisor for job related injuries:
Family Notification of Hospitalization
With respect to notification of the family;
1. If an employee is hospitalized due to an injury on the job, the HR Director will:
a. notify the injured person’s family or
b. make arrangements for somebody more familiar with the family to make
notifications
c. offer assistance
First Aid Record
With respect to completing the First Aid Record:
1. The First Aid Record will be filled out by the employee and/or first aid attendant.
2. The Supervisor will ensure that a formal Incident Investigation is completed.
17-2
DEFINITIONS
Serious Injury
Any injury that results in, or is expected to result in, a total, permanent or partial disability where
partial disability includes:
•
major burns
•
loss of sight
•
loss of major part, or whole, limb
•
spinal injury leading to paralysis or major loss of function
•
severe lacerations requiring hospitalization
•
permanent loss of mental acuity from a blow to the head
030 – Reportable Incident Card
o Page 1 – Personal Letter to Employee
o Page 2 – Return to Work / Light Duty Policy
o Page 3 – Incident Worksheet (Employee to fill out)
o Page 4 – Personal Letter to Attending Physician
o Page 5 – Physician’s Assessment of Employee’s Return to Work
o Page 6 – Return to Work Plan
o Page 7 – Employment Pre Work Meeting
17-3
17-4
Chapter 18 Right to Refuse Unsafe Work
Purpose
This procedure provides information regarding the application of Occupational Health & Safety
Regulation Refuse Unsafe Work. This Occupational Health Safety Regulation was written to
ensure that workers understand their right and responsibility to refuse unsafe work and to
establish a process to determine a resolution.
Scope
This procedure applies to all Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. employees.
Procedure
1. Workers have the right and responsibility to not carry out any work if they have
reasonable cause to believe that to do so, would create an undue risk or hazard to the
Health & Safety of themselves or others.
2. Workers are to immediately report the circumstances of the unsafe condition to their
supervisor, including the reasons for believing the job is unsafe to perform.
3. Supervisor must investigate the concern.
4. If the supervisor agrees that the condition is unsafe, the problem is to be corrected
without delay. If other workers are asked to perform the work, the supervisor must
inform them that a worker has refused this job and detail the reasons for refusal.
5. If the supervisor disagrees that the condition is unsafe, the supervisor must advise the
worker as well as the First Aid attendant of the response, explaining the reasons for
believing it is safe. If the matter is not resolved at this point, the worker maintains the
right to refuse to perform the work. 050-Right to Refuse Unsafe Work Tracking form
is to be used and forwarded as per the distribution list.
6. If the matter is not resolved, the supervisor continues to investigate the matter by
contacting the OH&S Manager. Together, the worker, the supervisor and OH&S
Manager, will investigate and try to resolve the matter. If the matter is still not resolved
at this point, the worker maintains the right to refuse to perform the work.
7. If the matter is not resolved, the OH&S Manager (or supervisor if OH&S Manager is not
in the area) contacts WorkSafe to have an Officer investigate and resolve the matter.
8. If the job is cancelled due to the inability to correct or resolve the condition, steps must
be taken to ensure other workers and supervisors are made aware of the safety
concerns, the results of the investigation, and the corrective measures before they can
commence the job which has been refused.
18-1
Other Information
1. If performing the task is deemed unsafe and the corrections required to make the job
safe cannot be done, the job must be cancelled until resolved. Cancellation of the job is
not discriminatory and the provisions of WorkSafe Regulation. The proper steps must be
taken, however, before the job recommences.
2. Workers cannot be subjected to any discriminatory action for their compliance with
WorkSafe OH&S. Workers can be temporarily assigned to other work (at no loss in pay)
until the matter is resolved; this is not deemed to constitute discriminatory action.
3. If it is determined that the “Refusal of Unsafe Work” procedure is being abused by either
party, WorkSafe may intervene.
4. WorkSafe will not tolerate discrimination against any worker by staff or management.
Provisions are made in the Workers Compensation Amendment Act to allow for
penalties pending an investigation of discrimination.
18-2
Work Safe Regulation – Refusal of Unsafe Work Flow Chart
18-3
18-4
Chapter 19 Preventative Maintenance
Preventative Maintenance and Repair Policy
Company owned vehicles and equipment will have all preventative maintenance and repair
work organized and authorized by the Fleet department. At no time is an employee allowed
to authorize any repairs without first contacting the Fleet department
The complete policy and procedure and required forms are located on the Company
Intranet, Fleet, Fleet Information.
Company Equipment Use Policy
All company owned equipment is solely for the use of approved company employees and is not
to be rented or loaned to another firm or individual under any circumstance.
Employee Use of Company Vehicle Policy
All company employees are required to operate vehicles in a safe, responsible manner in
accordance with all motor vehicle and municipal by-law regulations. It is a requirement of the
employee to follow the guidelines set out within this policy..
19-1
Equipment Pre-Trip Policy
Pre-trips are a daily requirement and are mandatory before using any piece of equipment.
Vehicle Log and Vehicle Inspection Policy
Vehicle Logs are in place to ensure all vehicle mileage is being constantly updated through the
Fleet department and drivers are accountable for the mileage ensued on company vehicles. It is
mandatory that employees submit accurate and complete vehicle inspections and vehicle
mileage logs as outlined in the policy.
Drivers Abstract Policy
It is mandatory that all Seymour Pacific Developments Ltd. employees (who operate a company
vehicle) have an up to date drivers abstract on file. In order to protect both employees and the
companies’ interests, full disclosure of driving records is a mandatory requirement. This
information is used to ensure proper insurance coverage and limits are in place.
19-2
Motor Vehicle Act Regulations
37.22 Pre-trip and post-trip inspections
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
No carrier shall permit a driver to drive, and no driver shall drive a commercial motor
vehicle unless the requirements of this section are met.
The driver or a person specified by the carrier shall satisfy himself or herself that the
commercial motor vehicle is in a safe operating condition including, but not limited to, the
operating condition of the following items:
a. Service brakes, including trailer brake connections and brake adjustments;
b. Parking brake;
c. Steering mechanism;
d. Lighting devices and reflectors;
e. Tires;
f. Horn;
g. Windshield wipers;
h. Rear vision mirrors;
i. Coupling devices;
j. Wheels and rims;
k. Emergency equipment;
l. Load securement devices.
The inspection referred to in subsection (2) shall be performed daily before the first trip
of the day.
If a trip lasts more than one day, the inspection required by subsection (2) shall be
carried out on the second and every subsequent day of the trip no later than the first rest
stop of the day.
If a commercial motor vehicle's first trip of the day is to provide relief from an earthquake,
flood, fire, famine, drought, epidemic, pestilence or other disaster by transporting
passengers or goods, the inspection required by subsection (2) shall be carried out
before the commercial motor vehicle's first trip that is not for that purpose.
The driver or the person specified under subsection (2) shall,
7. At the end of the final trip of the day, or
8. Where a trip lasts more than one day, on every subsequent day of the trip at the final
rest stop of the day,
Inspect the commercial motor vehicle and record in the trip inspection report defects observed
as a result of this inspection or while in charge of the commercial motor vehicle.
Vehicle Maintenance Reports are to be completed for every problem requiring repair by
mechanical personnel.
Note: This policy sets a minimum companywide standard; however, any worksite may choose to
adhere to a higher standard.
19-3
19-4
Chapter 20 Workplace Harassment Prevention
INTENT OF POLICY:
Seymour Pacific Development and Broadstreet Properties (the Company) is committed to
building and preserving a safe, productive and healthy working environment for its employees
based on mutual respect. In accordance with the British Columbia’s Workers Compensation Act,
and Occupational Health and Safety Regulation, Alberta’s Human Rights Act, the
Saskatchewan Human rights Commission under the Human Rights Act and the Manitoba’s
Workplace Safety and Health Regulation with respect to violence and harassment in the work
place, the Company does not condone or tolerate acts of harassment against or by any
employee.
Policy Statement:
This policy applies to the Company, its employees, contractors, visitors and clients who are on
the Company's premises or acting on behalf of the Company at all times and without exception.
In accordance with workplace rights set out under the Human Rights Code, every employee has
a right to freedom from harassment in the workplace by the employer or agent of the employer
or by another employee because of:
o Ancestry, including colour and perceived race
o Association
o Nationality or national origin
o Ethnic background or origin
o Religion or creed, or religious belief, religious association or religious activity or
religious creed
o Age
a. Alberta 18+
b. Saskatchewan 18-64
o Sex, including gender-determined characteristics or circumstances, such as
pregnancy, the possibility of pregnancy, or circumstances related to pregnancy
o Gender identity
o Sexual orientation
o Marital status
o Family status
o a. Saskatchewan defines as a parent-child relationship
o Source of income;
o a. Saskatchewan defines as receipt of public assistance
o Political belief, political association or political activity
o Physical or mental disability or related characteristics or circumstances, including
reliance on a service animal, a wheelchair, or any other remedial appliance or device
o Social disadvantage
o Criminal charges or criminal record.
20-1

A sexual solicitation or advance made by a person in a position to confer, grant or deny
a benefit or advancement to the person where the person making the solicitation or
advance knows or ought reasonably to know that it is unwelcome.

A reprisal or a threat of reprisal for the rejection of a sexual solicitation or advance where
the reprisal is made or threatened by a person in a position to confer, grant or deny a
benefit or advancement to the person.
Definitions:
Discrimination: In accordance with the Human Rights Code, discrimination occurs when
someone is treated differently and/or poorly because of one of the following:
 Race
Colour
 Ancestry
Place of Origin
 Political Belief
Religion
 Family or Marital Status
Physical or Mental Disability
 Sex
Sexual Orientation
 Age
Conviction of a criminal or summary
 Conviction offence that is unrelated
to the employment or to the intended
employment of that person
Harassment: means behavior:
 of a person, either by repeated conduct, comments, displays, actions or gestures, or by
a single serious comment, display, action, gesture or occurrence of conduct, that is
o unwelcome, vexatious, hostile, inappropriate or unwanted
o based on race, creed, religion, skin colour, sexual orientation, marital status,
family status, disability, physical size or weight, age, nationality, ancestry or place
of origin, or
o an improper use of the power or authority inherent in the person's position, and
that, in respect of a worker,
o threatens the health or safety of the worker,
o endangers a worker's job or threatens the economic livelihood of the worker,
o undermines the worker's job performance or negatively interferes with the
worker's career in any other way,
o adversely affects the worker's dignity or psychological or physical integrity, or
o results in a harmful workplace for the worker
Personal Harassment is deemed to include, but is not restricted to:
 one or a series of objectionable and unwelcome comments or actions directed toward a
specific person or group of persons which serve no legitimate work or academic related
20-2
purpose and have the effect of creating an intimidating, humiliating, hostile or offensive
environment; and
o Physical or verbal abuse, threats or intimidation that is humiliating or demeaning.
o Insulting, derogatory or degrading comments, jokes or gestures
o Personal ridicule or malicious gossip
o Unjustifiable interference with another’s work or work sabotage
o Refusing to work or co-operate with others
o Interference with or vandalizing personal property
Cyber Bullying: Bullying that occurs through the use of electronic communication (email, text
messaging, social networking etc.). Incidents of cyber bullying should be reported and will
Incidents of cyber bullying should be reported and will be investigated in accordance to the
procedures outlined within this Policy.
Bullying and harassing behaviours do not include:
 Expressing differences of opinions
 Offering constructive feedback, guidance, or work-related advice about behaviour
 Reasonable action taken by the Company or a supervisor relating to management and
direction of employees or the place of employment (e.g. counselling, managing a
worker’s performance, taking reasonable disciplinary actions, assigning work,
implementation of disciplinary actions).
Sexual Harassment: includes offensive or humiliating behaviour that is related to a person's
sex, as well as behaviour of a sexual nature that creates an intimidating, unwelcome, hostile, or
offensive work environment, or that could reasonably be thought to put sexual conditions on a
person's job or employment opportunities. Sexual harassment is frequently more about power
than about sex. It occurs in situations where there is unequal power between the parties
involved, and is an attempt by one person to assert power over the other. Abuse of authority
occurs when a person uses authority unreasonably to interfere with an employee or the
employee's job. It includes humiliation, intimidation, threats, and coercion. It does not include
normal managerial activities, such as counselling, performance appraisals, and discipline, as
long as these are not done in a discriminatory manner.
Abuse of Authority: occurs when a person uses authority unreasonably to interfere with an
employee or the employee's job. It includes humiliation, intimidation, threats, and coercion. It
does not include normal managerial activities, such as counselling, performance appraisals, and
discipline, as long as these are not done in a discriminatory manner.
20-3
Policy Guidelines
Seymour Pacific Development’s and Broadstreet Properties Workplace Harassment Prevention
Policy is not intended to discourage or prevent any complainants from exercising any other legal
rights under any other law.
Further, the intent of the Workplace Harassment Prevention Policy is not to stop free speech or
to interfere with everyday interactions; however, what one person finds offensive, another may
not.
Harassment can be distinguished from normal, mutually acceptable socializing. It is important to
remember that it is the perception of the receiver of the potentially offensive message that
determines whether something is acceptable or not (be it spoken, a gesture, a picture or some
other form of communication which may be deemed objectionable or unwelcome). Harassment
is often defined as “engaging in a course of vexatious comment or conduct that is known or
ought reasonably to be known to be unwelcome”.
Harassment is offensive, insulting, intimidating, and hurtful and does include unacceptable
behaviour related to violence or bullying. It creates an uncomfortable work environment and has
no place in employee relationships.
Procedures:
The Company will not tolerate any form of harassment or discrimination against any individual,
including job candidates, employees, managers, or clients, on any grounds. This commitment
applies to such areas as training, performance, assessment, promotions, transfers, layoffs,
remuneration, and all other employment practices and working conditions.
Every Seymour Pacific Development and/or Broadstreet Properties employee shall be held
personally accountable and responsible for enforcing this policy and must make every effort to
prevent discrimination and/or harassing behaviour. As such, employees must report every
incident of harassment immediately -- whether it was observed, happened to them personally,
or if the problem was reported to them.
Reporting Procedures:
Informal – If you believe you have been harassed you may:

Confront the harasser personally, or in writing, clearly stationg the unwelcome
behavior/action and requesting that it stop immediately; or

Discuss the situation with the harasser’s supervisor, your supervisor or any other
supervisor.
Any employee who feels discriminated against or harassed can and should, in all confidence
and without fear of reprisal, personally report the occurrence to his/her supervisor or manager.
20-4
Formal Procedure – If you believe you have been harassed you may make a written complaint
to the management team. The written complaint must be delivered to the human Resource
Director and include the following information:




The date and time of each incident you wish to report.
The name of the person(s) involved in the incident(s).
The name of any person or persons who witnessed the incident(s).
A full description of what occurred.
Once a written complaint has been received, the Company will complete a thorough
investigation. Harassment should not be ignored as silence can, and often is, interpreted as
acceptance. Employees will not be demoted, dismissed, disciplined, or denied a promotion,
advancement or employment opportunities because the rejected sexual advances or because
they lodged a complaint when they honestly believed they were being harassed or discriminated
against.
The investigation will include:
 Informing the accused of the complaint.
 Interviewing the complainant, and person(s) involved in the incident and any identified
witnesses.
 Interviewing any other person(s) who may have knowledge of the incident(s) complaint.
 Statements from all parties involved will be taken and a decision will be made.
 If necessary, the Company will employ outside assistance or request the use of our legal
counsel.
 Where it is determined that harassment has occurred, a written report of the remedial
action will be given to the employees concerned.
A copy of the complaint, detailing the complainant’s allegations, shall be provided to the
respondent(s) and contain the following information:
 The respondent is invited to reply in writing to the complainant’s allegations.
 The reply will be made known to the complainant before the case proceeds.
 The Company will take all measures to prevent any unnecessary disclosure of the
incident and the identities of the parties.
 During the investigation, the complainant and the respondent will be interviewed along
with any possible witnesses. Statements from all parties involved will be taken and a
decision will be made.
 If necessary, the Company may employ outside assistance or request the use of our
legal counsel.
 Employees will not be demoted, dismissed, disciplined, or denied a promotion,
advancement or employment opportunities, because the rejected sexual advances of
another employee or because they lodged a harassment complaint when they honestly
believed they were being harassed.
20-5

Where it is determined that harassment has occurred, appropriate disciplinary measures
will be taken immediately.
If the complainant decides not to lay a formal complaint, Senior Management may decide that a
formal complaint is required, which will be based on the investigation of the incident, and will file
such document(s), with the person(s) against whom the complaint is laid.
If it is determined that personal harassment has occurred, appropriate disciplinary measures will
be taken immediately.
Summons for Immediate Assistance:
Canada’s Criminal Code deals with matters such as violent acts threats and behaviours such as
stalking. The police should be contacted immediately when an act of violence has occurred in
the workplace or when someone in the workplace is threatened with violence. If an employee
feels threatened by a co-worker, volunteer, contractor, student, vendor, visitor, or
client/customer, then an immediate call to “911” is required.
Employees Rights:
All employees of the Company have the right to:
 Request the assistance of a Human Resources representative to resolve a complaint of
harassment; and
 File a complaint with the Provincial Human Rights Commission, respecting
discriminatory practices.
Disciplinary Measures:
If it is determined by the company that any employee has been involved in the harassment or
discrimination of another employee, immediate disciplinary action will be taken, up to and
including immediate dismissal without further notice.
Fraudulent/Malicious Complaints
It is important to realize that unfounded/frivolous allegations of personal harassment may cause
both the accused person and the company significant damage.
Making a false complaint or providing false information about a complaint is strictly prohibited
and a violation of this Policy. If it is determined by the company that any employee has
knowingly made a false complaint regarding an allegation of harassment or discrimination,
immediate disciplinary action will be taken up to and including termination.
Confidentiality and Legal Compliance:
All records of harassment, and subsequent investigations, are considered confidential and will
not be disclosed to anyone except to the extent required by law. The Company will do
everything it can to protect the privacy of the individuals involved and to ensure that
complainants and respondents are treated fairly and respectfully.
In cases where criminal proceedings are forthcoming, the Company will assist police agencies,
lawyers, insurance companies, and courts to the fullest extent.
20-6
Any disciplinary action will be determined by the Company and will be proportional to the
seriousness of the behavior/action concerned. The Company will also provide appropriate
assistance to any employee who is a victim of discrimination or harassment.
Roles in Maintaining A Positive Work Environment:
The Company and all employees have the following responsibilities in the workplace. We shall
continuously endeavor to eliminate and prevent harassment and discrimination in the workplace
and trust that all of our employees will assist in this elimination and prevention.
Employer’s Role
 The Company must ensure to the best of their abilities that no employees are subjected
to harassment in the workplace.
 The Company will ensure to take corrective action regarding any employee who
harasses another employee.
 The Company will not disclose the name of any complainant or alleged harasser, or the
circumstances of the complaint to anyone except where disclosure is:
o Necessary to investigate the complaint or take corrective action, or;
o Required by law.
Employee's Role
If you are a co-worker who has witnessed discrimination/harassment in the workplace:
 Inform the harassed person that you have witnessed what you believe to be
discrimination/harassment and that you find it unacceptable. Support is often welcome. If
that person does not feel that they have been discriminated against or harassed, then
the incident shall be considered closed.
 Inform the harasser(s) that you have witnessed the act(s) and find it unacceptable.
 Encourage the discriminated or harassed person to report the incident to his/her
Manager.
Management's Role
Management is legally responsible for creating and maintaining a discrimination and
harassment-free workplace.
 Managers must be sensitive to the climate in the workplace and address potential
problems before they become serious.
 If a manager becomes aware of harassment in the workplace and opts to ignore it, the
Manager and the Company’s risk being named co-respondent in a complaint and may
be held liable in legal proceedings.
When an employee has asked his/her manager to deal with a discrimination or harassment
incident, the manager will:
 Support the employee without prejudices or bias.
 Work with the employee and document the offensive action(s).
 Have the employee sign a complaint.
20-7

Contact his/her superior and/or senior management and provide details of the incident
on behalf of the employee.
Appeal Process:
If the aggrieved or respondent have worked with the process and feel that it has failed at some
point, or that the corrective action is not consistent with the incident(s) that led to the original
complaint, an appeal process is in place. The appeal must be submitted in writing to the
administrator who will ensure that the appeal is processed.
Nothing in this policy prevents or discourages a worker from referring a harassment complaint to
the Occupational Health and Safety Division under: The Occupational Health and Safety Act,
1993; particularly sections 3 and 4; and The Occupational Health and Safety Regulations, 1996;
particularly section 36.
A worker may also file a complaint with the Saskatchewan Human Rights Commission under
The Saskatchewan Human Rights Code, particularly sections 16, 17, 18 and 27. A worker
retains the right to exercise any other legal avenues available.
20-8
Chapter 21 Subcontractors
Subcontractor Responsibilities
It is every subcontractor’s responsibility, as a condition of the contract, to perform all duties in
compliance with SPD’s Occupational Health and Safety Program. Where SPD’s safety
requirements exceed the WORKSAFE or the subcontractor’s safety requirements, SPD’s safety
requirement shall be used as the minimum standard. The subcontractor is also responsible for
the compliance, of all workers for whom he is primarily responsible, with all Occupational Health
and Safety Regulations as well as all other applicable regulations.
1. As a condition of the work, all subcontractors signing a contract with SPD will agree that
their company, management, supervisory staff, all workers, and sub to a subcontractor
(persons employed for a company hired by the subcontractor), will comply with SPD’s
Occupational Health and Safety Program. This is binding while you are contracted to work
on SPD’s sites.
2. All contractors working for SPD will verify and:
a) Ensure Workers’ Compensation Board coverage is current. The subcontractor must
provide the contracts department with a Clearance letter or Letter of Good Standing with
Form 056 Subcontractor Safety Pre-Job Check Sheet prior to starting work on a SPD
Site. WCB coverage must be maintained and in cleared status while working on a SPD
site. If the subcontractors WCB status changes from cleared to deemed at any time,
they will be permitted only to work until the end of the day their WCB Coverage became
deemed. WCB cleared coverage must be provided prior to returning to work on site. If
the subcontractors WCB status moves from cleared to deemed at the end of the month,
the subcontractor can continue to work on site and will be given 3 days to provide proof
of WCB coverage.
b) Contact the SPD Site Safety officer to arrange a site safety orientation for their foreman
and crew prior to their first day of work on site. Orientations will only be held at 7:30
and 10:30 A.M. Monday to Friday at each SPD site. Ensure each employee added
later to the crew has undergone SPD’s Site Safety Orientation prior to commencing work
at any SPD site (including when transferring from one SPD site to another). Workers
who are on site without orientations will be removed from the site.
c) Ensure all employees under their control have received adequate instruction and training
to perform their jobs safely prior to starting work on site. Submit to SPD a record that the
employees they have reporting to the site are trained in the safe work procedures
pertaining to their work as well as basic site hazard awareness. Submit training
certificates required to perform their duties to Site Safety Officer prior to starting work on
site.
21-1
d) Perform inspections and verifications on a regular basis to ensure that health and safety
standards are met and that the workplace provides for the protection and welfare of their
own workers as well as those of the other sub-trades.
e) Conduct weekly Crew toolbox meetings and elect a representative to sit on the Site
Safety Committee.
f)
A representative at the monthly Site Safety meeting that takes active participation.
g) Conduct accident investigations and submit copies of investigation findings and
recommendations to the Site Safety Officer.
h) Sign in and out sheets are mandatory and will be completed daily.
i)
Smoking is permitted only in designated areas.
j)
Riding outside on equipment is prohibited.
k) Hot work Permit completed with appropriate individual protective equipment.
l)
Housekeeping must be maintained at all times.
m) Subcontractors must adhere to SPD Safe Work Practices.
n) Current MSDS for any hazardous materials they store and/or use on site
o) All written safe work procedures required to do their job safety.
Subcontractor Discipline Process
Sub-contractors that wilfully or repeatedly violate safety rules, regulations or policies shall be
subject to discipline. The following sanctions of increasing severity may be applied at the
discretion of the Director of OH&S or Site Supervisor. Sanctions which involve discipline outside
the guidelines below shall be applied only with the approval of the Director of OH&S or Site
Supervisor.
All formal warnings will be kept active for a period of one (1) year. If no further discipline
happens within the time period, the warning will become inactive. If further offences relating to
the issue have taken place, the warning will be attached to the next set of progressive
disciplinary actions
Note: Sub-contractors who hire a company to sub-contract a portion or all of the
contract, accept all responsibility of the sub-contracted companies’ employees.
Low Risk Violations - Worker
In most cases, low risk violations will follow the 4-step process outlined below:
Step One - Verbal warning (logged)
21-2
Step Two - Written Notification
Step Three- A 1 - 3 day suspension depending on the violation
Step Four – Banned from this Site.
Exceptions to the 4-step process above may be applied and enforced in instances where
the safety violation or transgression is in relation to one of the Seymour Pacific Five (5)
Safety Absolutes.
High Risk Violations
Seymour Pacific has instituted a strict disciplinary standard and, in cases of willful or repeated
flagrant transgression of policies, procedures or safe work practices pertaining to any of
the five safety absolutes, discipline will follow the process outlined below.
The Five Safety Absolutes
Recognizing the elevated potential for serious injury or death resulting from safe work
transgressions in the following 5 areas:
 Fall Protection (caught without fall protection on a roof, deck second story and up, in an
Aerial lift etc.)
 Confined Space (entering without permit or gas test being done)
 Excavation and Trenching (working in trench/excavation over 5 feet deep without sloping,
shoring, cage or engineered)
 Energy Isolation (working on equipment, machinery without locking/tagging it out)
 Operating mobile equipment without certification (Skid Steer, Telehander, Aerial lift etc.)
WCB Coverage
Ensure Workers’ Compensation Board coverage is current. The subcontractor must provide the
contracts department with a Clearance letter or Letter of Good Standing with Form 056
Subcontractor Safety Pre-Job Check Sheet prior to starting work on a SPD Site. WCB
coverage must be maintained and in cleared status while working on a SPD site. If the
subcontractors WCB status changes from cleared to deemed at any time, they will be permitted
only to work until the end of the day their WCB Coverage became deemed. WCB cleared
coverage must be provided prior to returning to work on site. If the subcontractors WCB status
moves from cleared to deemed at the end of the month, the subcontractor can continue to work
on site and will be given 3 days to provide proof of WCB coverage. Company warning will be
issued
Form 044,
Subcontractor Off-Hours Work Permit, must be completed and signed prior to
authorization to work after hours. (Subcontractors who do not have one or more workers with
valid first aid tickets will not be permitted to work after regular site hours). Company warning
will be issued
Sign in and out sheets
Provide a list of all workers the subcontractor has on the work site and monitor them to ensure
compliance with the safety regulations. It is mandatory for each worker to sign in upon arrival
and out when leaving the site. Company warning will be issued.
21-3
Company Violations - Canada Wide
Where violation or transgression of the Seymour Pacific Safety Absolute is not clearly
willful, repeated or flagrant by a Subcontractor company, a 3-step disciplinary process will
be enforced:
Step One
When a subcontractor company receives 6 violations of high risk within a 1 year
period, a 3 day suspension from the Seymour Pacific Site with a review panel
interview required prior to renewed work activity. The panel to be comprised of the
Director of Trades, Contracts & Quality Control, Director of Construction and the
Director of OH&S.
Step Two When a subcontractor company receives 10 violations of high risk within a 1 year
period, Permanent Termination from the Seymour Pacific Site with a review panel
interview required prior to renewing anymore contracts. The panel to be comprised
of the Director of Trades, Contracts & Quality Control, Director of Construction and
the Director of OH&S.
Step Three When a subcontractor company receives 15 violations of high risk within a 1 year
period, Permanent Termination from all Seymour Pacific Sites with a review panel
interview required prior to renewing anymore contracts. The panel to be comprised
of the Director of Trades, Contracts & Quality Control, Director of Construction and
the Director of OH&S.
Worker Infractions – Site Specific
First Offence:
The Director of OH&S or Site Supervisor will immediately remove the subcontractor worker from the site, barring them from work on this Seymour Pacific
site for 24 hours.
Second Offence:
The Director of OH&S or Site Supervisor will immediately remove the
sub-contractor worker from the site, barring them from working on this Seymour
Pacific site for 3 days.
Third Offence:
The Director of OH&S or Site Supervisor will immediately remove the subcontractor worker from the site, barring them from working on this Seymour
Pacific site again.
Fourth Offence: The Director of OH&S or Site Supervisor will immediately remove the subcontractor worker from the site, barring them from work on all Seymour Pacific
sites (in all provinces)
Note: The process for potential re-instatement as a subcontractor to be allowed back on
Seymour Pacific job sites is outlined below.
21-4
Re-instatement Process
Seymour Pacific recognizes that Subcontractors may learn from their mistakes and, as such, in
certain circumstances Seymour Pacific may be prepared to re-instate them as a Seymour
Pacific subcontractor, lifting their ban from working on Seymour Pacific sites.
The reinstatement process is as follows:
1. After a period of no less than 3 months, the Subcontractor must submit a written request
to the Seymour Pacific Director of Trades, Contracts & Quality Control for reinstatement.
2. The Director of Trades, Contracts & Quality Control, upon consultation with the Director
of Construction and the Director of OH&S, will determine if the Subcontractor is
reinstated.
Any Subcontractor re-instated through this process will be subject to a 90 day probationary
period. No re-instatement consideration will be extended to a worker previously terminated and
re-instated. If there is a high risk violation during this probation period the subcontractor contract
will be terminated.
Subcontractors Audit Guidelines
[For Safety Officers to use as an Audit Tool]
The Site Safety Officer is not in place to manage safety for the subcontractors. The role of the
Site Safety Officer is to make sure the subcontractors are managing their own safety and
adhering to the SPD Safety Policies. The Subcontractors must satisfy the needs of the WCB,
OH&S Regulations, SPD Policies and Regulations and all related site procedures, practices and
rules.
The Site Safety Officer will ask for the subcontractors Safety Program, Policies and Procedures.
If the subcontractor does not have these documents, the Safety Officer will advise them of ours.
The Safety officer will then Audit the subcontractor to make sure they are managing their own
safety.
Failure of Audit, will result in removal from project.
Success in Audit could result in future work.
21-5
The Safety Officer will be auditing for
Cranes & Rigging
Daily Log
Anti 2 Block if lifting people
construction.
Crane Operator Certification
Proper set up
Fall Protection
Fall Protection plan above 10 feet,
Proper anchorage – 5000lb arrest if
Scaffolds
Erected and inspected by “qualified person”
No modifications without re-inspection
Overloading
Guardrails.
Concrete & Formwork
Prior to Pour Certification
No Workers below the Pour
Rebar Protection
Mobile Work Platforms
Used within limits
Maintenance records and inspection.
Fall Protection
Barriers closed.
Electrical & Lockout
Lockout procedure when required
Qualified electricians
Proper installations
Excavations
Shored, sloped, benched or engineered
Daily inspections required
No workers in unprotected excavation or trench
Current Utility Locates
Confined Space Entry
Hazard Assessment
All equipment in place
Testing and recognition
Permit signed and at location
Workers trained in safe use.
Sign In/Out Sheet
Daily Sign in/out sheets received
21-6

Seymour Pacific Safety Manual

Transcription

Similar documents

Understanding Sensory Processing Disorder

Standard— The easiest way to get a Swift is to order it

We are open during this festive season!

PRINTING DIRECTLY FROM YOUR USB DRIVE ON OUR RICOH

north news - Urbana City Schools

January 8, 2016 Newsletter

Celebrate - Rancho Nicasio

February 2016 - McComb Public Library

Issue 40 - McNairy Central High School

III-Structural Composite CD`s 9-14